How to Conduct an Industry Analysis? Steps, Template, Examples

Appinio Research · 16.11.2023 · 39min read

How to Conduct an Industry Analysis Steps Template Examples

Are you ready to unlock the secrets of Industry Analysis, equipping yourself with the knowledge to navigate markets and make informed strategic decisions? Dive into this guide, where we unravel the significance, objectives, and methods of Industry Analysis.

Whether you're an entrepreneur seeking growth opportunities or a seasoned executive navigating industry shifts, this guide will be your compass in understanding the ever-evolving business terrain.

What is Industry Analysis?

Industry analysis is the process of examining and evaluating the dynamics, trends, and competitive forces within a specific industry or market sector. It involves a comprehensive assessment of the factors that impact the performance and prospects of businesses operating within that industry. Industry analysis serves as a vital tool for businesses and decision-makers to gain a deep understanding of the environment in which they operate.

Key components of industry analysis include:

  • Market Size and Growth: Determining the overall size of the market, including factors such as revenue, sales volume, and customer base. Analyzing historical and projected growth rates provides insights into market trends and opportunities.
  • Competitive Landscape: Identifying and analyzing competitors within the industry. This includes assessing their market share , strengths, weaknesses, and strategies. Understanding the competitive landscape helps businesses position themselves effectively.
  • Customer Behavior and Preferences: Examining consumer behavior , preferences, and purchasing patterns within the industry. This information aids in tailoring products or services to meet customer needs.
  • Regulatory and Legal Environment: Assessing the impact of government regulations, policies, and legal requirements on industry operations. Compliance and adaptation to these factors are crucial for business success.
  • Technological Trends: Exploring technological advancements and innovations that affect the industry. Staying up-to-date with technology trends can be essential for competitiveness and growth.
  • Economic Factors: Considering economic conditions, such as inflation rates, interest rates, and economic cycles, that influence the industry's performance.
  • Social and Cultural Trends: Examining societal and cultural shifts, including changing consumer values and lifestyle trends that can impact demand and preferences.
  • Environmental and Sustainability Factors: Evaluating environmental concerns and sustainability issues that affect the industry. Industries are increasingly required to address environmental responsibility.
  • Supplier and Distribution Networks: Analyzing the availability of suppliers, distribution channels, and supply chain complexities within the industry.
  • Risk Factors: Identifying potential risks and uncertainties that could affect industry stability and profitability.

Objectives of Industry Analysis

Industry analysis serves several critical objectives for businesses and decision-makers:

  • Understanding Market Dynamics: The primary objective is to gain a comprehensive understanding of the industry's dynamics, including its size, growth prospects, and competitive landscape. This knowledge forms the basis for strategic planning.
  • Identifying Growth Opportunities: Industry analysis helps identify growth opportunities within the market. This includes recognizing emerging trends, niche markets, and underserved customer segments.
  • Assessing Competitor Strategies: By examining competitors' strengths, weaknesses, and strategies, businesses can formulate effective competitive strategies. This involves positioning the company to capitalize on its strengths and exploit competitors' weaknesses.
  • Risk Assessment and Mitigation: Identifying potential risks and vulnerabilities specific to the industry allows businesses to develop risk mitigation strategies and contingency plans. This proactive approach minimizes the impact of adverse events.
  • Strategic Decision-Making: Industry analysis provides the data and insights necessary for informed strategic decision-making. It guides decisions related to market entry, product development, pricing strategies, and resource allocation.
  • Resource Allocation: By understanding industry dynamics, businesses can allocate resources efficiently. This includes optimizing marketing budgets, supply chain investments, and talent recruitment efforts.
  • Innovation and Adaptation: Staying updated on technological trends and shifts in customer preferences enables businesses to innovate and adapt their offerings effectively.

Importance of Industry Analysis in Business

Industry analysis holds immense importance in the business world for several reasons:

  • Strategic Planning: It forms the foundation for strategic planning by providing a comprehensive view of the industry's landscape. Businesses can align their goals, objectives, and strategies with industry trends and opportunities.
  • Risk Management: Identifying and assessing industry-specific risks allows businesses to manage and mitigate potential threats proactively. This reduces the likelihood of unexpected disruptions.
  • Competitive Advantage: In-depth industry analysis helps businesses identify opportunities for gaining a competitive advantage. This could involve product differentiation, cost leadership, or niche market targeting .
  • Resource Optimization: Efficient allocation of resources, both financial and human, is possible when businesses have a clear understanding of industry dynamics. It prevents wastage and enhances resource utilization.
  • Informed Investment: Industry analysis assists investors in making informed decisions about allocating capital. It provides insights into the growth potential and risk profiles of specific industry sectors.
  • Adaptation to Change: As industries evolve, businesses must adapt to changing market conditions. Industry analysis facilitates timely adaptation to new technologies, market shifts, and consumer preferences .
  • Market Entry and Expansion: For businesses looking to enter new markets or expand existing operations, industry analysis guides decision-making by evaluating the feasibility and opportunities in target markets.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Understanding the regulatory environment is critical for compliance and risk avoidance. Industry analysis helps businesses stay compliant with relevant laws and regulations.

In summary, industry analysis is a fundamental process that empowers businesses to make informed decisions, stay competitive, and navigate the complexities of their respective markets. It is an invaluable tool for strategic planning and long-term success.

How to Prepare for Industry Analysis?

Let's start by going through the crucial preparatory steps for conducting a comprehensive industry analysis.

1. Data Collection and Research

  • Primary Research: When embarking on an industry analysis, consider conducting primary research . This involves gathering data directly from industry sources, stakeholders, and potential customers. Methods may include surveys , interviews, focus groups , and observations. Primary research provides firsthand insights and can help validate secondary research findings.
  • Secondary Research: Secondary research involves analyzing existing literature, reports, and publications related to your industry. Sources may include academic journals, industry-specific magazines, government publications, and market research reports. Secondary research provides a foundation of knowledge and can help identify gaps in information that require further investigation.
  • Data Sources: Explore various data sources to collect valuable industry information. These sources may include industry-specific associations, government agencies, trade publications, and reputable market research firms. Make sure to cross-reference data from multiple sources to ensure accuracy and reliability.

2. Identifying Relevant Industry Metrics

Understanding and identifying the right industry metrics is essential for meaningful analysis. Here, we'll discuss key metrics that can provide valuable insights:

  • Market Size: Determining the market's size, whether in terms of revenue, units sold, or customer base, is a fundamental metric. It offers a snapshot of the industry's scale and potential.
  • Market Growth Rate: Assessing historical and projected growth rates is crucial for identifying trends and opportunities. Understanding how the market has evolved over time can guide strategic decisions.
  • Market Share Analysis: Analyzing market share among industry players can help you identify dominant competitors and their respective positions. This metric also assists in gauging your own company's market presence.
  • Market Segmentation : Segmenting the market based on demographics, geography, behavior, or other criteria can provide deeper insights. Understanding the specific needs and preferences of various market segments can inform targeted strategies.

3. Gathering Competitive Intelligence

Competitive intelligence is the cornerstone of effective industry analysis. To gather and utilize information about your competitors:

  • Competitor Identification: Begin by creating a comprehensive list of your primary and potential competitors. Consider businesses that offer similar products or services within your target market. It's essential to cast a wide net to capture all relevant competitors.
  • SWOT Analysis : Conduct a thorough SWOT (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, Threats) analysis for each competitor. This analysis helps you identify their internal strengths and weaknesses, as well as external opportunities and threats they face.
  • Market Share Analysis: Determine the market share held by each competitor and how it has evolved over time. Analyzing changes in market share can reveal shifts in competitive dynamics.
  • Product and Pricing Analysis: Evaluate your competitors' product offerings and pricing strategies . Identify any unique features or innovations they offer and consider how your own products or services compare.
  • Marketing and Branding Strategies: Examine the marketing and branding strategies employed by competitors. This includes their messaging, advertising channels, and customer engagement tactics. Assess how your marketing efforts stack up.

Industry Analysis Frameworks and Models

Now, let's explore essential frameworks and models commonly used in industry analysis, providing you with practical insights and examples to help you effectively apply these tools.

Porter's Five Forces Model

Porter's Five Forces is a powerful framework developed by Michael Porter to assess the competitive forces within an industry. This model helps you understand the industry's attractiveness and competitive dynamics.

How to Conduct an Industry Analysis Template Examples Porters Five Forces Analysis Appinio

It consists of five key forces:

  • Threat of New Entrants: This force evaluates how easy or difficult it is for new companies to enter the industry. Factors that increase barriers to entry include high capital requirements, strong brand loyalty among existing players, and complex regulatory hurdles. For example, the airline industry has significant barriers to entry due to the need for large capital investments in aircraft, airport facilities, and regulatory approvals.
  • Bargaining Power of Suppliers: This force examines the influence suppliers have on the industry's profitability. Powerful suppliers can demand higher prices or impose unfavorable terms. For instance, in the automotive industry, suppliers of critical components like microchips can wield significant bargaining power if they are few in number or if their products are highly specialized.
  • Bargaining Power of Buyers: The bargaining power of buyers assesses how much influence customers have in negotiating prices and terms. In industries where buyers have many alternatives, such as the smartphone market, they can demand lower prices and better features, putting pressure on manufacturers to innovate and compete.
  • Threat of Substitutes: This force considers the availability of substitute products or services that could potentially replace what the industry offers. For example, the rise of electric vehicles represents a significant threat to the traditional gasoline-powered automotive industry as consumers seek eco-friendly alternatives.
  • Competitive Rivalry: Competitive rivalry assesses the intensity of competition among existing firms in the industry. A highly competitive industry, such as the smartphone market, often leads to price wars and aggressive marketing strategies as companies vie for market share.

Example: Let's consider the coffee shop industry . New entrants face relatively low barriers, as they can set up a small shop with limited capital. However, the bargaining power of suppliers, such as coffee bean producers, can vary depending on the region and the coffee's rarity. Bargaining power with buyers is moderate, as customers often have several coffee shops to choose from. Threats of substitutes may include energy drinks or homemade coffee, while competitive rivalry is high, with numerous coffee chains and independent cafes competing for customers.

SWOT Analysis

SWOT Analysis is a versatile tool used to assess an organization's internal strengths and weaknesses, as well as external opportunities and threats. By conducting a SWOT analysis, you can gain a comprehensive understanding of your industry and formulate effective strategies.

  • Strengths: These are the internal attributes and capabilities that give your business a competitive advantage. For instance, if you're a tech company, having a talented and innovative team can be considered a strength.
  • Weaknesses: Weaknesses are internal factors that hinder your business's performance. For example, a lack of financial resources or outdated technology can be weaknesses that need to be addressed.
  • Opportunities: Opportunities are external factors that your business can capitalize on. This could be a growing market segment, emerging technologies, or changing consumer trends.
  • Threats: Threats are external factors that can potentially harm your business. Examples of threats might include aggressive competition, economic downturns, or regulatory changes.

Example: Let's say you're analyzing the fast-food industry. Strengths could include a well-established brand, a wide menu variety, and efficient supply chain management. Weaknesses may involve a limited focus on healthy options and potential labor issues. Opportunities could include the growing trend toward healthier eating, while threats might encompass health-conscious consumer preferences and increased competition from delivery apps.

PESTEL Analysis

PESTEL Analysis examines the external macro-environmental factors that can impact your industry. The acronym stands for:

  • Political: Political factors encompass government policies, stability, and regulations. For example, changes in tax laws or trade agreements can affect industries like international manufacturing.
  • Economic: Economic factors include economic growth, inflation rates, and exchange rates. A fluctuating currency exchange rate can influence export-oriented industries like tourism.
  • Social: Social factors encompass demographics, cultural trends, and social attitudes. An aging population can lead to increased demand for healthcare services and products.
  • Technological: Technological factors involve advancements and innovations. Industries like telecommunications are highly influenced by technological developments, such as the rollout of 5G networks.
  • Environmental: Environmental factors cover sustainability, climate change, and ecological concerns. Industries such as renewable energy are directly impacted by environmental regulations and consumer preferences.
  • Legal: Legal factors encompass laws, regulations, and compliance requirements. The pharmaceutical industry, for instance, faces stringent regulatory oversight and patent protection laws.

Example: Consider the automobile manufacturing industry. Political factors may include government incentives for electric vehicles. Economic factors can involve fluctuations in fuel prices affecting consumer preferences for fuel-efficient cars. Social factors might encompass the growing interest in eco-friendly transportation options. Technological factors could relate to advancements in autonomous driving technology. Environmental factors may involve emissions regulations, while legal factors could pertain to safety standards and recalls.

Industry Life Cycle Analysis

Industry Life Cycle Analysis categorizes industries into various stages based on their growth and maturity. Understanding where your industry stands in its life cycle can help shape your strategies.

  • Introduction: In the introduction stage, the industry is characterized by slow growth, limited competition, and a focus on product development. New players enter the market, and consumers become aware of the product or service. For instance, electric scooters were introduced as a new mode of transportation in recent years.
  • Growth: The growth stage is marked by rapid market expansion, increased competition, and rising demand. Companies focus on gaining market share, and innovation is vital. The ride-sharing industry, exemplified by companies like Uber and Lyft, experienced significant growth in this stage.
  • Maturity: In the maturity stage, the market stabilizes, and competition intensifies. Companies strive to maintain market share and differentiate themselves through branding and customer loyalty programs. The smartphone industry reached maturity with multiple established players.
  • Decline: In the decline stage, the market saturates, and demand decreases. Companies must adapt or diversify to survive. The decline of traditional print media is a well-known example.

Example: Let's analyze the video streaming industry . The introduction stage saw the emergence of streaming services like Netflix. In the growth stage, more players entered the market, and the industry saw rapid expansion. The industry is currently in the maturity stage, with established platforms like Netflix, Amazon Prime, and Disney+ competing for market share. However, with continued innovation and changing consumer preferences, the decline stage may eventually follow.

Value Chain Analysis

Value Chain Analysis dissects a company's activities into primary and support activities to identify areas of competitive advantage. Primary activities directly contribute to creating and delivering a product or service, while support activities facilitate primary activities.

  • Primary Activities: These activities include inbound logistics (receiving and storing materials), operations (manufacturing or service delivery), outbound logistics (distribution), marketing and sales, and customer service.
  • Support Activities: Support activities include procurement (acquiring materials and resources), technology development (R&D and innovation), human resource management (recruitment and training), and infrastructure (administrative and support functions).

Example: Let's take the example of a smartphone manufacturer. Inbound logistics involve sourcing components, such as processors and displays. Operations include assembly and quality control. Outbound logistics cover shipping and distribution. Marketing and sales involve advertising and retail partnerships. Customer service handles warranty and support.

Procurement ensures a stable supply chain for components. Technology development focuses on research and development of new features. Human resource management includes hiring and training skilled engineers. Infrastructure supports the company's administrative functions.

By applying these frameworks and models effectively, you can better understand your industry, identify strategic opportunities and threats, and develop a solid foundation for informed decision-making.

Data Interpretation and Analysis

Once you have your data, it's time to start interpreting and analyzing the data you've collected during your industry analysis.

You can unlock the full potential of your data with Appinio 's comprehensive research platform. Beyond aiding in data collection, Appinio simplifies the intricate process of data interpretation and analysis. Our intuitive tools empower you to effortlessly transform raw data into actionable insights, giving you a competitive edge in understanding your industry.

Whether it's assessing market trends, evaluating the competitive landscape, or understanding customer behavior, Appinio offers a holistic solution to uncover valuable findings. With our platform, you can make informed decisions, strategize effectively, and stay ahead of industry shifts.

Experience the ease of data collection and interpretation with Appinio – book a demo today!

Book a Demo

1. Analyze Market Size and Growth

Analyzing the market's size and growth is essential for understanding its dynamics and potential. Here's how to conduct a robust analysis:

  • Market Size Calculation: Determine the total market size in terms of revenue, units sold, or the number of customers. This figure serves as a baseline for evaluating the industry's scale.
  • Historical Growth Analysis: Examine historical data to identify growth trends. This includes looking at past year-over-year growth rates and understanding the factors that influenced them.
  • Projected Growth Assessment: Explore industry forecasts and projections to gain insights into the expected future growth of the market. Consider factors such as emerging technologies, changing consumer preferences, and economic conditions.
  • Segmentation Analysis: If applicable, analyze market segmentation data to identify growth opportunities in specific market segments. Understand which segments are experiencing the most significant growth and why.

2. Assess Market Trends

Stay ahead of the curve by closely monitoring and assessing market trends. Here's how to effectively evaluate trends within your industry.

  • Consumer Behavior Analysis: Dive into consumer behavior data to uncover shifts in preferences, buying patterns, and shopping habits. Understand how technological advancements and cultural changes influence consumer choices.
  • Technological Advancements: Keep a keen eye on technological developments that impact your industry. Assess how innovations such as AI, IoT, blockchain, or automation are changing the competitive landscape.
  • Regulatory Changes: Stay informed about regulatory shifts and their potential consequences for your industry. Regulations can significantly affect product development, manufacturing processes, and market entry strategies.
  • Sustainability and Environmental Trends: Consider the growing importance of sustainability and environmental concerns. Evaluate how your industry is adapting to eco-friendly practices and how these trends affect consumer choices.

3. Evaluate Competitive Landscape

Understanding the competitive landscape is critical for positioning your business effectively. To perform a comprehensive evaluation:

  • Competitive Positioning: Determine where your company stands in comparison to competitors. Identify your unique selling propositions and areas where you excel.
  • Market Share Analysis: Continuously monitor market share among industry players. Identify trends in market share shifts and assess the strategies that lead to such changes.
  • Competitive Advantages and Weaknesses: Analyze your competitors' strengths and weaknesses. Identify areas where you can capitalize on their weaknesses and where you need to fortify your own strengths.

4. Identify Key Success Factors

Recognizing and prioritizing key success factors is crucial for developing effective strategies. To identify and leverage these factors:

  • Customer Satisfaction: Prioritize customer satisfaction as a critical success factor. Satisfied customers are more likely to become loyal advocates and contribute to long-term success.
  • Quality and Innovation: Focus on product or service quality and continuous innovation. Meeting and exceeding customer expectations can set your business apart from competitors.
  • Cost Efficiency: Strive for cost efficiency in your operations. Identifying cost-saving opportunities can lead to improved profitability.
  • Marketing and Branding Excellence: Invest in effective marketing and branding strategies to create a strong market presence. Building a recognizable brand can drive customer loyalty and growth.

5. Analyze Customer Behavior and Preferences

Understanding your target audience is central to success. Here's how to analyze customer behavior and preferences:

  • Market Segmentation: Use market segmentation to categorize customers based on demographics, psychographics , and behavior. This allows for more personalized marketing and product/service offerings.
  • Customer Surveys and Feedback: Gather customer feedback through surveys and feedback mechanisms. Understand their pain points, preferences, and expectations to tailor your offerings.
  • Consumer Journey Mapping: Map the customer journey to identify touchpoints where you can improve engagement and satisfaction. Optimize the customer experience to build brand loyalty.

By delving deep into data interpretation and analysis, you can gain valuable insights into your industry, uncover growth opportunities, and refine your strategic approach.

How to Conduct Competitor Analysis?

Competitor analysis is a critical component of industry analysis as it provides valuable insights into your rivals, helping you identify opportunities, threats, and areas for improvement.

1. Identify Competitors

Identifying your competitors is the first step in conducting a thorough competitor analysis. Competitors can be classified into several categories:

  • Direct Competitors: These are companies that offer similar products or services to the same target audience. They are your most immediate competitors and often compete directly with you for market share.
  • Indirect Competitors: Indirect competitors offer products or services that are related but not identical to yours. They may target a slightly different customer segment or provide an alternative solution to the same problem.
  • Potential Competitors: These companies could enter your market in the future. Identifying potential competitors early allows you to anticipate and prepare for new entrants.
  • Substitute Products or Services: While not traditional competitors, substitute products or services can fulfill the same customer needs or desires. Understanding these alternatives is crucial to your competitive strategy.

2. Analyze Competitor Strengths and Weaknesses

Once you've identified your competitors, you need to analyze their strengths and weaknesses. This analysis helps you understand how to position your business effectively and identify areas where you can gain a competitive edge.

  • Strengths: Consider what your competitors excel at. This could include factors such as brand recognition, innovative products, a large customer base, efficient operations, or strong financial resources.
  • Weaknesses: Identify areas where your competitors may be lacking. Weaknesses could involve limited product offerings, poor customer service, outdated technology, or financial instability.

3. Competitive Positioning

Competitive positioning involves defining how you want your business to be perceived relative to your competitors. It's about finding a unique position in the market that sets you apart. Consider the following strategies:

  • Cost Leadership: Strive to be the low-cost provider in your industry. This positioning appeals to price-conscious consumers.
  • Differentiation: Focus on offering unique features or attributes that make your products or services stand out. This can justify premium pricing.
  • Niche Market: Target a specific niche or segment of the market that may be underserved by larger competitors. Tailor your offerings to meet their unique needs.
  • Innovation and Technology: Emphasize innovation and technology to position your business as a leader in product or service quality.
  • Customer-Centric: Prioritize exceptional customer service and customer experience to build loyalty and a positive reputation.

4. Benchmarking and Gap Analysis

Benchmarking involves comparing your business's performance and practices with those of your competitors or industry leaders. Gap analysis helps identify areas where your business falls short and where improvements are needed.

  • Performance Benchmarking: Compare key performance metrics, such as revenue, profitability, market share, and customer satisfaction, with those of your competitors. Identify areas where your performance lags behind or exceeds industry standards.
  • Operational Benchmarking: Analyze your operational processes, supply chain, and cost structures compared to your competitors. Look for opportunities to streamline operations and reduce costs.
  • Product or Service Benchmarking: Evaluate the features, quality, and pricing of your products or services relative to competitors. Identify gaps and areas for improvement.
  • Marketing and Sales Benchmarking: Assess your marketing strategies, customer acquisition costs, and sales effectiveness compared to competitors. Determine whether your marketing efforts are performing at a competitive level.

Market Entry and Expansion Strategies

Market entry and expansion strategies are crucial for businesses looking to enter new markets or expand their presence within existing ones. These strategies can help you effectively target and penetrate your chosen markets.

Market Segmentation and Targeting

  • Market Segmentation: Begin by segmenting your target market into distinct groups based on demographics , psychographics, behavior, or other relevant criteria. This helps you understand the diverse needs and preferences of different customer segments.
  • Targeting: Once you've segmented the market, select specific target segments that align with your business goals and capabilities. Tailor your marketing and product/service offerings to appeal to these chosen segments.

Market Entry Modes

Selecting the proper market entry mode is crucial for a successful expansion strategy. Entry modes include:

  • Exporting: Sell your products or services in international markets through exporting. This is a low-risk approach, but it may limit your market reach.
  • Licensing and Franchising: License your brand, technology, or intellectual property to local partners or franchisees. This allows for rapid expansion while sharing the risk and control.
  • Joint Ventures and Alliances: Partner with local companies through joint ventures or strategic alliances. This approach leverages local expertise and resources.
  • Direct Investment: Establish a physical presence in the target market through subsidiaries, branches, or wholly-owned operations. This offers full control but comes with higher risk and investment.

Competitive Strategy Formulation

Your competitive strategy defines how you will compete effectively in the target market.

  • Cost Leadership: Strive to offer products or services at lower prices than competitors while maintaining quality. This strategy appeals to price-sensitive consumers.
  • Product Differentiation: Focus on offering unique and innovative products or services that stand out in the market. This strategy justifies premium pricing.
  • Market Niche: Target a specific niche or segment within the market that is underserved or has particular needs. Tailor your offerings to meet the unique demands of this niche.
  • Market Expansion : Expand your product or service offerings to capture a broader share of the market. This strategy involves diversifying your offerings to appeal to a broader audience.
  • Global Expansion: Consider expanding internationally to tap into new markets and diversify your customer base. This strategy involves thorough market research and adaptation to local cultures and regulations.

International Expansion Considerations

If your expansion strategy involves international markets, there are several additional considerations to keep in mind.

  • Market Research: Conduct in-depth market research to understand the target country's cultural, economic, and legal differences.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Ensure compliance with international trade regulations, customs, and import/export laws.
  • Cultural Sensitivity: Adapt your marketing and business practices to align with the cultural norms and preferences of the target market.
  • Localization: Consider adapting your products, services, and marketing materials to cater to local tastes and languages.
  • Risk Assessment: Evaluate the political, economic, and legal risks associated with operating in the target country. Develop risk mitigation strategies.

By carefully analyzing your competitors and crafting effective market entry and expansion strategies, you can position your business for success in both domestic and international markets.

Risk Assessment and Mitigation

Risk assessment and mitigation are crucial aspects of industry analysis and strategic planning. Identifying potential risks, assessing vulnerabilities, and implementing effective risk management strategies are essential for business continuity and success.

1. Identify Industry Risks

  • Market Risks: These risks pertain to factors such as changes in market demand, economic downturns, shifts in consumer preferences, and fluctuations in market prices. For example, the hospitality industry faced significant market risks during the COVID-19 pandemic, resulting in decreased travel and tourism .
  • Regulatory and Compliance Risks: Regulatory changes, compliance requirements, and government policies can pose risks to businesses. Industries like healthcare are particularly susceptible to regulatory changes that impact operations and reimbursement.
  • Technological Risks: Rapid technological advancements can disrupt industries and render existing products or services obsolete. Companies that fail to adapt to technological shifts may face obsolescence.
  • Operational Risks: These risks encompass internal factors that can disrupt operations, such as supply chain disruptions, equipment failures, or cybersecurity breaches.
  • Financial Risks: Financial risks include factors like liquidity issues, credit risk , and market volatility. Industries with high capital requirements, such as real estate development, are particularly vulnerable to financial risks.
  • Competitive Risks: Intense competition and market saturation can pose challenges to businesses. Failing to respond to competitive threats can result in loss of market share.
  • Global Risks: Industries with a worldwide presence face geopolitical risks, currency fluctuations, and international trade uncertainties. For instance, the automotive industry is susceptible to trade disputes affecting the supply chain.

2. Assess Business Vulnerabilities

  • SWOT Analysis: Revisit your SWOT analysis to identify internal weaknesses and threats. Assess how these weaknesses may exacerbate industry risks.
  • Financial Health: Evaluate your company's financial stability, debt levels, and cash flow. Identify vulnerabilities related to financial health that could hinder your ability to withstand industry-specific challenges.
  • Operational Resilience: Assess the robustness of your operational processes and supply chain. Identify areas where disruptions could occur and develop mitigation strategies.
  • Market Positioning: Analyze your competitive positioning and market share. Recognize vulnerabilities in your market position that could be exploited by competitors.
  • Compliance and Regulatory Adherence: Ensure that your business complies with relevant regulations and standards. Identify vulnerabilities related to non-compliance or regulatory changes.

3. Risk Management Strategies

  • Risk Avoidance: In some cases, the best strategy is to avoid high-risk ventures or markets altogether. This may involve refraining from entering certain markets or discontinuing products or services with excessive risk.
  • Risk Reduction: Implement measures to reduce identified risks. For example, diversifying your product offerings or customer base can reduce dependence on a single revenue source.
  • Risk Transfer: Transfer some risks through methods such as insurance or outsourcing. For instance, businesses can mitigate cybersecurity risks by purchasing cyber insurance.
  • Risk Acceptance: In cases where risks cannot be entirely mitigated, it may be necessary to accept a certain level of risk and have contingency plans in place to address potential issues.
  • Continuous Monitoring: Establish a system for continuous risk monitoring. Regularly assess the changing landscape and adjust risk management strategies accordingly.

4. Contingency Planning

Contingency planning involves developing strategies and action plans to respond effectively to unforeseen events or crises. It ensures that your business can maintain operations and minimize disruptions in the face of adverse circumstances. Key elements of contingency planning include:

  • Risk Scenarios: Identify potential risk scenarios specific to your industry and business. These scenarios should encompass a range of possibilities, from minor disruptions to major crises.
  • Response Teams: Establish response teams with clearly defined roles and responsibilities. Ensure that team members are trained and ready to act in the event of a crisis.
  • Communication Plans: Develop communication plans that outline how you will communicate with employees, customers, suppliers, and other stakeholders during a crisis. Transparency and timely communication are critical.
  • Resource Allocation: Determine how resources, including personnel, finances, and equipment, will be allocated in response to various scenarios.
  • Testing and Simulation: Regularly conduct tests and simulations of your contingency plans to identify weaknesses and areas for improvement. Ensure your response teams are well-practiced and ready to execute the plans effectively.
  • Documentation and Record Keeping: Maintain comprehensive documentation of contingency plans, response procedures, and communication protocols. This documentation should be easily accessible to relevant personnel.
  • Review and Update: Continuously review and update your contingency plans to reflect changing industry dynamics and evolving risks. Regularly seek feedback from response teams to make improvements.

By identifying industry risks, assessing vulnerabilities, implementing risk management strategies, and developing robust contingency plans, your business can navigate the complexities of the industry landscape with greater resilience and preparedness.

Industry Analysis Template

When embarking on the journey of Industry Analysis, having a well-structured template is akin to having a reliable map for your exploration. It provides a systematic framework to ensure you cover all essential aspects of the analysis. Here's a breakdown of an industry analysis template with insights into each section.

Industry Overview

  • Objective: Provide a broad perspective of the industry.
  • Market Definition: Define the scope and boundaries of the industry, including its products, services, and target audience.
  • Market Size and Growth: Present current market size, historical growth trends, and future projections.
  • Key Players: Identify major competitors and their market share.
  • Market Trends: Highlight significant trends impacting the industry.

Competitive Analysis

  • Objective: Understand the competitive landscape within the industry.
  • Competitor Identification: List direct and indirect competitors.
  • Competitor Profiles: Provide detailed profiles of major competitors, including their strengths, weaknesses, strategies, and market positioning.
  • SWOT Analysis: Conduct a SWOT analysis for each major competitor.
  • Market Share Analysis: Analyze market share distribution among competitors.

Market Analysis

  • Objective: Explore the characteristics and dynamics of the market.
  • Customer Segmentation: Define customer segments and their demographics, behavior, and preferences.
  • Demand Analysis: Examine factors driving demand and customer buying behavior.
  • Supply Chain Analysis: Map out the supply chain, identifying key suppliers and distribution channels.
  • Regulatory Environment: Discuss relevant regulations, policies, and compliance requirements.

Technological Analysis

  • Objective: Evaluate the technological landscape impacting the industry.
  • Technological Trends: Identify emerging technologies and innovations relevant to the industry.
  • Digital Transformation: Assess the level of digitalization within the industry and its impact on operations and customer engagement.
  • Innovation Opportunities: Explore opportunities for leveraging technology to gain a competitive edge.

Financial Analysis

  • Objective: Analyze the financial health of the industry and key players.
  • Revenue and Profitability: Review industry-wide revenue trends and profitability ratios.
  • Financial Stability: Assess financial stability by examining debt levels and cash flow.
  • Investment Patterns: Analyze capital expenditure and investment trends within the industry.

Consumer Insights

  • Objective: Understand consumer behavior and preferences.
  • Consumer Surveys: Conduct surveys or gather data on consumer preferences, buying habits , and satisfaction levels.
  • Market Perception: Gauge consumer perception of brands and products in the industry.
  • Consumer Feedback: Collect and analyze customer feedback and reviews.

SWOT Analysis for Your Business

  • Objective: Assess your own business within the industry context.
  • Strengths: Identify internal strengths that give your business a competitive advantage.
  • Weaknesses: Recognize internal weaknesses that may hinder your performance.
  • Opportunities: Explore external opportunities that your business can capitalize on.
  • Threats: Recognize external threats that may impact your business.

Conclusion and Recommendations

  • Objective: Summarize key findings and provide actionable recommendations.
  • Summary: Recap the most critical insights from the analysis.
  • Recommendations: Offer strategic recommendations for your business based on the analysis.
  • Future Outlook: Discuss potential future developments in the industry.

While this template provides a structured approach, adapt it to the specific needs and objectives of your Industry Analysis. It serves as your guide, helping you navigate through the complex landscape of your chosen industry, uncovering opportunities, and mitigating risks along the way.

Remember that the depth and complexity of your industry analysis may vary depending on your specific goals and the industry you are assessing. You can adapt this template to focus on the most relevant aspects and conduct thorough research to gather accurate data and insights. Additionally, consider using industry-specific data sources, reports, and expert opinions to enhance the quality of your analysis.

Industry Analysis Examples

To grasp the practical application of industry analysis, let's delve into a few diverse examples across different sectors. These real-world scenarios demonstrate how industry analysis can guide strategic decision-making.

Tech Industry - Smartphone Segment

Scenario: Imagine you are a product manager at a tech company planning to enter the smartphone market. Industry analysis reveals that the market is highly competitive, dominated by established players like Apple and Samsung.

Use of Industry Analysis:

  • Competitive Landscape: Analyze the strengths and weaknesses of competitors, identifying areas where they excel (e.g., Apple's brand loyalty ) and where they might have vulnerabilities (e.g., consumer demand for more affordable options).
  • Market Trends: Identify trends like the growing demand for sustainable technology and 5G connectivity, guiding product development and marketing strategies.
  • Regulatory Factors: Consider regulatory factors related to intellectual property rights, patents, and international trade agreements that can impact market entry and operations.
  • Outcome: Armed with insights from industry analysis, you decide to focus on innovation, emphasizing features like eco-friendliness and affordability. This niche approach helps your company gain a foothold in the competitive market.

Healthcare Industry - Telehealth Services

Scenario: You are a healthcare entrepreneur exploring opportunities in the telehealth sector, especially in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic. Industry analysis is critical due to rapid market changes.

  • Market Size and Growth: Evaluate the growing demand for telehealth services, driven by the need for remote healthcare during the pandemic and convenience factors.
  • Regulatory Environment: Understand the evolving regulatory landscape, including changes in telemedicine reimbursement policies and licensing requirements.
  • Technological Trends: Explore emerging technologies such as AI-powered diagnosis and remote monitoring that can enhance service offerings.
  • Outcome: Industry analysis underscores the potential for telehealth growth. You adapt your business model to align with regulatory changes, invest in cutting-edge technology, and focus on patient-centric care, positioning your telehealth service for success.

Food Industry - Plant-Based Foods

Scenario: As a food industry entrepreneur , you are considering entering the plant-based foods market, driven by increasing consumer interest in health and sustainability.

  • Market Trends: Analyze the trend toward plant-based diets and sustainability, reflecting changing consumer preferences.
  • Competitive Landscape: Assess the competitive landscape, understanding that established companies and startups are vying for market share.
  • Consumer Behavior: Study consumer behavior, recognizing that health-conscious consumers seek plant-based alternatives.
  • Outcome: Informed by industry analysis, you launch a line of plant-based products emphasizing both health benefits and sustainability. Effective marketing and product quality gain traction among health-conscious consumers, making your brand a success in the plant-based food industry.

These examples illustrate how industry analysis can guide strategic decisions, whether entering competitive tech markets, navigating dynamic healthcare regulations, or capitalizing on shifting consumer preferences in the food industry. By applying industry analysis effectively, businesses can adapt, innovate, and thrive in their respective sectors.

Industry Analysis is the compass that helps businesses chart their course in the vast sea of markets. By understanding the industry's dynamics, risks, and opportunities, you gain a strategic advantage that can steer your business towards success. From identifying competitors to mitigating risks and formulating competitive strategies, this guide has equipped you with the tools and knowledge needed to navigate the complexities of the business world.

Remember, Industry Analysis is not a one-time task; it's an ongoing journey. Keep monitoring market trends, adapting to changes, and staying ahead of the curve. With a solid foundation in industry analysis, you're well-prepared to tackle challenges, seize opportunities, and make well-informed decisions that drive your business toward prosperity. So, set sail with confidence and let industry analysis be your guiding star on the path to success.

How to Conduct Industry Analysis in Minutes?

Introducing Appinio , the real-time market research platform that transforms how you conduct Industry Analysis. Imagine getting real-time consumer insights in minutes, putting the power of data-driven decision-making at your fingertips. With Appinio, you can:

  • Gain insights swiftly: Say goodbye to lengthy research processes. Appinio delivers answers fast, ensuring you stay ahead in the competitive landscape.
  • No research degree required: Our intuitive platform is designed for everyone. You don't need a PhD in research to harness its capabilities.
  • Global reach, local insights: Define your target group precisely from over 1200 characteristics and access consumer data in over 90 countries.

Join the loop 💌

Be the first to hear about new updates, product news, and data insights. We'll send it all straight to your inbox.

Get the latest market research news straight to your inbox! 💌

Wait, there's more

Pareto Analysis Definition Pareto Chart Examples

30.05.2024 | 29min read

Pareto Analysis: Definition, Pareto Chart, Examples

What is Systematic Sampling Definition Types Examples

28.05.2024 | 32min read

What is Systematic Sampling? Definition, Types, Examples

Time Series Analysis Definition Types Techniques Examples

16.05.2024 | 30min read

Time Series Analysis: Definition, Types, Techniques, Examples

Analyze your market like a pro with this step-by-step guide + insider tips

Don’t fall into the trap of assuming that you already know enough about your market.

No matter how fantastic your product or service is, your business cannot succeed without sufficient market demand .

You need a clear understanding of who will buy your product or service and why .

You want to know if there is a clear market gap and a market large enough to support the survival and growth of your business.

Industry research and market analysis will help make sure that you are on the right track .

It takes time , but it is time well spent . Thank me later.

WHAT is Market Analysis?

The Market Analysis section of a business plan is also sometimes called:

  • Market Demand, Market Trends, Target Market, The Market
  • Industry Analysis & Trends, Industry & Market Analysis, Industry and Market Research

WHY Should You Do Market Analysis?

First and foremost, you need to demonstrate beyond any reasonable doubt that there is real need and sufficient demand for your product or service in the market, now and going forward.

  • What makes you think that people will buy your products or services?
  • Can you prove it?

Your due diligence on the market opportunity and validating the problem and solution described in the Product and Service section of your business plan are crucial for the success of your venture.

Also, no company operates in a vacuum. Every business is part of a larger overall industry, the forces that affect your industry as a whole will inevitably affect your business as well.

Evaluating your industry and market increases your own knowledge of the factors that contribute to your company’s success and shows the readers of your business plan that you understand the external business conditions.

External Support

In fact, if you are seeking outside financing, potential backers will most definitely be interested in industry and market conditions and trends.

You will make a positive impression and have a better chance of getting their support if you show market analysis that strengthens your business case, combining relevant and reliable data with sound judgement.

Let’s break down how to do exactly that, step by step:

HOW To Do Market Analysis: Step-by-Step

So, let’s break up how market analysis is done into three steps:

  • Industry:  the total market
  • Target Market: specific segments of the industry that you will target
  • Target Customer: characteristics of the customers that you will focus on

Step 1: Industry Analysis

How do you define an industry.

For example, the fashion industry includes fabric suppliers, designers, companies making finished clothing, distributors, sales representatives, trade publications, retail outlets online and on the high street.

How Do You Analyze an Industry?

Briefly describe your industry, including the following considerations:

1.1. Economic Conditions

Outline the current and projected economic conditions that influence the industry your business operates in, such as:

  • Official economic indicators like GDP or inflation
  • Labour market statistics
  • Foreign trade (e.g., import and export statistics)

1.2. Industry Description

Highlight the distinct characteristic of your industry, including:

  • Market leaders , major customer groups and customer loyalty
  • Supply chain and distribution channels
  • Profitability (e.g., pricing, cost structure, margins), financials
  • Key success factors
  • Barriers to entry preventing new companies from competing in the industry

1.3. Industry Size and Growth

Estimate the size of your industry and analyze how industry growth affects your company’s prospects:

  • Current size (e.g., revenues, units sold, employment)
  • Historic and projected industry growth rate (low/medium/high)
  • Life-cycle stage /maturity (emerging/expanding/ mature/declining)

1.4. Industry Trends

  • Industry Trends: Describe the key industry trends and evaluate the potential impact of PESTEL (political / economic / social / technological / environmental / legal) changes on the industry, including the level of sensitivity to:
  • Seasonality
  • Economic cycles
  • Government regulation (e.g. environment, health and safety, international trade, performance standards, licensing/certification/fair trade/deregulation, product claims) Technological change
  • Global Trends: Outline global trends affecting your industry
  • Identify global industry concerns and opportunities
  • International markets that could help to grow your business
  • Strategic Opportunity: Highlight the strategic opportunities that exist in your industry

Step 2: Target Customer Identification

Who is a target customer.

One business can have–and often does have–more than one target customer group.

The success of your business depends on your ability to meet the needs and wants of your customers. So, in a business plan, your aim is to assure readers that:

  • Your customers actually exist
  • You know exactly who they are and what they want
  • They are ready for what you have to offer and are likely to actually buy

How Do You Identify an Ideal Target Customer?

2.1. target customer.

  • Identify the customer, remembering that the decision-maker who makes the purchase can be a different person or entity than the end-user.

2.2. Demographics

  • For consumers ( demographics ): Age, gender, income, occupation, education, family status, home ownership, lifestyle (e.g., work and leisure activities)
  • For businesses ( firmographic ): Industry, sector, years in business, ownership, size (e.g., sales, revenues, budget, employees, branches, sq footage)

2.3. Geographic Location

  • Where are your customers based, where do they buy their products/services and where do they actually use them

2.4 Purchasing Patterns

  • Identify customer behaviors, i.e., what actions they take
  • how frequently
  • and how quickly they buy

2.5. Psychographics

  • Identify customer attitudes, i.e., how they think or feel
  • Urgency, price, quality, reputation, image, convenience, availability, features, brand, customer service, return policy, sustainability, eco-friendliness, supporting local business
  • Necessity/luxury, high involvement bit ticket item / low involvement consumable

Step 3: Target Market Analysis

What is a target market.

Target market, or 'target audience', is a group of people that a business has identified as the most likely to purchase its offering, defined by demographic, psychographic, geographic and other characteristics. Target market may be broken down to target customers to customize marketing efforts.

How Do You Analyze a Target Market?

So, how many people are likely to become your customers?

To get an answer to this questions, narrow the industry into your target market with a manageable size, and identify its key characteristics, size and trends:

3.1. Target Market Description

Define your target market by:

  • Type: B2C, B2B, government, non-profits
  • Geographic reach: Specify the geographic location and reach of your target market

3.2. Market Size and Share

Estimate how large is the market for your product or service (e.g., number of customers, annual purchases in sales units and $ revenues). Explain the logic behind your calculation:

  • TAM (Total Available/Addressable/Attainable Market) is the total maximum demand for a product or service that could theoretically be generated by selling to everyone in the world who could possibly buy from you, regardless of competition and any other considerations and restrictions.
  • SAM (Serviceable Available Market) is the portion of the TAM that you could potentially address in a specific market. For example, if your product/service is only available in one country or language.
  • SOM (Service Obtainable Market / Share of Market) is the share of the SAM that you can realistically carve out for your product or service. This the target market that you will be going after and can reasonably expect to convert into a customer base.

3.3. Market Trends

Illustrate the most important themes, changes and developments happening in your market. Explain the reasons behind these trends and how they will favor your business.

3.4. Demand Growth Opportunity

Estimate future demand for your offering by translating past, current and future market demand trends and drivers into forecasts:

  • Historic growth: Check how your target market has grown in the past.
  • Drivers past: Identify what has been driving that growth in the past.
  • Drivers future: Assess whether there will be any change in influence of these and other drivers in the future.

How Big Should My Target Market Be?

Well, if the market opportunity is small, it will limit how big and successful your business can become. In fact, it may even be too small to support a successful business at all.

On the other hand, many businesses make the mistake of trying to appeal to too many target markets, which also limits their success by distracting their focus.

What If My Stats Look Bad?

Large and growing market suggests promising demand for your offering now and into the future. Nevertheless, your business can still thrive in a smaller or contracting market.

Instead of hiding from unfavorable stats, acknowledge that you are swimming against the tide and devise strategies to cope with whatever lies ahead.

Step 4: Industry and Market Analysis Research

The market analysis section of your business plan should illustrate your own industry and market knowledge as well as the key findings and conclusions from your research.

Back up your findings with external research sources (= secondary research) and results of internal market research and testing (= primary research).

What is Primary and Secondary Market Research?

Yes, there are two main types of market research – primary and secondary – and you should do both to adequately cover the market analysis section of your business plan:

  • Primary market research is original data you gather yourself, for example in the form of active fieldwork collecting specific information in your market.
  • Secondary market research involves collating information from existing data, which has been researched and shared by reliable outside sources . This is essentially passive desk research of information already published .

Unless you are working for a corporation, this exercise is not about your ability to do professional-level market research.

Instead, you just need to demonstrate fundamental understanding of your business environment and where you fit in within the market and broader industry.

Why Do You Need To Do Primary & Secondary Market Research?

There are countless ways you could go collecting industry and market research data, depending on the type of your business, what your business plan is for, and what your needs, resources and circumstances are.

For tried and tested tips on how to properly conduct your market research, read the next section of this guide that is dedicated to primary and secondary market research methods.

In any case, tell the reader how you carried out your market research. Prove what the facts are and where you got your data. Be as specific as possible. Provide statistics, numbers, and sources.

When doing secondary research, always make sure that all stats, facts and figures are from reputable sources and properly referenced in both the main text and the Appendix of your business plan. This gives more credibility to your business case as the reader has more confidence in the information provided.

Go to the Primary and Secondary Market Research post for my best tips on industry, market and competitor research.

7 TOP TIPS For Writing Market Analysis

1. realistic projections.

Above all, make sure that you are realistic in your projections about how your product or service is going to be accepted in the market, otherwise you are going to seriously undermine the credibility of your entire business case.

2. Laser Focus

Discuss only characteristic of your target market and customers that are observable, factual and meaningful, i.e. directly relate to your customers’ decision to purchase.

Always relate the data back to your business. Market statistics are meaningless until you explain where and how your company fits in.

For example, as you write about the market gap and the needs of your target customers, highlight how you are uniquely positioned to fill them.

In other words, your goal is to:

  • Present your data
  • Analyze the data
  • Tie the data back to how your business can thrive within your target market

3. Target Audience

On a similar note, tailor the market analysis to your target audience and the specific purpose at hand.

For example, if your business plan is for internal use, you may not have to go into as much detail about the market as you would have for external financiers, since your team is likely already very familiar with the business environment your company operates in.

4. Story Time

Make sure that there is a compelling storyline and logical flow to the market information presented.

The saying “a picture is worth a thousand words” certainly applies here. Industry and market statistics are easier to understand and more impactful if presented as a chart or graph.

6. Information Overload

Keep your market analysis concise by only including pertinent information. No fluff, no repetition, no drowning the reader in a sea of redundant facts.

While you should not assume that the reader knows anything about your market, do not elaborate on unnecessary basic facts either.

Do not overload the reader in the main body of the business plan. Move everything that is not essential to telling the story into the Appendix. For example, summarize the results of market testing survey in the main body of the business plan document, but move the list of the actual survey questions into the appendix.

7. Marketing Plan

Note that market analysis and marketing plan are two different things, with two distinct chapters in a business plan.

As the name suggests, market analysis examines where you fit in within your desired industry and market. As you work thorugh this section, jot down your ideas for the marketing and strategy section of your business plan.

Final Thoughts

Remember that the very act of doing the research and analysis is a great opportunity to learn things that affect your business that you did not know before, so take your time doing the work.

Related Questions

What is the purpose of industry & market research and analysis.

The purpose of industry and market research and analysis is to qualitatively and quantitatively assess the environment of a business and to confirm that the market opportunity is sufficient for sustainable success of that business.

Why are Industry & Market Research and Analysis IMPORTANT?

Industry and market research and analysis are important because they allow you to gain knowledge of the industry, the target market you are planning to sell to, and your competition, so you can make informed strategic decisions on how to make your business succeed.

How Can Industry & Market Research and Analysis BENEFIT a Business?

Industry and market research and analysis benefit a business by uncovering opportunities and threats within its environment, including attainable market size, ideal target customers, competition and any potential difficulties on the company’s journey to success.

Sign up for our Newsletter

Get more articles just like this straight into your mailbox.

Related Posts

Recent Posts

SharpSheets

How to Conduct an Industry Analysis

Avatar photo

  • March 21, 2024
  • Business Plan , How to Write

industry analysis

An industry analysis is a fundamental component of any business plan, offering insights into the market dynamics, competitive landscape , and future market trends . This analysis helps businesses understand their industry’s environment, make informed strategic decisions, and identify potential opportunities and threats.

This guide will walk you through the steps of conducting a thorough industry analysis, using examples to illustrate key points.

Identify Your Industry

Before diving into the analysis, it’s crucial to clearly identify and define your industry. This involves outlining the scope in terms of products, services, and geographic reach.

Understanding the industry’s value chain and how your business fits within this ecosystem is essential. Consider the broader market forces at play, the typical customer base, and the regulatory landscape that shapes your industry’s boundaries.

  • Example for a Hair Salon : If you’re opening a hair salon, your industry encompasses beauty and personal care services focused on hair treatment and styling.

Gather Information

The foundation of a solid industry analysis is robust data collection.

Utilize a variety of sources to gather information about your industry, including industry reports online, government publications, academic journals, and news articles. Attend industry conferences or trade shows and engage with other professionals on social media or industry forums to gain firsthand insights.

  • Example for a Hair Salon : For a hair salon, look into beauty industry trends, salon service pricing strategies , and consumer spending habits in personal care services.

Analyze Market Trends

Identifying and understanding current market trends that affect your industry is vital.

Look for patterns in technological advancements, consumer behavior changes, regulatory developments, and economic factors. Projecting these trends into the future can help predict shifts in the industry landscape, allowing your business to adapt and innovate proactively.

  • Example for a Hair Salon : An increasing preference for organic and eco-friendly hair care products is a significant trend in the hair salon industry.

Assess the Competitive Landscape

Analyze who your direct and indirect competitors are, what strategies they employ, their strengths and weaknesses, and their market positioning.

Tools like SWOT analyses analysis can help assess the competitive intensity and the profitability potential within the industry. This analysis also identifies potential barriers to entry and the threat of substitute products or services.

  • Example for a Hair Salon : Examine other salons in your area, noting services offered, pricing levels, customer reviews, and marketing tactics.

Determine Market Entry Barriers

Barriers to entry can vary significantly across industries and affect your strategy for market entry and growth.

[link to Market Entry Barriers]

High capital requirements, strict regulatory standards, established brand loyalty, and access to distribution channels are common barriers. Identifying these early on helps in formulating strategies to overcome them, whether through innovation, strategic partnerships, or niche targeting.

  • Example for a Hair Salon : For a hair salon, barriers might include the cost of acquiring a prime location, compliance with health and safety regulations, and establishing a brand in a competitive market.

Predict Future Industry Changes

Leveraging the information gathered, anticipate potential changes in the industry. This could involve innovations that disrupt traditional business models, regulatory changes, or shifts in consumer preferences. Understanding these potential changes allows businesses to be agile and adapt their strategies accordingly.

  • Example for a Hair Salon : Anticipate how the growing use of online booking platforms and social media marketing could transform customer engagement strategies in the hair salon industry.

Identify Opportunities and Threats

Synthesize your findings to pinpoint opportunities for your business to exploit and threats you may need to mitigate. This SWOT analysis will be crucial for your strategic planning.

[link to SWOT]

  • Example for a Hair Salon : Opportunities might include a gap in the market for salons specializing in sustainable practices. A threat could be the rising cost of eco-friendly products.

Privacy Overview

The Ultimate Guide to Market Analysis for Your Business Plan

industry analysis of business plan

When creating a business plan , conducting a thorough market analysis is essential to understand your target market, industry trends, and the competitive landscape. A well-executed market analysis for a business plan provides the foundation for informed decision-making, helping you develop strategies that capitalize on opportunities and mitigate potential risks.

In this article, we'll explore the importance of market analysis in a business plan, outline the steps for conducting one effectively, and discuss best practices for ensuring that your analysis is comprehensive and insightful.

What Is Market Analysis for a Business Plan?

Market analysis is a critical component of a business plan that involves gathering and interpreting data about your target market, industry trends, and competitors. It provides a clear picture of the landscape in which your business will operate, enabling you to make data-driven decisions and develop strategies that align with your business plan objectives.

A comprehensive market analysis for a business plan should include:

  • Target market identification and segmentation
  • Industry trends and growth forecasts
  • Competitor analysis
  • Market size and potential market share
  • Pricing and positioning strategies

Why Do You Need to Conduct Market Analysis for a Business Plan?

Conducting market analysis is critical to the development of a business plan for several reasons:

  • Feasibility assessment: Market analysis helps determine whether your business idea is viable and likely to succeed in the current market environment,, which is essential to creating a realistic business plan.
  • Informed decision-making: By providing insights into your target market, industry trends, and competition, market analysis enables you to make data-driven decisions that support your business plan's objectives.
  • Investor confidence: Including a thorough market analysis in your business plan demonstrates to potential investors that you have a deep understanding of your industry and target market, increasing their confidence in your ability to execute your plan successfully.
  • Competitive advantage: Market analysis helps identify your competitors' strengths, weaknesses, and market positioning, allowing you to develop strategies that differentiate your business and strengthen your business plan.

Steps to Conduct Market Analysis for a Business Plan

  • Define your target market: Identify your ideal customer and segment your target market based on shared characteristics to ensure your business plan is tailored to their needs and preferences.
  • Analyze industry trends: Research your industry's current state, growth projections, and emerging trends to identify factors that may impact your business plan, such as technological advancements or regulatory changes.
  • Conduct competitor analysis: Evaluate your competitors' market share, strengths, weaknesses, and unique selling propositions to identify opportunities for differentiation in your business plan.
  • Determine market size and potential: Estimate the total size of your target market and your potential market share to set realistic goals and projections in your business plan.
  • Develop pricing and positioning strategies: Based on the results of your market analysis, determine the optimal pricing and positioning for your products or services to align with the goals of your business plan.

Best Practices for Effective Market Analysis in a Business Plan

  • Use multiple data sources: Gather data from a variety of sources to ensure a comprehensive and balanced analysis that supports your business plan.
  • Conduct primary research: Engage directly with potential customers to gain valuable insights that can inform your business plan's strategies and tactics.
  • Stay up-to-date: Regularly monitor industry trends, competitor activities, and market conditions to ensure your business plan remains relevant and accurate.
  • Collaborate with experts: Consult with industry experts, mentors, or business advisors to gain valuable insights and validate your findings for your business plan.
  • Present findings clearly: Use visuals, such as charts, graphs, and infographics, to present your market analysis findings in a clear and engaging manner within your business plan.

By conducting a comprehensive market analysis for your business plan, you'll gain a deep understanding of your target market, industry landscape, and competitive environment. This knowledge will inform your business plan's strategies, guide your decision-making, and ultimately increase your chances of success.

Remember to regularly review and update your market analysis as your business grows and market conditions evolve to ensure that your business plan remains adaptable and well-positioned for long-term success.

ZenBusinessPlans

Home » Business Plans

How to Write a Business Plan Industry Analysis

How do you conduct industry analysis for a business plan? Do you need help conducting market research and industry analysis for your business plan? Then I advice you read on. So you have a great business idea, you have refined and fine-tuned it, and you are ready to launch. You are going to offer a product or service with a clearly defined customer base, and you are confident that you will be successful in the long term.

Well, if the above applies perfectly to you, then you have not completed your assignment. What happens when you enter an examination hall without having studied for the exam at all? You’d spend all your time in the hall blaming yourself for being silly, right? Now, starting a business is even much more important because there’s a lot more at stake than passing or failing a grade. So, you must not leave out any aspect of research undone.

In this section of your business plan, you will demonstrate that the industry’s market size is worth going after, who your main competitors will be if you decide to take a plunge, and how you will be able to carve out a niche for yourself and give your competitors a run for their money. Planning a business goes beyond analyzing the potential of your offer. You must analyze the following three factors as well:

  • The strengths and weaknesses of your business
  • The competition
  • Who your customers are, what they want, and how they want it

These are the major components of a business plan’s market or industrial analysis and it is also known as a SWOT (Strength, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats) analysis. This section of your business plan reveals the chances of your business to achieve success with its offers. And that’s why the industry analysis is a very important section of your business plan, which must be carefully conducted and documented.

So in this article, we will be looking at how to conduct industry analysis for a business plan. If you are a budding entrepreneur, or you are planning to start a new business; then below are the exact steps to follow when conducting an industry analysis for a new business:

How to Conduct Industry Analysis for a Business Plan

1.  analyze the competition.

Of the three factors listed above, the competition may prove the most difficult to analyze, especially if you are new to the industry. But there are ways to simplify the task. You can start by looking at your direct competitors. If you are planning to start a new restaurant in an area, your direct competitors are other restaurants within that locality, while your indirect competitors are those that are slightly remote but still around.

Now, you are not just counting the number of rivals you have. You are trying to see how you can push ahead of them by filling a loophole they never noticed all these while. Some people find it hard to leave their workplace for the restaurant at lunchtime, but it’s either they do it or go hungry. You can disrupt the market’s status quo by offering to deliver lunch to people right in their workplaces. Filling loopholes like this one should be your goal.

If you don’t device strategies for pushing ahead of the competition, you will just enter the industry and join the survival race that you may never win. So, you need to introduce an innovation that will threaten your rivals. Remember, it’s either you differentiate or you fizzle out fast!

2.  Assess the industry / market size

After analyzing your direct and indirect competitors, you will need to analyze your chances of standing firm even in the face of stiffer competition. Your first step in market research is to get an idea of how big the opportunity is and why it’s worth going after.

This means finding out how many customers you are catering to and much revenue you are likely to make. This is a convincing first step to lure in whoever is reading your business plan to become intrigued and dig further into your findings. Here are some factors you should consider:

  • The individual strengths and weaknesses of your competitors.
  • The rate at which new competitors enter the market or the rate at which old competitors are leaving the market.
  • The products or services that fetch most revenue for your competitors.
  • How you will overcome the threat of substitute goods.

You can get lots of helpful information about your market from government sources, trade associations, financial services firms, online data providers, and free resources on the web.

3. Analyze industry forces and trends

You will need to outline what’s happening in the industry from many perspectives that would help the reader get the full gist on whether the market is lucrative or not. A great general-purpose tool for doing just that is the PEST Analysis. Here’s what it stands for and what you should consider:

  • P – Political factors ( the role government plays in your industry )
  • E – Economic factors ( the state of the economy on both local and national level )
  • S – Social factors ( relevant changes in matters like lifestyle trends, demographics, consumer attitudes, buying patterns and opinions )
  • T – Technological factors ( the impact of changing technological trends on your industry )

4.  Develop your marketing plan

Developing your marketing plan entails answering the following questions:

  • What products or services are you offering?
  • How much will you charge for your offers?
  • Where will you sell your product, and who are your target customers?
  • What special incentives would you use to encourage customers to buy your product?

In short, this section of your industry analysis outlines how you will deliver your product to the customers and how you will win customers to your side.

5.  Craft your growth plan

While some entrepreneurs are of the opinion that this step should come only after you have established your business, crafting your market development plan helps you envision your company growing in a few years. Your growth plan should address the following questions:

  • According to recent data, is the market for your product growing or dwindling?
  • Do you plan to introduce new products or line extensions in the next few years?
  • If you plan to introduce new offers, would they be closely related to your current offers or within another niche entirely?
  • Are there strategies for giving your business the competitive advantage in the industry?
  • Are there plans to handle increasing demand?

6.  Fine-tune your analysis

After the steps discussed above, cross check your analyses to ensure that your findings are factual and your figures are accurate. Another handy tool to have in your arsenal when conducting industry research is the almighty Porter’s 5 Forces Analysis . ( Don’t worry if you’ve never attended a business strategy class in your life, it’s actually quite straightforward ). Here’s the breakdown:

Threat of new entrants

How difficult ( or easy ) is it for someone to enter your specific vertical? If it’s very easy then most likely the space will be crowded with competitors fighting for margins. Conversely, if it’s very difficult, that that in itself can become a competitive advantage.

Threat of substitute products or services

How likely is it that another product or service could decrease demand or displace you and potentially the entire industry all together?

Bargaining power of customers

When it comes to pricing and terms, how much power does your customer have? Are they organized enough to exercise their purchase power, or is there so much competition that they have their pick resulting in pricing wars amongst providers?

Bargaining power of suppliers

This refers to how dependent you are on a given supplier to operate your business. If it’s difficult or near impossible for you to switch, that means they have the upper hand, whereas, if the switching costs are low, you can negotiate better terms for yourself.

Competitive rivalry of the market

Factoring in the first four forces, you can arrive at a good understanding of the playing field and whether it’s in your favor if you enter it, how long you’ll be able to last, through what means you’ll carve a space for yourself, and what you’re up against.

As a final note, you must never forget that the industry analysis is a vital part of your business plan and it will probably be the most extensive portion of it. So, take your time to conduct extensive research on your competitors and market trends over the recent years.

  • Go to Chapter 9 Part B: Writing a Business Plan Competitive Market Analysis
  • Go Back to Chapter 8: Writing your Company’s Profile
  • Go Back to Introduction and Table of Content

More on Business Plans

Growthink logo white

How to Write the Market Analysis Section of a Business Plan

Written by Dave Lavinsky

industry description and target market analysis

What is the Market Analysis in a Business Plan?

The market analysis section of your business plan is where you discuss the size of the market in which you’re competing and market trends that might affect your future potential such as economic, political, social and/or technological shifts.

This helps you and readers understand if your market is big enough to support your business’ growth, and whether future conditions will help or hurt your business. For example, stating that your market size is $56 billion, has been growing by 10% for the last 10 years, and that trends are expected to further increase the market size bodes well for your company’s success.

Download our Ultimate Business Plan Template here

What Should a Market Analysis Include?

You’ll want to address these issues in your market analysis:

  • Size of Industry – How big is the overall industry?
  • Projected Growth Rate of Industry – Is the industry growing or shrinking? How fast?
  • Target Market – Who are you targeting with this product or service?
  • Competition – How many businesses are currently in the same industry?

Learn how to write the full market analysis below.

How to Write a Market Analysis

Here’s how to write the market analysis section of a business plan.

  • Describe each industry that you are competing in or will be targeting.
  • Identify direct competition, but don’t forget about indirect competition – this may include companies selling different products to the same potential customer segments.
  • Highlight strengths and weaknesses for both direct and indirect competitors, along with how your company stacks up against them based on what makes your company uniquely positioned to succeed.
  • Include specific data, statistics, graphs, or charts if possible to make the market analysis more convincing to investors or lenders.

    Finish Your Business Plan Today!

Industry overview.

In your industry overview, you will define the market in which you are competing (e.g., restaurant, medical devices, etc.).

You will then detail the sub-segment or niche of that market if applicable (e.g., within restaurants there are fast food restaurants, fine dining, etc.).

Next, you will describe the key characteristics of your industry. For example, discuss how big the market is in terms of units and revenues. Let the reader know if the market is growing or declining (and at what rate), and what key industry trends are facing your market.

Use third-party market research as much as possible to validate the discussion of your industry.

Here is a list of additional items you may analyze for a complete industry overview:

  • An overview of the current state of the industry . How big is it, how much does it produce or sell? What are its key differentiators from competitors? What is its target customer base like – demographic information and psychographics? How has the industry performed over time (global, domestic)?
  • Analyze the macro-economic factors impacting your industry . This includes items such as economic growth opportunities, inflation, exchange rates, interest rates, labor market trends, and technological improvements. You want to make sure that all of these are trending in a positive direction for you while also being realistic about them. For example, if the economy is in shambles you might want to wait before entering the particular market.
  • Analyze the political factors impacting your industry . This is an often-overlooked section of any business plan, but it can be important depending on what type of company you are starting. If you’re in a highly regulated industry (such as medical devices), this is something that you’ll want to include.
  • Analyze the social factors impacting your industry . This includes analyzing society’s interest in your product or service, historical trends in buying patterns in your industry, and any effects on the industry due to changes in culture. For example, if there is a growing counter-culture trend against big oil companies you might want to position yourself differently than a company in this industry.
  • Analyze the technological factors impacting your industry . This includes analyzing new technologies being developed in software, hardware, or applications that can be used to improve your product or service. It also includes emerging consumer trends and will be highly dependent on your business type. In a technology-related venture, you would analyze how these changes are impacting consumers. For an educational-related venture, you would analyze how these changes are impacting students, teachers, and/or administrators.

For each of these items, you want to provide some detail about them including their current state as well as what external factors have played a role in the recent past. You can also include many other important factors if they apply to your business including demographic trends, legal issues, environmental concerns, and sustainability issues.

When you are done analyzing all of these factors, wrap it up by summing them up in a statement that includes your view on the future of the industry. This should be positive to attract investors, potential customers, and partners.

If you’re having trouble thinking about all of these factors then it might be helpful to first develop a SWOT analysis for your business.

Once you have an understanding of the market, you’ll need to think about how you will position yourself within that potential market.

Picking Your Niche

You want to think about how large your market is for this venture. You also want to consider whether you’d like to pick a niche within the overall industry or launch yourself into the mainstream.

If you have an innovative product it can be easier to enter the mainstream market – but at the same time, you might face some additional competition if there are similar products available.

You can choose to specialize in a niche market where you’ll face less competition – but might be able to sell your services at a higher price point (this could make it easier for you to get potential customers).

Of course, if your product or service is unique then there should be no competition. But, what happens if it isn’t unique? Will you be able to differentiate yourself enough to create a competitive advantage or edge?

If you are planning on entering the mainstream market, think about whether there are different sub-niches within your specific market. For example, within the technology industry, you can choose to specialize in laptops or smartphones or tablets, or other categories. While it will be more difficult to be unique in a mainstream market, you will still be able to focus on one type or category of products.

How Will You Stand Out?

Many companies are able to stand out – whether by offering a product that is unique or by marketing their products in a way that consumers notice. For example, Steve Jobs was able to take a business idea like the iPhone and make it into something that people talked about (while competitors struggled to play catch up).

You want your venture to stand out – whether with an innovative product or service or through marketing strategies. This might include a unique brand, name, or logo. It might also include packaging that stands out from competitors.

Write down how you will achieve this goal of standing out in the marketplace. If it’s a product, then what features do you have that other products don’t? If it’s a service, then what is it about this service that will make people want to use your company rather than your competition?

You also need to think about marketing. How are you going to promote yourself or sell your product or service? You’ll need a marketing plan for this – which might include writing copy, creating an advertisement, setting up a website, and several other activities. This should include a description of each of these strategies.

If you’re struggling with the details of any of these sections, it might be helpful to research what other companies in your market are doing and how they’ve been successful. You can use this business information to inform your own strategies and plans.

Relevant Market Size & Competition

In the second stage of your analysis, you must determine the size and competition in your specific market.

Target Market Section

Your company’s relevant market size is the amount of money it could make each year if it owned a complete market share.

It’s simple.

To begin, estimate how many consumers you expect to be interested in purchasing your products or services each year.

To generate a more precise estimate, enter the monetary amount these potential customers may be ready to spend on your goods or services each year.

The size of your market is the product of these two figures. Calculate this market value here so that your readers can see how big your market opportunity is (particularly if you are seeking debt or equity funding).

You’ll also want to include an analysis of your market conditions. Is this a growing or declining market? How fast is it growing (or declining)? What are the general trends in the market? How has your market shifted over time?

Include all of this information in your own business plan to give your readers a clear understanding of the market landscape you’re competing in.

The Competition

Next, you’ll need to create a comprehensive list of the competitors in your market. This competitive analysis includes:

  • Direct Competitors – Companies that offer a similar product or service
  • Indirect Competitors – Companies that sell products or services that are complementary to yours but not directly related

To show how large each competitor is, you can use metrics such as revenue, employees, number of locations, etc. If you have limited information about the company on hand then you may want to do some additional research or contact them directly for more information. You should also include their website so readers can learn more if they desire (along with social media profiles).

Once you complete this list, take a step back and try to determine how much market share each competitor has. You can use different methods to do this such as market research, surveys, or conduct focus groups or interviews with target customers.

You should also take into account the barriers to entry that exist in your market. What would it take for a new company to enter the market and start competing with you? This could be anything from capital requirements to licensing and permits.

When you have all of this information, you’ll want to create a table like the one below:

Once you have this data, you can start developing strategies to compete with the other companies which will be used again later to help you develop your marketing strategy and plan. 

Writing a Market Analysis Tips

  • Include an explanation of how you determined the size of the market and how much share competitors have.
  • Include tables like the one above that show competitor size, barriers to entry, etc.
  • Decide where you’re going to place this section in your business plan – before or after your SWOT analysis. You can use other sections as well such as your company summary or product/service description. Make sure you consider which information should come first for the reader to make the most sense.
  • Brainstorm how you’re going to stand out in this competitive market.

Formatting the Market Analysis Section of Your Business Plan

Now that you understand the different components of the market analysis, let’s take a look at how you should structure this section in your business plan.

Your market analysis should be divided into two sections: the industry overview and market size & competition.

Each section should include detailed information about the topic and supporting evidence to back up your claims.

You’ll also want to make sure that all of your data is up-to-date. Be sure to include the date of the analysis in your business plan so readers know when it was conducted and if there have been any major changes since then.

In addition, you should also provide a short summary of what this section covers at the beginning of each paragraph or page. You can do this by using a title such as “Industry Overview” or another descriptive phrase that is easy to follow.

As with all sections in a business plan, make sure your market analysis is concise and includes only the most relevant information to keep your audience engaged until they reach your conclusion.

A strong market analysis can give your company a competitive edge over other businesses in its industry, which is why it’s essential to include this section in your business plan. By providing detailed information about the market you’re competing in, you can show your readers that you understand the industry and know how to capitalize on current and future trends.

Business Plan Market Analysis Examples

The following are examples of how to write the market analysis section of a business plan:

Business Plan Market Analysis Example #1 – Hosmer Sunglasses, a sunglasses manufacturer based in California

According to the Sunglass Association of America, the retail sales volume of Plano (non-prescription) sunglasses, clip-on sunglasses, and children’s sunglasses (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Sunwear”) totaled $2.9 billion last year. Premium-priced sunglasses are driving the Plano Sunwear market. Plano sunglasses priced at $100 or more accounted for more than 49% of all Sunwear sales among independent retail locations last year. 

The Sunglass Association of America has projected that the dollar volume for retail sales of Plano Sunwear will grow 1.7% next year. Plano sunglass vendors are also bullish about sales in this year and beyond as a result of the growth of technology, particularly the growth of laser surgery and e-commerce.

Business Plan Market Analysis Example #2 – Nailed It!, a family-owned restaurant in Omaha, NE

According to the Nebraska Restaurant Association, last year total restaurant sales in Nebraska grew by 4.3%, reaching a record high of $2.8 billion. Sales at full-service restaurants were particularly strong, growing 7% over 2012 figures. This steady increase is being driven by population growth throughout the state. The Average Annual Growth Rate (AGR) since 2009 is 2.89%.

This fast growth has also encouraged the opening of new restaurants, with 3,035 operating statewide as of this year. The restaurant industry employs more than 41,000 workers in Nebraska and contributes nearly $3 billion to the state economy every year.

Nebraska’s population continues to increase – reaching 1.9 million in 2012, a 1.5% growth rate. In addition to population, the state has experienced record low unemployment every year since 2009 – with an average of 4.7% in 2013 and 2014.

Business Plan Market Analysis Example #3 – American Insurance Company (AIC), a chain of insurance agencies in Maine

American Insurance Company (AIC) offers high-quality insurance at low prices through its chain of retail outlets in the state of Maine. Since its inception, AIC has created an extensive network of agents and brokers across the country with expanding online, call center and retail business operations.

AIC is entering a market that will more than double in size over the next 50 years according to some industry forecasts. The insurance industry is enjoying low inflation rates, steady income growth, and improving standards of living for most Americans during what has been a difficult period for much of American business. This makes this a good time to enter the insurance industry as it enjoys higher margins because customers are purchasing more coverage due to increased costs from medical care and higher liability claims.

American Insurance Company provides affordable homeowners, auto, and business insurance through high-quality fulfillment centers across America that have earned a reputation for top-notch customer service.

AIC will face significant competition from both direct and indirect competitors. The indirect competition will come from a variety of businesses, including banks, other insurance companies, and online retailers. The direct competition will come from other well-funded start-ups as well as incumbents in the industry. AIC’s competitive advantages include its low prices, high quality, and excellent customer service.

AIC plans to grow at a rate that is above average for the industry as a whole. The company has identified a market that is expected to grow by more than 100% in the next decade. This growth is due to several factors: the increase in the number of two-income households, the aging population, and the impending retirement of many baby boomers will lead to an increase in the number of people who are purchasing insurance.

AIC projects revenues of $20M in year one, which is equivalent to 100% growth over the previous year. AIC forecasts revenue growth of 40%-60% each year on average for 10 years. After that, revenue growth is expected to slow down significantly due to market saturation.

The following table illustrates these projections:

Competitive Landscape

Direct Competition: P&C Insurance Market Leaders

Indirect Competition: Banks, Other Insurance Companies, Retailers

Market Analysis Conclusion

When writing the market analysis section, it is important to provide specific data and forecasts about the industry that your company operates in. This information can help make your business plan more convincing to potential investors.

If it’s helpful, you should also discuss how your company stacks up against its competitors based on what makes it unique. In addition, you can identify any strengths or weaknesses that your company has compared to its competitors.

Based on this data, provide projections for how much revenue your company expects to generate over the next few years. Providing this information early on in the business plan will help convince investors that you know what you are talking about and your company is well-positioned to succeed.  

How to Finish Your Business Plan in 1 Day!

Don’t you wish there was a faster, easier way to finish your business plan?

With Growthink’s Ultimate Business Plan Template you can finish your plan in just 8 hours or less!

Other Resources for Writing Your Business Plan

How to Write a Great Business Plan Executive Summary How to Expertly Write the Company Description in Your Business Plan The Customer Analysis Section of Your Business Plan Completing the Competitive Analysis Section of Your Business Plan The Management Team Section of Your Business Plan Financial Assumptions and Your Business Plan How to Create Financial Projections for Your Business Plan Everything You Need to Know about the Business Plan Appendix Best Business Plan Software Business Plan Conclusion: Summary & Recap  

Other Helpful Business Planning Articles & Templates

Download a Free Business Plan Template

What Is an Industry Analysis and Trends Business Plan?

An industry analysis and trends business plan is a component of a business plan that provides a comprehensive insight into industry conditions and trends. 3 min read updated on February 01, 2023

An industry analysis and trends business plan is a component of a business plan that provides a comprehensive insight into industry conditions and trends that can impact a company's success and growth. A thorough analysis of your industry and its trends can give you and other people a clearer idea of the feasibility and relevance of your business idea or goals.

Elements of a Business Plan

There are many different types of business plans. When you are creating your business plan, the information you choose to include will depend on your audience and personal preferences, as well as the questions you wish to answer and problems you seek to solve. While business plans may vary greatly, most of them contain the following elements:

  • Executive summary
  • Business description
  • Analysis of business environment analysis
  • Industry analysis
  • Market analysis
  • Competitive analysis
  • Marketing plan
  • Management plan
  • Operations plan
  • Financial projections
  • What Is an Industry Analysis?

An industry analysis enables you to gain a better understanding of the industry and market in which you will be conducting business. By conducting an industry analysis before you start writing your business plan , you will be able to:

  • Identify industry trends, such as potentially problematic aspects of the industry
  • Identify trends and opportunities in products and services
  • Calculate capital requirements
  • Determine business risks and find ways to reduce them

An industry analysis must be specific to the industry in which you are conducting or are planning to conduct business. With the information you obtain from the analysis, you can devise a long-term strategy to mitigate risks and take full advantage of growth opportunities.

It is important not to confuse an industry analysis with a competitor or market analysis. An industry analysis seeks to describe the products or services offered in a specific industry and the boundaries of the marketplace in relation to economic, political, and regulatory issues. In other words, it defines the scope of the marketplace. A market analysis , on the other hand, helps you determine whether or not a market within your industry will be profitable for your products or services.

Conducting an Industry Analysis

The most widely used method for evaluating any industry was devised by Michael E. Porter from Harvard University. This method can help you create an effective strategy for competing in your industry. According to Porter, all industries and markets are influenced by five forces, which include:

  • Ease of entry — Companies that are already operating in an industry will enjoy a competitive advantage over newcomers. However, their profits will be reduced unless they find a way to slow down or block the new entries. As for new businesses, they will face a variety of barriers, including government regulations, patents and copyrights, and customer loyalty.
  • Suppliers' power — Suppliers of materials, products, or services can have a significant impact on a business' ability to compete. In the event that there are few suppliers offering the products or materials or few alternative products, the suppliers have the power to dictate quantities, prices, and delivery times for companies that have no choice but to buy from them.
  • Buyers' power — In an industry where buyers can choose from many competing products, consumers will have strong bargaining power. This can affect the ability of a company to price its products or services without being afraid of losing customers.
  • Availability of alternative products — In the situation where two businesses with similar products are competing within an industry, both of them will benefit as their marketing efforts will generally increase demand for their products. However, their market share will be reduced if there is another company selling a different kind of products that can serve as a substitute for theirs.
  • Competitive rivalry — Competitive rivalry takes into account the number of competitors present in a particular industry, as well as their relative strength. In an industry where many companies are selling similar products, there is little opportunity for one company to control consumers' or suppliers' tendency to go elsewhere.

There are many free industry analysis tools and resources available to business owners who are preparing to create a business plan, such as:

  • Securities and Exchange Commission
  • U.S. Census Bureau
  • Hoover's Online
  • Thomas Register
  • Library of Congress Legislative Information
  • Websites of trade associations and companies

If you need help creating an industry analysis and trends business plan, you can post your legal need on UpCounsel's marketplace. UpCounsel accepts only the top 5 percent of lawyers to its site. Lawyers on UpCounsel come from law schools such as Harvard Law and Yale Law and average 14 years of legal experience, including work with or on behalf of companies like Google, Menlo Ventures, and Airbnb.

Hire the top business lawyers and save up to 60% on legal fees

Content Approved by UpCounsel

  • Business Plan Outline: Everything You Need To Know
  • How to Make a Business Plan Format
  • Parts of Business Plan and Definition
  • Business Description Outline
  • Market Analysis: Everything You Need To Know
  • Service Business Plan
  • IT Company Business Plan
  • Clothing Boutique Business Plan Outline
  • Business Plan for Existing Company

SMALL BUSINESS MONTH. 50% Off for 6 Months. BUY NOW & SAVE

50% Off for 6 Months Buy Now & Save

Wow clients with professional invoices that take seconds to create

Quick and easy online, recurring, and invoice-free payment options

Automated, to accurately track time and easily log billable hours

Reports and tools to track money in and out, so you know where you stand

Easily log expenses and receipts to ensure your books are always tax-time ready

Tax time and business health reports keep you informed and tax-time ready

Automatically track your mileage and never miss a mileage deduction again

Time-saving all-in-one bookkeeping that your business can count on

Track project status and collaborate with clients and team members

Organized and professional, helping you stand out and win new clients

Set clear expectations with clients and organize your plans for each project

Client management made easy, with client info all in one place

Pay your employees and keep accurate books with Payroll software integrations

  • Team Management

FreshBooks integrates with over 100 partners to help you simplify your workflows

Send invoices, track time, manage payments, and more…from anywhere.

  • Freelancers
  • Self-Employed Professionals
  • Businesses With Employees
  • Businesses With Contractors
  • Marketing & Agencies
  • Construction & Trades
  • IT & Technology
  • Business & Prof. Services
  • Accounting Partner Program
  • Collaborative Accounting™
  • Accountant Hub
  • Reports Library
  • FreshBooks vs QuickBooks
  • FreshBooks vs HoneyBook
  • FreshBooks vs Harvest
  • FreshBooks vs Wave
  • FreshBooks vs Xero
  • Free Invoice Generator
  • Invoice Templates
  • Accounting Templates
  • Business Name Generator
  • Estimate Templates
  • Help Center
  • Business Loan Calculator
  • Mark Up Calculator

Call Toll Free: 1.866.303.6061

1-888-674-3175

  • All Articles
  • Productivity
  • Project Management
  • Bookkeeping

Resources for Your Growing Business

Industry analysis: why it’s important & how to analyze an industry.

Industry Analysis: Why It’s Important & How to Analyze an Industry

Conducting an industry analysis is the best way to understand your competition and any opportunities in the market.

Think about a time when you put all your energy and effort into something, only for someone else to do it better or do it first. It’s discouraging, isn’t it? You then think back through your process to identify where you went wrong.

Did you overlook some external factors? Were you not up-to-date with industry trends? The degree of competition is important to recognize when developing a competitive strategy.

It’s always easier to look back and see what went wrong. You could have missed technological factors or competitive factors. Or your business plan and competitive analysis might not have taken into account the market size.

So how do you figure out the degree of competition and use that information to set your business apart? You perform an industry analysis! Here’s everything you need to know.

Here’s What We’ll Cover:

What Is an Industry Analysis?

The importance of analyzing an industry in business, what you need for industry analysis , different methods to perform industry analysis, key takeaways .

There’s no difference if you have been in business for decades or you’re new to the market. Performing an industry analysis is important to better understand your niche. Essentially, industry analysis is a look into your market to see how your business compares to your competition. 

An industry analysis looks into every element of your business and how it lines up with others. It’s important to fully understand your strengths and weaknesses to identify any opportunities or threats. When you know your market conditions and any financial factors, you get ahead of your competition.

https://www.freshbooks.com/signup

By taking a look into what makes your industry tick you get a better sense of your company’s position. Industry analysis can assess demand and supply and technological changes. It can also find external factors that influence the competition. 

You’re able to better forecast your growth rate and plan for evolving industry dynamics. The result is the best possible strategy to increase your market power. If you don’t take the steps to understand how you stack up compared to your competition and gain a competitive edge, they definitely will. 

Conducting an industry analysis requires more than doing a simple search. You need to find and understand any competitive advantages, and there are a few different ways you can do it. 

Some businesses hire outside firms to use mathematical forecasting for quantitative analysis. Others use qualitative analysis to come to make business decisions based on the information they gather. Whatever route you go, it will include specific market research and competitive analysis. 

Here is everything you need to know to conduct your own in-depth industry analysis and get ahead of the competition!

Understand the competition:

  • When you know your competitor’s products and services, you know how you can differentiate
  • Are you targeting similar audiences? 
  • What products and services are your competition offering?

Use market research:

  • Look into the demand of your market, the market size, and any economic indicators
  • Where do your customers live? How saturated is the market? What do your customers usually pay for similar products and services?

Analyze the data that you have collected:

  • Knowing your own strengths and weaknesses is important. But knowing the strengths and weaknesses of your competition is equally as important
  • Assess what your competition offers and compare it against your own
  • Are the features and benefits that you offer meeting the demands and needs of your consumer base?

Evaluate your position in the market:

  • What’s your market share compared to your competitors?
  • Understand if you need to adjust the price of your product or service 
  • Find any advantages that you have and identify possible threats in the future
  • Similarly, find any weaknesses your company has and address how you can turn them into advantages

When you compile all of this information into an industry analysis, you can make better business decisions moving forward. You can identify any gaps in the market and how you can fill them. Plus, knowing what your competition is doing is the best way to know how to beat them.

The points outlined above are an excellent starting block to understand your business and where it stands in the market. But there are some industry research and analysis models designed to take it even further. 

Competitive Forces Model (Porter’s 5 Forces)

The main purpose of using this model is to formulate a strategy and understand the competitive landscape. It consists of the Five Forces of Analysis.

  • Industry rivalry and the amount of competition in the market
  • The threat of new products or services entering the market 
  • The bargaining power of buyers and how they can influence pricing
  • The bargaining power of suppliers and how they can limit your profit
  • The threat of new competition potentially entering the market

industry analysis of business plan

SWOT Analysis

The SWOT Analysis is commonly used across many different industries. It represents identifying and understanding any strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats.

  • Identify the strengths of your business and what currently sets up apart from the competition
  • Recognize the weaknesses that may be present and where you have any disadvantages compared to your competitors
  • Find the opportunities that are available in the market and how you can develop a strategy to increase profitability
  • Determine any threats to your business, both internal and external. How could they affect the way you operate, your profits, or overall integrity?

It’s one thing to find information and conduct an industry analysis, but it’s another thing to understand the data you collect. Markets are constantly fluctuating and can change at the snap of a finger. It can be overwhelming!

But the power and influence that you can generate from understanding how your industry and competition work can set you apart. You will be more knowledgeable and better prepared to leverage opportunities and stop any threats in their tracks.

Find more relevant articles for your small business on our resource guide .

RELATED ARTICLES

What Is the Ladder of Inference?

Save Time Billing and Get Paid 2x Faster With FreshBooks

Want More Helpful Articles About Running a Business?

Get more great content in your Inbox.

By subscribing, you agree to receive communications from FreshBooks and acknowledge and agree to FreshBook’s Privacy Policy . You can unsubscribe at any time by contacting us at [email protected].

👋 Welcome to FreshBooks

To see our product designed specifically for your country, please visit the United States site.

Business Plan Market Analysis The Full Guide

Business Plan Market Analysis - Your Road Map to Success

Welcome to our comprehensive guide on the business plan market analysis section of a business plan. Market Analysis is a key part of any good business plan, which will help you better assess and understand your market. ‍ The business plan market analysis section is the heart and soul of your strategy, impacting everything from marketing to operations to the financial forecast. The market analysis helps you understand your position within the industry, the potential size of your market, the competitive landscape, and most importantly, it assists in identifying your target customers. In this blog post, we'll take you through the essentials of market analysis: what it is, why it's crucial, and the components it comprises.

Table of Contents

Business Plan Market Analysis - What Is It?

  • Key Components
  • How To Implement

Tips and Best Practices

  • Market Analysis Case Study

Wrapping It All Up

Market analysis is a comprehensive examination of the dynamics, trends, and competitive landscape of the business environment within which a company operates. It is a vital component of a business plan as it allows entrepreneurs and business owners to understand their industry and market better, enabling them to make well-informed decisions. The business plan market analysis section has two main benefits. Firstly, it Allows you to Identify key opportunities in the market. By studying the market, a business can identify gaps, trends, or customer needs that aren't currently being met and then plan to cater to them effectively. Secondly, it also allows you to recognise potential threats and competition. By understanding your competitors, their offerings, strategies, strengths, and weaknesses, you can position yourself better against their position in the marketplace. Overall the role of market analysis in a business plan cannot be understated. It serves as the foundation upon which the marketing and sales strategies are built. In the following sections, we will take a deep dive into the key components of market analysis and how to conduct it effectively. 

Remember, the opening of your Executive Summary sets the tone for the entire document. Make it memorable and compelling to encourage the reader to continue exploring.

Business Plan Market Analysis Allows You To Analyse Your Competitors

What Are The Key Components of Market Analysis?

Understanding the key components of a market analysis is crucial to conducting one effectively. Each element contributes a unique insight into your market, providing a comprehensive overview of the environment in which your business will operate. Here are the key components:

  • Industry Description and Outlook: This involves describing the industry within which your business will operate. Look to identify the key trends influencing it and the outlook of the future of the industry based on reliable industry forecasts.
  • Target Market: It's vital to identify and understand your ideal customers. This involves defining the demographics (age, gender, income, etc.), psychographics (interests, values, behaviours, etc.), and geographic location of the customers your business aims to target. Furthermore, it's important to understand their needs, preferences, and buying habits.
  • Market Size and Trends: Here, you need to determine the total size of your target market. This involves quantifying the number of potential customers, the total sales volume, or the total market value. Furthermore, it's crucial to identify key market trends, which may include changes in customer behaviour, new technologies, or shifting regulatory environments.
  • Market Segmentation: This involves dividing your target market into distinct groups (segments) based on certain characteristics. These might include age, location, buying habits, or customer needs. By taking the time to segment your customers you can develop better targeting strategies for your marketing campaigns.
  • Competitive Analysis: This component involves identifying your key competitors and analysing their products, sales strategies, market share, strengths, and weaknesses. A competitive analysis will help your business identify its unique selling proposition (USP) and differentiate itself from competitors.
  • SWOT Analysis: Finally, conducting a SWOT (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, Threats) analysis will allow your business to identify its internal strengths and weaknesses, as well as external opportunities and threats in the market. This can help your business leverage its strengths, address its weaknesses, capitalise on opportunities, and prepare for potential threats.

Business Plan Market Analysis - How to Implement 

Conducting a business plan market analysis might seem like a daunting task, but you can make it more achievable by breaking it down into key tasks.

  • Industry Description and Outlook: Start by gathering data on your industry. This can include industry reports, market research data, news articles, and government statistics. Remember to cite your sources to add credibility to your analysis.
  • Target Market: Identifying your target market requires an understanding of who is most likely to buy your product or service. You can conduct surveys, interviews, or focus groups to gather data on potential customers. If you already have a customer database, try to delve into this further by conducting post-purchase interviews with customers. Try to identify demographic, geographic, and psychographic characteristics, as well as buying habits and needs. The aim is to create a clear and specific profile of your ideal customer. You will aim to use this data to generate customer segments to target with your marketing campaigns.
  • Market Size and Trends: Estimating market size can be challenging but can be done by looking at industry reports, government data, and market research studies. You can also look at the sales of competitors or analogous products. Identify key market trends by examining changes in customer behaviour, technological advances, and regulatory changes.
  • Competitive Analysis: Identify your key competitors and analyse their offerings. Look at their products, pricing, marketing strategies, and market share. Try to understand their strengths and weaknesses. You can gather this information from their websites, customer reviews, and industry reports. Use this analysis to identify opportunities for your business to differentiate itself.
  • SWOT Analysis: You can consolidate all of your initial research into a SWOT analysis which will help synthesise your learning and make it easier to develop strategies from your research.

Remember, conducting a market analysis isn't a one-time task. Markets are dynamic, with customer preferences, competition, and external factors continually changing. Your aim should be to continually update your business plan market analysis periodically. Here at Action Planr we have a full guide on how to conduct a SWOT Analysis for more detailed information on the full process.

Business Plan Market Analysis Size Up Your Competition

Successfully conducting a market analysis involves more than just understanding its components and knowing where to find the necessary data. Here are some tips and best practices to help make your market analysis more robust, reliable, and useful for decision-making:

  • Using Reliable Data Sources for Market Research: The quality of your analysis is directly tied to the quality of your data. Therefore, it's important to use reliable sources such as government databases, industry reports, reputable market research firms, and academic studies. Be wary of data that doesn't come from reliable sources.
  • Understanding the Importance of Both Quantitative and Qualitative Research: Quantitative data, like statistics and numerical facts, provides a solid base for your analysis. But don't underestimate the power of qualitative data—opinions, anecdotes, and experiences—which can provide deeper insight into customer behaviours and preferences.
  • Keeping the Analysis Current and Updated: Markets change rapidly. What was true last year—or even last month—may not hold today. Regularly updating your market analysis can help you keep up with changes and adjust your business strategies accordingly.
  • Ensuring Your Analysis is Relevant to Your Specific Business Model: The insights you need depend on your business model. A B2B company will need a different kind of analysis than a B2C company. Tailor your market analysis to your specific business needs and objectives.
  • Importance of Validating Assumptions: In the course of conducting a market analysis, you'll likely make assumptions. Be sure to validate these assumptions with solid data whenever possible.
  • Keep your Audience in Mind: If your business plan is read by investors, they'll be interested in market size, growth opportunities, and competitive landscape. Make sure your market analysis addresses these topics and is presented in a clear, easy-to-understand format.

Business Plan Market Analysis Understand Your Market Size

Business Plan Market Analysis - Case Study

To understand how the principles and processes of market analysis work in a real-world context, let's look at a case study of an innovative tech startup, "Techie Toys." Techie Toys is a company that produces educational toys based on augmented reality technology, targeting children aged 6 to 12. Their goal is to make learning fun and interactive.

  • Industry Description and Outlook: Techie Toys reviewed multiple industry reports and found that the educational toy market has seen substantial growth over recent years, and this growth is expected to continue due to increasing focus on interactive learning methods. The integration of technology into educational toys, specifically augmented reality, is a significant trend shaping the industry.
  • Target Market: Through surveys and focus groups, Techie Toys identified their target customers as parents of children aged 6 to 12 who value educational development and are comfortable with technology integration in toys. These parents have middle to upper-middle income, are mostly city dwellers, and are willing to invest in their children's education.
  • Market Size and Trends: By analysing industry reports and sales of similar products, Techie Toys estimated a sizable target market for their augmented reality educational toys. The trend of "edutainment" was identified as a key market trend, with technology-based educational toys gaining popularity.
  • Market Segmentation: Techie Toys segmented their market based on age (6-8, 9-12), type of toy preferred (science, math, language arts), and parents' willingness to spend on educational toys. They plan to tailor their products and marketing strategies according to these segments.
  • Competitive Analysis: Techie Toys identified several key competitors offering educational toys but found a gap in those providing augmented reality-based learning. They also discovered that their unique selling proposition – interactive learning through augmented reality – is an aspect where they outshine their competitors.
  • SWOT Analysis: Strengths identified included a strong development team, unique product offering, and alignment with market trends. Weaknesses involved a higher price point and lack of brand recognition. Opportunities included a growing market and a trend toward edutainment, while threats were potential competitors and rapid technological change.

By conducting this detailed market analysis, Techie Toys was able to effectively position itself within the market, identify its unique selling proposition, and tailor their product development and marketing strategy to their target audience. This comprehensive understanding of their market greatly contributed to their success.

The business plan market analysis section of a business plan is one of its most critical components. Conducting a detailed and accurate market analysis can be a challenging process, but as we've seen in our guide, the benefits are large. Business is all about planning and conducting an in-depth market analysis process, It will allow your business to navigate its environment with knowledge and foresight. The insight gained can help you identify growth opportunities and provide a strong basis for the development of effective marketing and sales strategies. Keep these insights, steps, and tips in mind as you work on your market analysis and remember markets are continually changing so don't make this a one-and-done exercise. If you are looking for help with other sections of the business plan, please check out our Learning Zone homepage.

  • Credit cards
  • View all credit cards
  • Banking guide
  • Loans guide
  • Insurance guide
  • Personal finance
  • View all personal finance
  • Small business
  • Small business guide
  • View all taxes

You’re our first priority. Every time.

We believe everyone should be able to make financial decisions with confidence. And while our site doesn’t feature every company or financial product available on the market, we’re proud that the guidance we offer, the information we provide and the tools we create are objective, independent, straightforward — and free.

So how do we make money? Our partners compensate us. This may influence which products we review and write about (and where those products appear on the site), but it in no way affects our recommendations or advice, which are grounded in thousands of hours of research. Our partners cannot pay us to guarantee favorable reviews of their products or services. Here is a list of our partners .

How to Write a Market Analysis for a Business Plan

Dan Marticio

Many or all of the products featured here are from our partners who compensate us. This influences which products we write about and where and how the product appears on a page. However, this does not influence our evaluations. Our opinions are our own. Here is a list of our partners and here's how we make money .

A lot of preparation goes into starting a business before you can open your doors to the public or launch your online store. One of your first steps should be to write a business plan . A business plan will serve as your roadmap when building your business.

Within your business plan, there’s an important section you should pay careful attention to: your market analysis. Your market analysis helps you understand your target market and how you can thrive within it.

Simply put, your market analysis shows that you’ve done your research. It also contributes to your marketing strategy by defining your target customer and researching their buying habits. Overall, a market analysis will yield invaluable data if you have limited knowledge about your market, the market has fierce competition, and if you require a business loan. In this guide, we'll explore how to conduct your own market analysis.

How to conduct a market analysis: A step-by-step guide

In your market analysis, you can expect to cover the following:

Industry outlook

Target market

Market value

Competition

Barriers to entry

Let’s dive into an in-depth look into each section:

Step 1: Define your objective

Before you begin your market analysis, it’s important to define your objective for writing a market analysis. Are you writing it for internal purposes or for external purposes?

If you were doing a market analysis for internal purposes, you might be brainstorming new products to launch or adjusting your marketing tactics. An example of an external purpose might be that you need a market analysis to get approved for a business loan .

The comprehensiveness of your market analysis will depend on your objective. If you’re preparing for a new product launch, you might focus more heavily on researching the competition. A market analysis for a loan approval would require heavy data and research into market size and growth, share potential, and pricing.

Step 2: Provide an industry outlook

An industry outlook is a general direction of where your industry is heading. Lenders want to know whether you’re targeting a growing industry or declining industry. For example, if you’re looking to sell VCRs in 2020, it’s unlikely that your business will succeed.

Starting your market analysis with an industry outlook offers a preliminary view of the market and what to expect in your market analysis. When writing this section, you'll want to include:

Market size

Are you chasing big markets or are you targeting very niche markets? If you’re targeting a niche market, are there enough customers to support your business and buy your product?

Product life cycle

If you develop a product, what will its life cycle look like? Lenders want an overview of how your product will come into fruition after it’s developed and launched. In this section, you can discuss your product’s:

Research and development

Projected growth

How do you see your company performing over time? Calculating your year-over-year growth will help you and lenders see how your business has grown thus far. Calculating your projected growth shows how your business will fare in future projected market conditions.

Step 3: Determine your target market

This section of your market analysis is dedicated to your potential customer. Who is your ideal target customer? How can you cater your product to serve them specifically?

Don’t make the mistake of wanting to sell your product to everybody. Your target customer should be specific. For example, if you’re selling mittens, you wouldn’t want to market to warmer climates like Hawaii. You should target customers who live in colder regions. The more nuanced your target market is, the more information you’ll have to inform your business and marketing strategy.

With that in mind, your target market section should include the following points:

Demographics

This is where you leave nothing to mystery about your ideal customer. You want to know every aspect of your customer so you can best serve them. Dedicate time to researching the following demographics:

Income level

Create a customer persona

Creating a customer persona can help you better understand your customer. It can be easier to market to a person than data on paper. You can give this persona a name, background, and job. Mold this persona into your target customer.

What are your customer’s pain points? How do these pain points influence how they buy products? What matters most to them? Why do they choose one brand over another?

Research and supporting material

Information without data are just claims. To add credibility to your market analysis, you need to include data. Some methods for collecting data include:

Target group surveys

Focus groups

Reading reviews

Feedback surveys

You can also consult resources online. For example, the U.S. Census Bureau can help you find demographics in calculating your market share. The U.S. Department of Commerce and the U.S. Small Business Administration also offer general data that can help you research your target industry.

Step 4: Calculate market value

You can use either top-down analysis or bottom-up analysis to calculate an estimate of your market value.

A top-down analysis tends to be the easier option of the two. It requires for you to calculate the entire market and then estimate how much of a share you expect your business to get. For example, let’s assume your target market consists of 100,000 people. If you’re optimistic and manage to get 1% of that market, you can expect to make 1,000 sales.

A bottom-up analysis is more data-driven and requires more research. You calculate the individual factors of your business and then estimate how high you can scale them to arrive at a projected market share. Some factors to consider when doing a bottom-up analysis include:

Where products are sold

Who your competition is

The price per unit

How many consumers you expect to reach

The average amount a customer would buy over time

While a bottom-up analysis requires more data than a top-down analysis, you can usually arrive at a more accurate calculation.

Step 5: Get to know your competition

Before you start a business, you need to research the level of competition within your market. Are there certain companies getting the lion’s share of the market? How can you position yourself to stand out from the competition?

There are two types of competitors that you should be aware of: direct competitors and indirect competitors.

Direct competitors are other businesses who sell the same product as you. If you and the company across town both sell apples, you are direct competitors.

An indirect competitor sells a different but similar product to yours. If that company across town sells oranges instead, they are an indirect competitor. Apples and oranges are different but they still target a similar market: people who eat fruits.

Also, here are some questions you want to answer when writing this section of your market analysis:

What are your competitor’s strengths?

What are your competitor’s weaknesses?

How can you cover your competitor’s weaknesses in your own business?

How can you solve the same problems better or differently than your competitors?

How can you leverage technology to better serve your customers?

How big of a threat are your competitors if you open your business?

Step 6: Identify your barriers

Writing a market analysis can help you identify some glaring barriers to starting your business. Researching these barriers will help you avoid any costly legal or business mistakes down the line. Some entry barriers to address in your marketing analysis include:

Technology: How rapid is technology advancing and can it render your product obsolete within the next five years?

Branding: You need to establish your brand identity to stand out in a saturated market.

Cost of entry: Startup costs, like renting a space and hiring employees, are expensive. Also, specialty equipment often comes with hefty price tags. (Consider researching equipment financing to help finance these purchases.)

Location: You need to secure a prime location if you’re opening a physical store.

Competition: A market with fierce competition can be a steep uphill battle (like attempting to go toe-to-toe with Apple or Amazon).

Step 7: Know the regulations

When starting a business, it’s your responsibility to research governmental and state business regulations within your market. Some regulations to keep in mind include (but aren’t limited to):

Employment and labor laws

Advertising

Environmental regulations

If you’re a newer entrepreneur and this is your first business, this part can be daunting so you might want to consult with a business attorney. A legal professional will help you identify the legal requirements specific to your business. You can also check online legal help sites like LegalZoom or Rocket Lawyer.

Tips when writing your market analysis

We wouldn’t be surprised if you feel overwhelmed by the sheer volume of information needed in a market analysis. Keep in mind, though, this research is key to launching a successful business. You don’t want to cut corners, but here are a few tips to help you out when writing your market analysis:

Use visual aids

Nobody likes 30 pages of nothing but text. Using visual aids can break up those text blocks, making your market analysis more visually appealing. When discussing statistics and metrics, charts and graphs will help you better communicate your data.

Include a summary

If you’ve ever read an article from an academic journal, you’ll notice that writers include an abstract that offers the reader a preview.

Use this same tactic when writing your market analysis. It will prime the reader of your market highlights before they dive into the hard data.

Get to the point

It’s better to keep your market analysis concise than to stuff it with fluff and repetition. You’ll want to present your data, analyze it, and then tie it back into how your business can thrive within your target market.

Revisit your market analysis regularly

Markets are always changing and it's important that your business changes with your target market. Revisiting your market analysis ensures that your business operations align with changing market conditions. The best businesses are the ones that can adapt.

Why should you write a market analysis?

Your market analysis helps you look at factors within your market to determine if it’s a good fit for your business model. A market analysis will help you:

1. Learn how to analyze the market need

Markets are always shifting and it’s a good idea to identify current and projected market conditions. These trends will help you understand the size of your market and whether there are paying customers waiting for you. Doing a market analysis helps you confirm that your target market is a lucrative market.

2. Learn about your customers

The best way to serve your customer is to understand them. A market analysis will examine your customer’s buying habits, pain points, and desires. This information will aid you in developing a business that addresses those points.

3. Get approved for a business loan

Starting a business, especially if it’s your first one, requires startup funding. A good first step is to apply for a business loan with your bank or other financial institution.

A thorough market analysis shows that you’re professional, prepared, and worth the investment from lenders. This preparation inspires confidence within the lender that you can build a business and repay the loan.

4. Beat the competition

Your research will offer valuable insight and certain advantages that the competition might not have. For example, thoroughly understanding your customer’s pain points and desires will help you develop a superior product or service than your competitors. If your business is already up and running, an updated market analysis can upgrade your marketing strategy or help you launch a new product.

Final thoughts

There is a saying that the first step to cutting down a tree is to sharpen an axe. In other words, preparation is the key to success. In business, preparation increases the chances that your business will succeed, even in a competitive market.

The market analysis section of your business plan separates the entrepreneurs who have done their homework from those who haven’t. Now that you’ve learned how to write a market analysis, it’s time for you to sharpen your axe and grow a successful business. And keep in mind, if you need help crafting your business plan, you can always turn to business plan software or a free template to help you stay organized.

This article originally appeared on JustBusiness, a subsidiary of NerdWallet.

On a similar note...

One blue credit card on a flat surface with coins on both sides.

Industry Analysis

What is an industry analysis.

An industry analysis is a marketing process that provides statistics about the market potential of your business products and services. This section of your plan needs to have specific information about the current state of the industry, and its target markets. An industry analysis may contain reference materials such as spreadsheets, pie charts, and bar graphs in order to represent the data.

Navigation:

Step-by-step checklist.

  • Library Business Research Resources
  • Government Websites, Including Labour Market Information Sources

industry analysis of business plan

Identify your industry and provide a brief overview. You may need to explore your industry on a local, regional, provincial, national, and/or global level. Be sure to define relevant industry codes. Provide statistics and historical data about the nature of the industry and growth potential for your business, based on economic factors and conditions.

industry analysis of business plan

Summarize the nature of the industry. Include specific information about growth patterns, fluctuations related to the economy, and income projections. Be sure to document recent developments, news, and  innovations. Also, discuss marketing strategies, and the industry's prevalent operational and management trends.

industry analysis of business plan

Provide a forecast for your industry. Compile economic data and industry predictions at different time intervals (5, 10, 20 years). Be sure to cite sources. Note: the type and size of the industry will determine how much information you will be able to find about a particular industry. Define if it is new and emerging, growing, maturing or declining.

industry analysis of business plan

Identify government regulations that affect the industry. Include any recent laws pertaining to your industry, and any licenses or authorizations you would need to conduct business in your target market. This section may include information about fees and costs involved.

industry analysis of business plan

Explain your unique position within the industry. Once you have completed your Competitive Analysis (in the next section) you can list the leading companies in the industry, and compile an overview of data of your direct and indirect competition. This will help you communicate your unique value proposition.

industry analysis of business plan

List potential limitations and risks. Write about factors that might negatively impact your business and what you foresee in the short-term and long-term future.  Outline what you know about the driving forces: new regulations, technology, globalization, competitors, changing customer needs.

industry analysis of business plan

Talk to people! Go to tradeshows, do cold calls, talk to people in relevant associations and go to business events.

Tip: How to generate keywords to search databases

Before you access the resources and databases below, it is best practice to consider the key words you can use as search terms to find information about your industry. Follow the steps below: 

  • Pinpoint the main words/phrases that describe your industry.  (i.e. "bar")
  • Brainstorm several alternative words/phrases that will bring you additional search results. These may be direct synonyms, or tangentially related.  (i.e. "pub," "nightclub," "drinking place," "tavern," "restaurant.")

Tip: How to use NAICS codes

At the start of your research, it may not be clear what specific industry you should be examining. A good strategy is to find out if your business idea is classified in an industrial classification system. These systems organize industries by assigning them a numeric code. The most commonly used system is the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS).  Once you know your Industry Classification Code you can use this number to :

  • Find industry-specific statistics on government websites or in library databases
  • Generate lists of competitors in company directories

Another common classification system is the Standard Industry Code (SIC). NAICS have most replaced the SIC, but the SIC is still used by some commercial databases. Finding and using these classification systems to effectively search can be tricky, so don't hesitate to ask a librarian for help.

You can keyword search for your industry NAICS code here:

Search or browse all NAICS or SIC codes on the  NAICS Association website . Some NAICS codes are different in Canada — you can search by keyword or browse Canadian NAICS codes at  Statistics Canada  or  Canadian Industry Statistics. To search for a SIC code using a NAICS code and vice versa, use the NAICS & SIC Crosswalks.   

For more information about planning your industry research, including identifying your industry codes, check out the video tutorial for  Module 3: Planning Your Industry Research .

Don't forget to take a look at our Industry Guides for detailed industry-specific market research resources!

Library Business Research Resources:

Business resources at academic libraries .

Colleges and Universities with business programs will have useful business collections you may be able to get access to through their academic library. Often these academic libraries can provide the general public with access to their collections, which include electronic resources like databases and e-books. For example, they could have alumni or community cards, and can provide temporary "guest" passes in certain situations. Contact your local college or university library to see what they can provide. Please note: you probably will not get access to their electronic resources with remote access.

UBC Library Business Databases

How to access: If you are a UBC student, staff, faculty or in-person library visitor you may have access to business databases through the David Lam Management Research Library and Canaccord Learning Commons through the links below.

Full Listing By Title or Full Listing By Subject

There are two different ways to identify databases: Use "by title" if you already know the name; otherwise you can search the list "by subject" to find starting places for undertaking market research, finding articles or researching companies. To learn more about how you can access library resources if you are a community user or temporary visitor, check out the UBC Library  Community Users & Visitors Guide . Community users and temporary visitors may have additional access restrictions to specific databases because of license agreements.

Discovering where you can access the information you need to complete your research can be tricky. Below, we have a few examples of potential sources that collect the type of information you will need.

Ibis World Industry Reports

Business Source Complete

Canadian Business and Current Affairs

Canadian Newsstream

Trade Publications, Journals, and Magazines:

Industry and trade associations work to keep people within an industry informed about the industry through newsletters, magazines, and trade fairs. The information can range from a detailed focus on a specific product line, to general coverage of an industry or key business risk and trends. Industry and professional association websites can be excellent sources of free information whether or not you are a member of that organization. In addition, you can find news about industries via government websites, news databases, as well as news directories and search engines.

Ulrichsweb Provides publisher information on more than 300,000 periodicals of all types. Use this to create a list of relevant ones to check out in your industry. Search by keyword, publisher or geographic location.

Trade Associations:

Trade associations often publish free industry newsletters that are excellent sources of information for your business plan. Such newsletters often have articles that cover in-depth topics on business management, manufacturing practices, how-tos, current industry news and much more. One good reason to create a list of relevant associations is to see if any of them publish a monthly industry newsletter on their website.

ASAE Gateway to Associations Directory Use this directory to search for an association by name, interest area, or international geographic location (including Canada and BC). You can also search using a combination of various fields.

Associations Canada This library database covers Canadian, as well as some international, industry, professional or special interest associations. Searchable by type or keyword. You can use this to  identify key associations' websites and search for freely available newsletters, blogs or reports they they may publish on your industry. Please contact your local public or research library for access. Use of your library card may be required for online access to this resource. Print copies may also be available for in-person users.

Web searching tip: Use Google or another search engine to search for industry associations relevant to your industry in your location. If you don't find a relevant industry association, try broadening your geographic area (e.g. from Vancouver to British Columbia, or from Canada to the U.S. or international). If your industry is very specialized or new, look for associations for broader or similar industries.

Government Websites, Including Labour Market Information Sources:

BC Stats |  Current reports and statistics from British Columbia's central statistical agency including labour market information, economic statistics and bankruptcies. Start by searching their Industry section  and narrowing by industry type or go to the Business, Industry & Trade page to skim all the different business-related topics.

WorkBC  |  Find current employment outlooks, labour market information, relevant links, and a geographic representation of the BC workforce. Start by searching your  Industry Profile .

Innovation, Science, and Economic Development Canada Provides market research, industry statistics, licensing information for intellectual property, and information about doing business internationally. The Industry Canada site features interactive applications such as customizable trade reports, cost calculators, and online business planning guides. You can also search broad Canadian industry statistics .

Entrepreneurship Indicators Database This database is intended to provide comprehensive business demography statistics and performance indicators for enterprises in Canada. This information is available upon request.

  • Search Search Please fill out this field.
  • Building Your Business
  • Becoming an Owner
  • Business Plans

How to Write The Industry Section of a Business Plan

Writing a Business Plan: Section 2

Susan Ward wrote about small businesses for The Balance for 18 years. She has run an IT consulting firm and designed and presented courses on how to promote small businesses.

industry analysis of business plan

Geber86 / Getty Images

When writing a business plan, the Industry section is best organized as two parts: an overview of the industry and a summary of your business's position within the overall industry.

Before writing this section of the business plan, use these questions to focus your research:

  • What is the size of your industry?
  • What sectors does this industry include?
  • Who are the major players in this industry?
  • What are the markets and customers for this industry?
  • What are the industry's estimated sales this year? Last year? The year before?
  • What national and economic trends have affected this industry and how?
  • What national and economic trends might affect it in the future and how?
  • What is the long-term outlook for this industry?
  • What products or services will your business be selling?
  • What is your Unique Selling Proposition? (What is it about your business that makes it unique and sets it apart from competitors?)
  • What are the barriers to entry in your industry?
  • How will you overcome these barriers?
  • Who are your competitors?
  • What is the market share of your competitors?
  • What is your business's competitive advantage (i.e., your market niche or estimated market share)?
  • What is your target market?
  • How are you protecting your product or process (i.e., patents, copyrights, trademarks, franchise rights that you either hold or plan to acquire)?

Once you have all this information, you'll write this section of the business plan in the form of several short paragraphs. (Remember, each of these paragraphs is a summary, not a detailed point-by-point explanation.) Use appropriate headings for each paragraph. 

Finding Information on Your Industry

But where do you find the information that you need for writing the Industry Overview section of your business plan?

United States Research

In the United States, you may want to start your research by reviewing information from the U.S. Census Bureau, Industry Statistics Portal. This site provides data for selected industries separated into categories using the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS). The Bureau of Labor Statistics also offers a large selection of information grouped by NAICS industry.

There are also other sources of information—some free and some paid sources—including IBIS World, Select USA, and the U.S. the Department of Commerce Bureau of Economic Analysis.

Canadian Research

When you're writing a business plan and looking for information on Canadian industries, Industry Canada is your logical first stop. Their Find Statistics by Industry  page lets you see key economic indicators for different sectors of the Canadian economy, access industry profiles, and analysis and research small businesses in Canada generally.

Another primary source for industry and economic information that you can easily access online when you're writing a business plan is Statistics Canada. From this homepage you can find a wealth of free statistical information; use this page, to search for Statistics Canada publications back to 1980.

There are also provincial statistics websites where you'll be able to find more economic, social, and demographic statistics relating to your industry and the business environment.

The Canada Business Service Centres located in each province also offer excellent collections of resources online, and telephone and email information services. You'll find a list of links to the Canada Business Service Centre in each province in my Provincial Programs and Services Resources.

The business sections of national newspapers and business magazines will also be helpful; these often carry features on the past and future business trends.

And don't forget your local sources of business information when you're researching your business plans, such as your Economic Development Centre, Chamber of Commerce, or Women's Enterprise Centre, or the business section of the local library.

Doing Business Plan Research

If your business is related to manufacturing when you're writing a business plan begin by determining the NAICS of your particular industry, and the sector and sub-sector if applicable. It will make it easier for you to find statistical information relating to your industry. If your business is a service, begin with Industry Canada's service industry profiles.

Refer to the list of questions earlier in this article on how to write a business plan as a research guide. Whenever you find a piece of information that you want:

  • Check its date and determine whether or not the information is current enough to be valid;
  • Write down the date and source of the information, as you'll need to cite your information sources in the business plan.

When you're writing a business plan, you want your research information to be as up-to-date as possible. After all, there's no point in starting a business if you don't want it to succeed.

How to Write a Business Plan: Step-by-Step Guide + Examples

Determined female African-American entrepreneur scaling a mountain while wearing a large backpack. Represents the journey to starting and growing a business and needi

Noah Parsons

24 min. read

Updated May 7, 2024

Writing a business plan doesn’t have to be complicated. 

In this step-by-step guide, you’ll learn how to write a business plan that’s detailed enough to impress bankers and potential investors, while giving you the tools to start, run, and grow a successful business.

  • The basics of business planning

If you’re reading this guide, then you already know why you need a business plan . 

You understand that planning helps you: 

  • Raise money
  • Grow strategically
  • Keep your business on the right track 

As you start to write your plan, it’s useful to zoom out and remember what a business plan is .

At its core, a business plan is an overview of the products and services you sell, and the customers that you sell to. It explains your business strategy: how you’re going to build and grow your business, what your marketing strategy is, and who your competitors are.

Most business plans also include financial forecasts for the future. These set sales goals, budget for expenses, and predict profits and cash flow. 

A good business plan is much more than just a document that you write once and forget about. It’s also a guide that helps you outline and achieve your goals. 

After completing your plan, you can use it as a management tool to track your progress toward your goals. Updating and adjusting your forecasts and budgets as you go is one of the most important steps you can take to run a healthier, smarter business. 

We’ll dive into how to use your plan later in this article.

There are many different types of plans , but we’ll go over the most common type here, which includes everything you need for an investor-ready plan. However, if you’re just starting out and are looking for something simpler—I recommend starting with a one-page business plan . It’s faster and easier to create. 

It’s also the perfect place to start if you’re just figuring out your idea, or need a simple strategic plan to use inside your business.

Dig deeper : How to write a one-page business plan

Brought to you by

LivePlan Logo

Create a professional business plan

Using ai and step-by-step instructions.

Secure funding

Validate ideas

Build a strategy

  • What to include in your business plan

Executive summary

The executive summary is an overview of your business and your plans. It comes first in your plan and is ideally just one to two pages. Most people write it last because it’s a summary of the complete business plan.

Ideally, the executive summary can act as a stand-alone document that covers the highlights of your detailed plan. 

In fact, it’s common for investors to ask only for the executive summary when evaluating your business. If they like what they see in the executive summary, they’ll often follow up with a request for a complete plan, a pitch presentation , or more in-depth financial forecasts .

Your executive summary should include:

  • A summary of the problem you are solving
  • A description of your product or service
  • An overview of your target market
  • A brief description of your team
  • A summary of your financials
  • Your funding requirements (if you are raising money)

Dig Deeper: How to write an effective executive summary

Products and services description

This is where you describe exactly what you’re selling, and how it solves a problem for your target market. The best way to organize this part of your plan is to start by describing the problem that exists for your customers. After that, you can describe how you plan to solve that problem with your product or service. 

This is usually called a problem and solution statement .

To truly showcase the value of your products and services, you need to craft a compelling narrative around your offerings. How will your product or service transform your customers’ lives or jobs? A strong narrative will draw in your readers.

This is also the part of the business plan to discuss any competitive advantages you may have, like specific intellectual property or patents that protect your product. If you have any initial sales, contracts, or other evidence that your product or service is likely to sell, include that information as well. It will show that your idea has traction , which can help convince readers that your plan has a high chance of success.

Market analysis

Your target market is a description of the type of people that you plan to sell to. You might even have multiple target markets, depending on your business. 

A market analysis is the part of your plan where you bring together all of the information you know about your target market. Basically, it’s a thorough description of who your customers are and why they need what you’re selling. You’ll also include information about the growth of your market and your industry .

Try to be as specific as possible when you describe your market. 

Include information such as age, income level, and location—these are what’s called “demographics.” If you can, also describe your market’s interests and habits as they relate to your business—these are “psychographics.” 

Related: Target market examples

Essentially, you want to include any knowledge you have about your customers that is relevant to how your product or service is right for them. With a solid target market, it will be easier to create a sales and marketing plan that will reach your customers. That’s because you know who they are, what they like to do, and the best ways to reach them.

Next, provide any additional information you have about your market. 

What is the size of your market ? Is the market growing or shrinking? Ideally, you’ll want to demonstrate that your market is growing over time, and also explain how your business is positioned to take advantage of any expected changes in your industry.

Dig Deeper: Learn how to write a market analysis

Competitive analysis

Part of defining your business opportunity is determining what your competitive advantage is. To do this effectively, you need to know as much about your competitors as your target customers. 

Every business has some form of competition. If you don’t think you have competitors, then explore what alternatives there are in the market for your product or service. 

For example: In the early years of cars, their main competition was horses. For social media, the early competition was reading books, watching TV, and talking on the phone.

A good competitive analysis fully lays out the competitive landscape and then explains how your business is different. Maybe your products are better made, or cheaper, or your customer service is superior. Maybe your competitive advantage is your location – a wide variety of factors can ultimately give you an advantage.

Dig Deeper: How to write a competitive analysis for your business plan

Marketing and sales plan

The marketing and sales plan covers how you will position your product or service in the market, the marketing channels and messaging you will use, and your sales tactics. 

The best place to start with a marketing plan is with a positioning statement . 

This explains how your business fits into the overall market, and how you will explain the advantages of your product or service to customers. You’ll use the information from your competitive analysis to help you with your positioning. 

For example: You might position your company as the premium, most expensive but the highest quality option in the market. Or your positioning might focus on being locally owned and that shoppers support the local economy by buying your products.

Once you understand your positioning, you’ll bring this together with the information about your target market to create your marketing strategy . 

This is how you plan to communicate your message to potential customers. Depending on who your customers are and how they purchase products like yours, you might use many different strategies, from social media advertising to creating a podcast. Your marketing plan is all about how your customers discover who you are and why they should consider your products and services. 

While your marketing plan is about reaching your customers—your sales plan will describe the actual sales process once a customer has decided that they’re interested in what you have to offer. 

If your business requires salespeople and a long sales process, describe that in this section. If your customers can “self-serve” and just make purchases quickly on your website, describe that process. 

A good sales plan picks up where your marketing plan leaves off. The marketing plan brings customers in the door and the sales plan is how you close the deal.

Together, these specific plans paint a picture of how you will connect with your target audience, and how you will turn them into paying customers.

Dig deeper: What to include in your sales and marketing plan

Business operations

The operations section describes the necessary requirements for your business to run smoothly. It’s where you talk about how your business works and what day-to-day operations look like. 

Depending on how your business is structured, your operations plan may include elements of the business like:

  • Supply chain management
  • Manufacturing processes
  • Equipment and technology
  • Distribution

Some businesses distribute their products and reach their customers through large retailers like Amazon.com, Walmart, Target, and grocery store chains. 

These businesses should review how this part of their business works. The plan should discuss the logistics and costs of getting products onto store shelves and any potential hurdles the business may have to overcome.

If your business is much simpler than this, that’s OK. This section of your business plan can be either extremely short or more detailed, depending on the type of business you are building.

For businesses selling services, such as physical therapy or online software, you can use this section to describe the technology you’ll leverage, what goes into your service, and who you will partner with to deliver your services.

Dig Deeper: Learn how to write the operations chapter of your plan

Key milestones and metrics

Although it’s not required to complete your business plan, mapping out key business milestones and the metrics can be incredibly useful for measuring your success.

Good milestones clearly lay out the parameters of the task and set expectations for their execution. You’ll want to include:

  • A description of each task
  • The proposed due date
  • Who is responsible for each task

If you have a budget, you can include projected costs to hit each milestone. You don’t need extensive project planning in this section—just list key milestones you want to hit and when you plan to hit them. This is your overall business roadmap. 

Possible milestones might be:

  • Website launch date
  • Store or office opening date
  • First significant sales
  • Break even date
  • Business licenses and approvals

You should also discuss the key numbers you will track to determine your success. Some common metrics worth tracking include:

  • Conversion rates
  • Customer acquisition costs
  • Profit per customer
  • Repeat purchases

It’s perfectly fine to start with just a few metrics and grow the number you are tracking over time. You also may find that some metrics simply aren’t relevant to your business and can narrow down what you’re tracking.

Dig Deeper: How to use milestones in your business plan

Organization and management team

Investors don’t just look for great ideas—they want to find great teams. Use this chapter to describe your current team and who you need to hire . You should also provide a quick overview of your location and history if you’re already up and running.

Briefly highlight the relevant experiences of each key team member in the company. It’s important to make the case for why yours is the right team to turn an idea into a reality. 

Do they have the right industry experience and background? Have members of the team had entrepreneurial successes before? 

If you still need to hire key team members, that’s OK. Just note those gaps in this section.

Your company overview should also include a summary of your company’s current business structure . The most common business structures include:

  • Sole proprietor
  • Partnership

Be sure to provide an overview of how the business is owned as well. Does each business partner own an equal portion of the business? How is ownership divided? 

Potential lenders and investors will want to know the structure of the business before they will consider a loan or investment.

Dig Deeper: How to write about your company structure and team

Financial plan

Last, but certainly not least, is your financial plan chapter. 

Entrepreneurs often find this section the most daunting. But, business financials for most startups are less complicated than you think, and a business degree is certainly not required to build a solid financial forecast. 

A typical financial forecast in a business plan includes the following:

  • Sales forecast : An estimate of the sales expected over a given period. You’ll break down your forecast into the key revenue streams that you expect to have.
  • Expense budget : Your planned spending such as personnel costs , marketing expenses, and taxes.
  • Profit & Loss : Brings together your sales and expenses and helps you calculate planned profits.
  • Cash Flow : Shows how cash moves into and out of your business. It can predict how much cash you’ll have on hand at any given point in the future.
  • Balance Sheet : A list of the assets, liabilities, and equity in your company. In short, it provides an overview of the financial health of your business. 

A strong business plan will include a description of assumptions about the future, and potential risks that could impact the financial plan. Including those will be especially important if you’re writing a business plan to pursue a loan or other investment.

Dig Deeper: How to create financial forecasts and budgets

This is the place for additional data, charts, or other information that supports your plan.

Including an appendix can significantly enhance the credibility of your plan by showing readers that you’ve thoroughly considered the details of your business idea, and are backing your ideas up with solid data.

Just remember that the information in the appendix is meant to be supplementary. Your business plan should stand on its own, even if the reader skips this section.

Dig Deeper : What to include in your business plan appendix

Optional: Business plan cover page

Adding a business plan cover page can make your plan, and by extension your business, seem more professional in the eyes of potential investors, lenders, and partners. It serves as the introduction to your document and provides necessary contact information for stakeholders to reference.

Your cover page should be simple and include:

  • Company logo
  • Business name
  • Value proposition (optional)
  • Business plan title
  • Completion and/or update date
  • Address and contact information
  • Confidentiality statement

Just remember, the cover page is optional. If you decide to include it, keep it very simple and only spend a short amount of time putting it together.

Dig Deeper: How to create a business plan cover page

How to use AI to help write your business plan

Generative AI tools such as ChatGPT can speed up the business plan writing process and help you think through concepts like market segmentation and competition. These tools are especially useful for taking ideas that you provide and converting them into polished text for your business plan.

The best way to use AI for your business plan is to leverage it as a collaborator , not a replacement for human creative thinking and ingenuity. 

AI can come up with lots of ideas and act as a brainstorming partner. It’s up to you to filter through those ideas and figure out which ones are realistic enough to resonate with your customers. 

There are pros and cons of using AI to help with your business plan . So, spend some time understanding how it can be most helpful before just outsourcing the job to AI.

Learn more: 10 AI prompts you need to write a business plan

  • Writing tips and strategies

To help streamline the business plan writing process, here are a few tips and key questions to answer to make sure you get the most out of your plan and avoid common mistakes .  

Determine why you are writing a business plan

Knowing why you are writing a business plan will determine your approach to your planning project. 

For example: If you are writing a business plan for yourself, or just to use inside your own business , you can probably skip the section about your team and organizational structure. 

If you’re raising money, you’ll want to spend more time explaining why you’re looking to raise the funds and exactly how you will use them.

Regardless of how you intend to use your business plan , think about why you are writing and what you’re trying to get out of the process before you begin.

Keep things concise

Probably the most important tip is to keep your business plan short and simple. There are no prizes for long business plans . The longer your plan is, the less likely people are to read it. 

So focus on trimming things down to the essentials your readers need to know. Skip the extended, wordy descriptions and instead focus on creating a plan that is easy to read —using bullets and short sentences whenever possible.

Have someone review your business plan

Writing a business plan in a vacuum is never a good idea. Sometimes it’s helpful to zoom out and check if your plan makes sense to someone else. You also want to make sure that it’s easy to read and understand.

Don’t wait until your plan is “done” to get a second look. Start sharing your plan early, and find out from readers what questions your plan leaves unanswered. This early review cycle will help you spot shortcomings in your plan and address them quickly, rather than finding out about them right before you present your plan to a lender or investor.

If you need a more detailed review, you may want to explore hiring a professional plan writer to thoroughly examine it.

Use a free business plan template and business plan examples to get started

Knowing what information to include in a business plan is sometimes not quite enough. If you’re struggling to get started or need additional guidance, it may be worth using a business plan template. 

There are plenty of great options available (we’ve rounded up our 8 favorites to streamline your search).

But, if you’re looking for a free downloadable business plan template , you can get one right now; download the template used by more than 1 million businesses. 

Or, if you just want to see what a completed business plan looks like, check out our library of over 550 free business plan examples . 

We even have a growing list of industry business planning guides with tips for what to focus on depending on your business type.

Common pitfalls and how to avoid them

It’s easy to make mistakes when you’re writing your business plan. Some entrepreneurs get sucked into the writing and research process, and don’t focus enough on actually getting their business started. 

Here are a few common mistakes and how to avoid them:

Not talking to your customers : This is one of the most common mistakes. It’s easy to assume that your product or service is something that people want. Before you invest too much in your business and too much in the planning process, make sure you talk to your prospective customers and have a good understanding of their needs.

  • Overly optimistic sales and profit forecasts: By nature, entrepreneurs are optimistic about the future. But it’s good to temper that optimism a little when you’re planning, and make sure your forecasts are grounded in reality. 
  • Spending too much time planning: Yes, planning is crucial. But you also need to get out and talk to customers, build prototypes of your product and figure out if there’s a market for your idea. Make sure to balance planning with building.
  • Not revising the plan: Planning is useful, but nothing ever goes exactly as planned. As you learn more about what’s working and what’s not—revise your plan, your budgets, and your revenue forecast. Doing so will provide a more realistic picture of where your business is going, and what your financial needs will be moving forward.
  • Not using the plan to manage your business: A good business plan is a management tool. Don’t just write it and put it on the shelf to collect dust – use it to track your progress and help you reach your goals.
  • Presenting your business plan

The planning process forces you to think through every aspect of your business and answer questions that you may not have thought of. That’s the real benefit of writing a business plan – the knowledge you gain about your business that you may not have been able to discover otherwise.

With all of this knowledge, you’re well prepared to convert your business plan into a pitch presentation to present your ideas. 

A pitch presentation is a summary of your plan, just hitting the highlights and key points. It’s the best way to present your business plan to investors and team members.

Dig Deeper: Learn what key slides should be included in your pitch deck

Use your business plan to manage your business

One of the biggest benefits of planning is that it gives you a tool to manage your business better. With a revenue forecast, expense budget, and projected cash flow, you know your targets and where you are headed.

And yet, nothing ever goes exactly as planned – it’s the nature of business.

That’s where using your plan as a management tool comes in. The key to leveraging it for your business is to review it periodically and compare your forecasts and projections to your actual results.

Start by setting up a regular time to review the plan – a monthly review is a good starting point. During this review, answer questions like:

  • Did you meet your sales goals?
  • Is spending following your budget?
  • Has anything gone differently than what you expected?

Now that you see whether you’re meeting your goals or are off track, you can make adjustments and set new targets. 

Maybe you’re exceeding your sales goals and should set new, more aggressive goals. In that case, maybe you should also explore more spending or hiring more employees. 

Or maybe expenses are rising faster than you projected. If that’s the case, you would need to look at where you can cut costs.

A plan, and a method for comparing your plan to your actual results , is the tool you need to steer your business toward success.

Learn More: How to run a regular plan review

Free business plan templates and examples

Kickstart your business plan writing with one of our free business plan templates or recommended tools.

industry analysis of business plan

Free business plan template

Download a free SBA-approved business plan template built for small businesses and startups.

Download Template

industry analysis of business plan

One-page plan template

Download a free one-page plan template to write a useful business plan in as little as 30-minutes.

industry analysis of business plan

Sample business plan library

Explore over 500 real-world business plan examples from a wide variety of industries.

View Sample Plans

How to write a business plan FAQ

What is a business plan?

A document that describes your business , the products and services you sell, and the customers that you sell to. It explains your business strategy, how you’re going to build and grow your business, what your marketing strategy is, and who your competitors are.

What are the benefits of a business plan?

A business plan helps you understand where you want to go with your business and what it will take to get there. It reduces your overall risk, helps you uncover your business’s potential, attracts investors, and identifies areas for growth.

Having a business plan ultimately makes you more confident as a business owner and more likely to succeed for a longer period of time.

What are the 7 steps of a business plan?

The seven steps to writing a business plan include:

  • Write a brief executive summary
  • Describe your products and services.
  • Conduct market research and compile data into a cohesive market analysis.
  • Describe your marketing and sales strategy.
  • Outline your organizational structure and management team.
  • Develop financial projections for sales, revenue, and cash flow.
  • Add any additional documents to your appendix.

What are the 5 most common business plan mistakes?

There are plenty of mistakes that can be made when writing a business plan. However, these are the 5 most common that you should do your best to avoid:

  • 1. Not taking the planning process seriously.
  • Having unrealistic financial projections or incomplete financial information.
  • Inconsistent information or simple mistakes.
  • Failing to establish a sound business model.
  • Not having a defined purpose for your business plan.

What questions should be answered in a business plan?

Writing a business plan is all about asking yourself questions about your business and being able to answer them through the planning process. You’ll likely be asking dozens and dozens of questions for each section of your plan.

However, these are the key questions you should ask and answer with your business plan:

  • How will your business make money?
  • Is there a need for your product or service?
  • Who are your customers?
  • How are you different from the competition?
  • How will you reach your customers?
  • How will you measure success?

How long should a business plan be?

The length of your business plan fully depends on what you intend to do with it. From the SBA and traditional lender point of view, a business plan needs to be whatever length necessary to fully explain your business. This means that you prove the viability of your business, show that you understand the market, and have a detailed strategy in place.

If you intend to use your business plan for internal management purposes, you don’t necessarily need a full 25-50 page business plan. Instead, you can start with a one-page plan to get all of the necessary information in place.

What are the different types of business plans?

While all business plans cover similar categories, the style and function fully depend on how you intend to use your plan. Here are a few common business plan types worth considering.

Traditional business plan: The tried-and-true traditional business plan is a formal document meant to be used when applying for funding or pitching to investors. This type of business plan follows the outline above and can be anywhere from 10-50 pages depending on the amount of detail included, the complexity of your business, and what you include in your appendix.

Business model canvas: The business model canvas is a one-page template designed to demystify the business planning process. It removes the need for a traditional, copy-heavy business plan, in favor of a single-page outline that can help you and outside parties better explore your business idea.

One-page business plan: This format is a simplified version of the traditional plan that focuses on the core aspects of your business. You’ll typically stick with bullet points and single sentences. It’s most useful for those exploring ideas, needing to validate their business model, or who need an internal plan to help them run and manage their business.

Lean Plan: The Lean Plan is less of a specific document type and more of a methodology. It takes the simplicity and styling of the one-page business plan and turns it into a process for you to continuously plan, test, review, refine, and take action based on performance. It’s faster, keeps your plan concise, and ensures that your plan is always up-to-date.

What’s the difference between a business plan and a strategic plan?

A business plan covers the “who” and “what” of your business. It explains what your business is doing right now and how it functions. The strategic plan explores long-term goals and explains “how” the business will get there. It encourages you to look more intently toward the future and how you will achieve your vision.

However, when approached correctly, your business plan can actually function as a strategic plan as well. If kept lean, you can define your business, outline strategic steps, and track ongoing operations all with a single plan.

Content Author: Noah Parsons

Noah is the COO at Palo Alto Software, makers of the online business plan app LivePlan. He started his career at Yahoo! and then helped start the user review site Epinions.com. From there he started a software distribution business in the UK before coming to Palo Alto Software to run the marketing and product teams.

Check out LivePlan

Table of Contents

  • Use AI to help write your plan
  • Common planning mistakes
  • Manage with your business plan
  • Templates and examples

Related Articles

Bakery business owners look over their bakery business plan

7 Min. Read

How to Write a Bakery Business Plan + Sample

Owner of a life coaching business works on writing their business plan.

5 Min. Read

How To Write a Business Plan for a Life Coaching Business + Free Example

Female entrepreneur sitting at her desk doing manual calculations with a calculator trying to understand what her return on investment will be.

1 Min. Read

How to Calculate Return on Investment (ROI)

Overlapping files, folders, charts, graphs, and documents. Represents the information included in a business plan appendix.

3 Min. Read

What to Include in Your Business Plan Appendix

The Bplans Newsletter

The Bplans Weekly

Subscribe now for weekly advice and free downloadable resources to help start and grow your business.

We care about your privacy. See our privacy policy .

Garrett's Bike Shop

The quickest way to turn a business idea into a business plan

Fill-in-the-blanks and automatic financials make it easy.

No thanks, I prefer writing 40-page documents.

LivePlan pitch example

Discover the world’s #1 plan building software

industry analysis of business plan

General election latest: Labour takes aim at 'two faces of energy failure' as Keir Starmer sets out clean power plans

Labour leader Sir Keir Starmer sets out more details of his party's plans for clean energy if it wins the general election on 4 July.

Friday 31 May 2024 11:46, UK

  • General Election 2024

Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player

Election news

  • Starmer sets out Labour's plans for clean power across the UK
  • He says party is 'not turning off taps' on oil and gas, but transition is coming
  • 'You don't deliver energy security with a logo': PM dismisses Labour's plan
  • Minister admits latest Tory defection to Labour is 'disappointing'
  • Politics at Jack and Sam's podcast : The Day... Trump altered British politics
  • Be in the audience for our general election leaders event
  • Live reporting by Ben Bloch

Expert analysis

  • Jon Craig: Latest Tory defector not an obvious fit for Labour
  • Gurpreet Narwan: Reform unfussed by impact of 'immigration tax'
  • Darren McCaffrey: Partygate clearly still an issue for Tories
  • Beth Rigby: Massive distraction gives Starmer questions to answer

Election essentials

  • Trackers: Who's leading polls? | Is PM keeping promises?
  • Campaign Heritage: Memorable moments from elections gone by
  • Follow Sky's politics podcasts: Electoral Dysfunction | Politics At Jack And Sam's
  • Read more: What happens next? | Who is standing down? | Key seats to watch | How to register to vote | What counts as voter ID? | Check if your constituency's changing | Your essential guide to election lingo | Sky's election night plans

It was reported this morning that the Labour leader used a private jet to travel to Scotland to launch his green energy investment vehicle, GB Energy.

Sir Keir Starmer is asked about those reports, and confirms they are true.

"We did use a private jet because we needed to get very quickly to Scotland from Wales yesterday, and we have to use the most efficient form of transport in the middle of a very, very busy general election campaign.

"We offset the carbon, we always do whenever we use transport in the air."

He adds: "We've got five weeks to take our argument to the country, I need to get across the country to speak to as many people as possible, and from time to time we have to do it as efficiently as possible."

Next, the Labour leaders are asked about reducing the number of drugs deaths in Scotland.

Scottish Labour leader Anas Sarwar said there is a "a health emergency" in Scotland around this.

"One thing that we cannot escape from is we have the exact same drugs laws in every part of the UK, but we have three times the number of drug deaths here in Scotland.

"And frankly, I find it really shameful the SNP want to use that emergency, where people are losing their lives every single day, as another grievance tool between Scotland and the UK."

He argues that Scotland needs to "reverse the cuts to the alcohol and drug partnerships, we have to get more investment in the rehabilitation beds that were promised by the SNP and not delivered, and we have got to make sure we are supporting those communities around, for example, family breakdowns, those who have mental health crises, lack of access to employment, lack of access to adequate levels of housing".

Sir Keir Starmer adds: "So the question for the SNP is not who can you find to blame, what constitutional excuse can you make, but how did this happen on your watch?

"How did this get so bad on your watch? It's shocking to see the statistics and the human beings that are behind those statistics."

A Daily Record reporter is next to put a question to the Labour leader, and he asks about suspended MSP Michael Matheson's refusal to resign.

MSPs voted to suspend Scotland's former health secretary from Holyrood for 27 sitting days and to strip him of his salary for 54 days after running up an £11,000 iPad data roaming bill ( more here ).

Sir Keir Starmer says the scandal shows that "the parallels with the Tories and the SNP are very striking now".

"You've got chaos and division, both in Westminster and with the SNP.

"You've got unelected leader after unelected leader in Westminster and with the SNP. And now on standards in public life, you've got the SNP picking up the Boris Johnson playbook."

Sir Keir went on to say that "there should be a recall petition" for Scottish voters to be able to remove their MSP if warranted.

He added: "It's worked well in our parliament, and we've had a number of by-elections which we've very much enjoyed."

The Labour leader is asked by The Times if he will commit to an immediate investment in health capital projects in Scotland, if elected, to stop the "delays".

The Scottish Labour leader leads on the response, saying there have been "mass cuts to capital projects under this SNP government".

Anas Sarwar points to other capital projects launched by the SNP, where the costs have multiplied.

"Of course there's a role for a UK Labour government... but actually, we've got to better spend that money here in Scotland under this SNP government."

Sir Keir Starmer goes on to say that his plan to invest in the NHS in England could also be able to help Scotland.

Hitting out at the SNP, he adds that it is "shocking" that one in six people in Scotland are on an NHS waiting lists.

Next, Sir Keir Starmer is asked by The Mirror when he will deliver compensation for the WASPI women.

WASPI stands for Women Against State Pension Injustice, and it represents around 3.8 million  women born in the 1950s affected by moves to lift their retirement age into line with men.

The Labour leader replies that the Tories "should have responded" to the ombudsman's report, and accuses the government of leaving the issue "unaddressed".

"It is shocking that the government hasn't dealt with it."

But on what he will do, the Labour leader will not commit to anything, saying: "What I'm not going to do is stand here and make promises that I don't think we can afford."

He says, if elected, Labour will look at the ombudsman's recommendations, and adds this is one of a "long list" of challenges to address after the election.

Martin Forde KC, who investigated racism within the Labour Party, has told The Guardian newspaper that the row over Diane Abbott is leaving some black voters without a "political home".

Asked for his response, Sir Keir Starmer said: "I'd say we’ve got fantastic candidates across the country, including many black candidates, leading candidates.

"I'm very proud of the team that we've put on the pitch. The choice at this election is a very clear choice – there's only going to be one of two outcomes.

"We're either going to get more of the chaos and division under the Tories, or we're going to turn a page with Labour."

He goes on: "When we started selecting our candidates, I was very clear with the team, I wanted the highest quality candidates on the pitch for the task ahead.

"In relation to Diane Abbott, as I've said before, no decision's been taken to bar her, and she's obviously now got the whip back."

A correspondent from STV asks the Labour leader how he can be sure his clean energy plans won't cost jobs, and questions what that guarantee is based on.

Sir Keir Starmer replies that it is because they are not "turning off the taps" on oil and gas, and that it will remain "part of the mix for decades to come".

But simultaneously, thousands of new jobs will be created as the new sector in renewable energy is grown.

Christopher Hope of GB News asks the Labour leader if he would be able to do business with a potential future Trump White House, after he became the first former US president to be convicted of a felony.

Sir Keir Starmer replies that Labour "respects the court's decision".

"There's sentencing still to go and possible appeals, but we respect the court's process."

But he goes on: "In the end, it is for the American people to decide who they want to elect as their president.

"And if we're privileged enough to come into government, we will work with whoever is elected president of the [United States]".

The "special relationship [between the US and UK]... transcends whoever the president is", he adds, and says there is "no doubt" that it is "an unprecedented situation".

Christopher Hope of GB News also asks: "What if the wind stops blowing? Will the lights turn off?"

Sir Keir replies that clean energy in the future will be a mix of renewable sources, citing wind, solar, nuclear, hydrogen.

But he says that "oil and gas isn't going to last forever, and we can't ignore that".

Next to ask a question is Sky News' political correspondent Tamara Cohen .

She puts to him that unions that back Labour say his energy policy is "a ban without a plan" because it will cost more jobs than it will create, and asks if he is worried about losing votes.

He replies that Labour is "not turning off the taps" on oil and gas, that they "will be part of the taps for many years", and he won't be "revoking any licences".

But he goes on to say that "a transition is coming", which "everybody knows" and is "working towards".

But "the worst thing that we could do now is do what Rishi Sunak is doing and put our head in the sand and pretend it's not happening".

That, Sir Keir argues, is what happened when coal was phased out in the last century, which communities across the UK are still "paying the price for".

"I'm not prepared to let that ever happen under a future Labour government."

Next to ask a question is ITV, and the correspondent puts to the Labour leader that his deputy, Angela Rayner, and his Scottish leader, Anas Sarwar, both think Diane Abbott should stand for the party at the general election.

Ms Abbott claims she has been blocked from standing, but Labour has denied that - although there is still no clarity about her future.

Sir Keir Starmer is asked if he agrees, and he repeats his line that "no decision has been taken".

He goes on to say that she has been "a trailblazer for many years".

Be the first to get Breaking News

Install the Sky News app for free

industry analysis of business plan

Budget 2024: Willis sticks to tax cut plans, and running a very tight ship

Jenée Tibshraeny

Jenée Tibshraeny

Share this article

Reminder, this is a Premium article and requires a subscription to read.

Finance Minister Nicola Willis has mostly delivered what she promised she would in Budget 2024 , all the while making a last-minute commitment to running an even tighter ship than planned.

Follow NZ Herald’s live coverage of the Budget 2024 announcement

Income tax brackets will be adjusted in line with what National campaigned on to save taxpayers up to about $1043 a year.

Changes will take effect on July 31 – a month later than what was promised.

While spending on health, education and infrastructure will get a boost, Willis hasn’t included any surprise spending initiatives in the Budget.

Nor has she unveiled major increases to taxes or levies to pay for the income tax relief.

Rather, spending across the public sector will likely need to continue being cut over the next few years, should the Government remain committed to getting the books out of the red in the near-term. This could result in a cut in services.

Willis committed an additional $3.2 billion to covering day-to-day operating costs in Budget 2024, the lowest amount since Budget 2018.

She had planned to increase operational expenditure by $3.5b, but changed her mind at some stage after April 5, when the Treasury finalised its forecasts.

She also downsized future operational allowances to only $2.4b for each of the next three Budgets.

The thorn in Willis’ side is that the economy is underperforming, meaning the Government is collecting less tax revenue than it was banking on.

Accordingly, it’s going to have to borrow more than was planned when the Treasury last published a full set of economic forecasts in December.

While Willis pledged to reduce debt, she is in fact going to have to borrow more.

The situation is a bit like a someone taking out an overdraft to cover their living costs, because they’ve taken a pay cut, and then stopping their Netflix subscription to pay for a new couch.

Prime Minister Christopher Luxon, Finance Minister Nicola Willis and Deputy Prime Minister Winston Peters head to the Parliamentary debating chamber to deliver the coalition Government's first Budget. Photo / Mark Mitchell

The details

The Treasury expects the operating balance before gains and losses (Obegal) to return to surplus ($1.5b) in 2027-28, a year later than was forecast in December.

The delay comes as the Treasury has downgraded its gross domestic product (GDP) forecasts for 2023-24 and 2024-25.

It reckons this economic outlook downgrade will account for a third of the $28b reduction in tax revenue it foresees over the five-year forecast period.

It put another third of this reduction down to tax cuts and another third down to the tough economic environment seeing businesses pay “significantly” less tax than forecast.

The Government is going to have to borrow more to plug the gap.

Treasury increased its forecast New Zealand Government Bond issuance programme by $12b in the four years to 2027-28 to $126b.

This aligns with what economists were expecting.

The Treasury also forecast net core Crown debt peaking at 43.5 per cent of GDP in 2024-25, before tracking down to 41.8 per cent by 2027-28. In December, it believed this figure would have fallen to 37.6 per cent.

The adjustment means Willis won’t get net core Crown debt below 40 per cent of GDP anytime soon, as she pledged to do in her March Budget Policy Statement.

She said she ultimately wants this figure to sit between 20 and 40 per cent of GDP.

Coming back to Willis’ last-minute operational allowance squeeze, the Treasury warned this would likely leave the Government without enough money to meet cost pressures to maintain existing services.

It estimated the allowance would need to increase by $2.5b (rather than Willis’ $2.4b) in Budget 2025 simply to maintain the status quo.

“This means any shortfall and spending on new initiatives will need to be offset by expenditure savings, reprioritisation or revenue raising policy changes for each of the next three Budgets for the Government to manage within the signalled budget allowances,” the Treasury said.

“This will involve difficult choices and trade-offs for the Government which are likely to become harder over time.”

Jenée Tibshraeny is the Herald’s Wellington business editor, based in the Parliamentary Press Gallery. She specialises in government and Reserve Bank policymaking, economics and banking.

industry analysis of business plan

Latest from Business

Nicola Willis reveals she's had to field a complaint over Adrian Orr's conduct

Nicola Willis reveals she's had to field a complaint over Adrian Orr's conduct

Long-standing spat over bank regulation continues.

Market close: NZ sharemarket surges as Tiwai Point smelter deal ends uncertainty

Market close: NZ sharemarket surges as Tiwai Point smelter deal ends uncertainty

TVNZ could face 'significant' personal grievances after Employment Court loss - negotiator

TVNZ could face 'significant' personal grievances after Employment Court loss - negotiator

What went wrong for Flybuys?

What went wrong for Flybuys?

Free fees to enlist more tradies

Free fees to enlist more tradies

Office of the Revisor of Statutes

  • 93rd Legislature
  • 2024, Regular Session

Chapter 126

Minnesota session laws - 2024, regular session.

  • Authenticate
  • Back to Session
  • Keyword Search 2024, Regular Session
  • Session Index (Topics)
  • Session Laws Amended, Repealed, etc. (Table 1)
  • Statutes New, Amended or Repealed (Table 2)
  • Veto Information
  • History and Authors
  • Version List

Key: (1) language to be deleted (2) new language

CHAPTER 126--S.F.No. 4942

relating to state government; amending agriculture policy provisions; establishing and modifying agriculture programs; providing broadband appropriation transfer authority; requiring an application for federal broadband aid; establishing a supplemental budget for energy, transmission, and renewable energy purposes; adding and modifying provisions governing geothermal energy, solar energy, and other energy policy; establishing the Minnesota Energy Infrastructure Permitting Act; authorizing administrative rulemaking; making technical changes; requiring reports; appropriating money;

amending Minnesota Statutes 2022, sections 3.7371, subdivisions 2, 3, by adding subdivisions; 17.116, subdivision 2; 17.133, subdivision 1; 18B.01, by adding a subdivision; 18B.26, subdivision 6; 18B.28, by adding a subdivision; 18B.305, subdivision 2; 18B.32, subdivisions 1, 3, 4, 5; 18B.33, subdivisions 1, 5, 6; 18B.34, subdivisions 1, 4; 18B.35, subdivision 1; 18B.36, subdivisions 1, 2; 18B.37, subdivisions 2, 3; 18C.005, subdivision 33, by adding a subdivision; 18C.115, subdivision 2; 18C.215, subdivision 1; 18C.221; 18C.70, subdivisions 1, 5; 18C.71, subdivisions 1, 2, 4, by adding a subdivision; 18C.80, subdivision 2; 18D.301, subdivision 1; 28A.10; 28A.151, subdivisions 1, 2, 3, 5, by adding a subdivision; 28A.21, subdivision 6; 31.74; 31.94; 32D.30; 41B.039, subdivision 2; 41B.04, subdivision 8; 41B.042, subdivision 4; 41B.043, subdivision 1b; 41B.045, subdivision 2; 41B.047, subdivision 1; 103I.621, subdivisions 1, 2; 116C.83, subdivision 6; 116J.396, by adding a subdivision; 216A.037, subdivision 1; 216A.07, subdivision 3; 216B.098, by adding a subdivision; 216B.16, subdivisions 6c, 8; 216B.2402, subdivisions 4, 10, by adding a subdivision; 216B.2403, subdivisions 2, 3, 5, 8; 216B.241, subdivisions 1c, 2, 11, 12; 216B.2421, subdivision 2; 216B.2425, subdivisions 1, 2, by adding a subdivision; 216B.2427, subdivision 1, by adding a subdivision; 216B.243, subdivisions 3, 3a, 4, 9; 216B.246, subdivision 3; 216C.10; 216C.435, subdivisions 3a, 3b, 4, 10, by adding subdivisions; 216C.436, subdivisions 1, 4, 7, 8, 10; 216E.08, subdivision 2; 216E.11; 216E.13; 216E.14; 216E.15; 216E.16; 216E.18, subdivision 2a; 232.21, subdivisions 3, 7, 11, 12, 13; Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, sections 10.65, subdivision 2; 17.055, subdivision 3; 17.133, subdivision 3; 17.134, subdivision 3, by adding a subdivision; 17.710; 18C.425, subdivision 6; 18K.06; 116C.779, subdivision 1; 116C.7792; 216B.243, subdivision 8; 216C.08; 216C.09; 216C.331, subdivision 1; 216C.435, subdivision 8; 216C.436, subdivisions 1b, 2; 216E.06; 216E.07; 216E.10, subdivisions 1, 2, 3; Laws 2023, chapter 43, article 1, sections 2; 4; article 2, section 142, subdivision 9; Laws 2023, chapter 60, article 10, section 2, subdivision 2; proposing coding for new law in Minnesota Statutes, chapters 216C; 216G; 346; proposing coding for new law as Minnesota Statutes, chapter 216I; repealing Minnesota Statutes 2022, sections 3.7371, subdivision 7; 34.07; 216E.001; 216E.01, subdivisions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10; 216E.02; 216E.021; 216E.03, subdivisions 2, 3a, 3b, 4, 9; 216E.04, subdivisions 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9; 216E.05, subdivisions 1, 3; 216E.08, subdivisions 1, 4; 216E.18, subdivisions 1, 2; 216F.01; 216F.011; 216F.012; 216F.015; 216F.02; 216F.03; 216F.05; 216F.06; 216F.07; 216F.08; 216F.081; Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, sections 216E.01, subdivisions 3a, 6, 9a; 216E.03, subdivisions 1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11; 216E.04, subdivision 2; 216E.05, subdivision 2; 216F.04; Minnesota Rules, parts 1506.0010; 1506.0015; 1506.0020; 1506.0025; 1506.0030; 1506.0035; 1506.0040; 7850.1000; 7850.1100; 7850.1200; 7850.1300; 7850.1400; 7850.1500; 7850.1600; 7850.1700; 7850.1800; 7850.1900; 7850.2000; 7850.2100; 7850.2200; 7850.2300; 7850.2400; 7850.2500; 7850.2600; 7850.2700; 7850.2800; 7850.2900; 7850.3000; 7850.3100; 7850.3200; 7850.3300; 7850.3400; 7850.3500; 7850.3600; 7850.3700; 7850.3800; 7850.3900; 7850.4100; 7850.4200; 7850.4500; 7850.4600; 7850.4700; 7850.4800; 7850.4900; 7850.5000; 7850.5100; 7850.5200; 7850.5300; 7850.5400; 7850.5500; 7850.5600; 7854.0100; 7854.0200; 7854.0300; 7854.0400; 7854.0500; 7854.0600; 7854.0700; 7854.0800; 7854.0900; 7854.1000; 7854.1100; 7854.1200; 7854.1300; 7854.1400; 7854.1500.

BE IT ENACTED BY THE LEGISLATURE OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA:

AGRICULTURE APPROPRIATIONS

Laws 2023, chapter 43, article 1, section 2, is amended to read:.

The amounts that may be spent for each purpose are specified in the following subdivisions.

(a) $399,000 the first year and $399,000 the second year are from the remediation fund for administrative funding for the voluntary cleanup program.

(b) $625,000 the first year and deleted text begin $625,000 deleted text end new text begin $1,120,000 new text end the second year are for the soil health financial assistance program under Minnesota Statutes, section 17.134 . The commissioner may award no more than $50,000 of the appropriation each year to a single recipient. new text begin Of the second year amount, $495,000 is for projects located in Dodge, Fillmore, Goodhue, Houston, Mower, Olmsted, Wabasha, or Winona County. new text end The commissioner may use up to 6.5 percent of this appropriation for costs incurred to administer the program. Any unencumbered balance does not cancel at the end of the first year and is available in the second year. Appropriations encumbered under contract on or before June 30, 2025, for soil health financial assistance grants are available until June 30, 2027. The base for this appropriation is $639,000 in fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter.

(c) $800,000 the first year deleted text begin is deleted text end new text begin and $75,000 the second year are new text end for transfer to the pollinator research account established under Minnesota Statutes, section 18B.051 . The base for this transfer is $100,000 in fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter.

(d) $150,000 the first year and $150,000 the second year are for transfer to the noxious weed and invasive plant species assistance account established under Minnesota Statutes, section 18.89 , to award grants under Minnesota Statutes, section 18.90 , to counties, municipalities, and other weed management entities, including Minnesota Tribal governments as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 10.65 . This is a onetime appropriation.

(e) $175,000 the first year and $175,000 the second year are for compensation for destroyed or crippled livestock under Minnesota Statutes, section 3.737 . The first year appropriation may be spent to compensate for livestock that were destroyed or crippled during fiscal year 2023. If the amount in the first year is insufficient, the amount in the second year is available in the first year. The commissioner may use up to $5,000 each year to reimburse expenses incurred by university extension educators to provide fair market values of destroyed or crippled livestock. If the commissioner receives federal dollars to pay claims for destroyed or crippled livestock, an equivalent amount of this appropriation may be used to reimburse nonlethal prevention methods performed by federal wildlife services staff.

(f) $155,000 the first year and $155,000 the second year are for compensation for crop damage under Minnesota Statutes, section 3.7371 . If the amount in the first year is insufficient, the amount in the second year is available in the first year. The commissioner may use up to $10,000 of the appropriation each year to reimburse expenses incurred by the commissioner or the commissioner's approved agent to investigate and resolve claims, as well as for costs associated with training for approved agents. The commissioner may use up to $40,000 of the appropriation each year to make grants to producers for measures to protect stored crops from elk damage. If the commissioner determines that claims made under Minnesota Statutes, section 3.737 or 3.7371 , are unusually high, amounts appropriated for either program may be transferred to the appropriation for the other program.

(g) $825,000 the first year and $825,000 the second year are to replace capital equipment in the Department of Agriculture's analytical laboratory.

(h) $75,000 the first year and $75,000 the second year are to support a meat processing liaison position to assist new or existing meat and poultry processing operations in getting started, expanding, growing, or transitioning into new business models.

(i) $2,200,000 the first year and $1,650,000 the second year are additional funding to maintain the current level of service delivery for programs under this subdivision. The base for this appropriation is $1,925,000 for fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter.

(j) $250,000 the first year and $250,000 the second year are for grants to organizations in Minnesota to develop enterprises, supply chains, and markets for continuous-living cover crops and cropping systems in the early stages of commercial development. For the purposes of this paragraph, "continuous-living cover crops and cropping systems" refers to agroforestry, perennial biomass, perennial forage, perennial grains, and winter-annual cereal grains and oilseeds that have market value as harvested or grazed commodities. By February 1 each year, the commissioner must submit a report to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees with jurisdiction over agriculture finance and policy detailing uses of the funds in this paragraph, including administrative costs, and the achievements these funds contributed to. The commissioner may use up to 6.5 percent of this appropriation for administrative costs. This is a onetime appropriation.

(k) $45,000 the first year and $45,000 the second year are appropriated for wolf-livestock conflict-prevention grants. The commissioner may use some of this appropriation to support nonlethal prevention work performed by federal wildlife services. This is a onetime appropriation.

(l) $10,000,000 the first year is for transfer to the grain indemnity account established in Minnesota Statutes, section 223.24 . This is a onetime transfer.

(m) $125,000 the first year and $125,000 the second year are for the PFAS in pesticides review. This is a onetime appropriation.

(n) $1,941,000 the first year is for transfer to the food handler license account. This is a onetime transfer.

new text begin (o) $2,800,000 the second year is for nitrate home water treatment, including reverse osmosis, for private drinking-water wells with nitrate in excess of the maximum contaminant level of ten milligrams per liter and located in Dodge, Fillmore, Goodhue, Houston, Mower, Olmsted, Wabasha, or Winona County. The commissioner must prioritize households at or below 300 percent of the federal poverty guideline and households with infants or pregnant individuals. The commissioner may also use this appropriation for education, outreach, and technical assistance to homeowners. The commissioner of agriculture may transfer money to the commissioner of health to establish and administer a mitigation program for contaminated wells located in Dodge, Fillmore, Goodhue, Houston, Mower, Olmsted, Wabasha, or Winona County. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.98, subdivision 14, the commissioner may use up to 6.5 percent of this appropriation for administrative costs. This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2027. new text end

new text begin (p) $50,000 the first year is to convene a working group of interested parties, including representatives from the Department of Natural Resources, to investigate and recommend options for addressing crop and fence destruction due to Cervidae. By February 1, 2025, the commissioner must submit a report on the findings and recommendations of the working group to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees with jurisdiction over agriculture policy and finance. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28, any unencumbered balance does not cancel at the end of the first year and is available in the second year. This is a onetime appropriation. new text end

(a) $150,000 the first year and $150,000 the second year are to expand international trade opportunities and markets for Minnesota agricultural products.

(b) $186,000 the first year and $186,000 the second year are for transfer to the Minnesota grown account and may be used as grants for Minnesota grown promotion under Minnesota Statutes, section 17.102 . Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28 , the appropriations encumbered under contract on or before June 30, 2025, for Minnesota grown grants in this paragraph are available until June 30, 2027.

(c) $634,000 the first year and $634,000 the second year are for the continuation of the dairy development and profitability enhancement programs, including dairy profitability teams and dairy business planning grants under Minnesota Statutes, section 32D.30 .

(d) The commissioner may use funds appropriated in this subdivision for annual cost-share payments to resident farmers or entities that sell, process, or package agricultural products in this state for the costs of organic certification. The commissioner may allocate these funds for assistance to persons transitioning from conventional to organic agriculture.

(e) $600,000 the first year and $420,000 the second year are to maintain the current level of service delivery. The base for this appropriation is deleted text begin $490,000 deleted text end new text begin $510,000 new text end for fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter.

(f) $100,000 the first year and $100,000 the second year are for mental health outreach and support to farmers, ranchers, and others in the agricultural community and for farm safety grant and outreach programs under Minnesota Statutes, section 17.1195 . Mental health outreach and support may include a 24-hour hotline, stigma reduction, and education. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28 , any unencumbered balance does not cancel at the end of the first year and is available in the second year. This is a onetime appropriation.

(g) $100,000 the first year and $100,000 the second year are to award and administer grants deleted text begin for infrastructure deleted text end new text begin and other forms of financial assistance new text end to support EBT, SNAP, SFMNP, and related programs at farmers markets. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28 , any unencumbered balance does not cancel at the end of the first year and is available in the second year. This is a onetime appropriation.

(h) $200,000 the first year and $200,000 the second year are to award cooperative grants under Minnesota Statutes, section 17.1016 . The commissioner may use up to 6.5 percent of the appropriation each year to administer the grant program. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28 , any unencumbered balance does not cancel at the end of the first year and is available in the second year. This is a onetime appropriation.

(a) $10,702,000 the first year and $10,702,000 the second year are for the agriculture research, education, extension, and technology transfer program under Minnesota Statutes, section 41A.14 . Except as provided below, the appropriation each year is for transfer to the agriculture research, education, extension, and technology transfer account under Minnesota Statutes, section 41A.14, subdivision 3 , and the commissioner shall transfer funds each year to the Board of Regents of the University of Minnesota for purposes of Minnesota Statutes, section 41A.14 . To the extent practicable, money expended under Minnesota Statutes, section 41A.14, subdivision 1 , clauses (1) and (2), must supplement and not supplant existing sources and levels of funding. The commissioner may use up to one percent of this appropriation for costs incurred to administer the program.

Of the amount appropriated for the agriculture research, education, extension, and technology transfer grant program under Minnesota Statutes, section 41A.14 :

(1) $600,000 the first year and $600,000 the second year are for the Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station's agriculture rapid response fund under Minnesota Statutes, section 41A.14, subdivision 1 , clause (2);

(2) up to $1,000,000 the first year and up to $1,000,000 the second year are for research on avian influenza, salmonella, and other turkey-related diseases and disease prevention measures;

(3) $2,250,000 the first year and $2,250,000 the second year are for grants to the Minnesota Agricultural Education Leadership Council to enhance agricultural education with priority given to Farm Business Management challenge grants;

(4) $450,000 the first year is for the cultivated wild rice breeding project at the North Central Research and Outreach Center to include a tenure track/research associate plant breeder;

(5) $350,000 the first year and $350,000 the second year are for potato breeding;

(6) $802,000 the first year and $802,000 the second year are to fund the Forever Green Initiative and protect the state's natural resources while increasing the efficiency, profitability, and productivity of Minnesota farmers by incorporating perennial and winter-annual crops into existing agricultural practices. The base for the allocation under this clause is $802,000 in fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter. By February 1 each year, the dean of the College of Food, Agricultural and Natural Resource Sciences must submit a report to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees with jurisdiction over agriculture finance and policy and higher education detailing uses of the funds in this paragraph, including administrative costs, and the achievements these funds contributed to; deleted text begin and deleted text end

(7) $350,000 each year is for farm-scale winter greenhouse research and development coordinated by University of Minnesota Extension Regional Sustainable Development Partnerships. The allocation in this clause is onetime deleted text begin . deleted text end new text begin ; new text end

new text begin (8) $200,000 the second year is for research on natural stands of wild rice; and new text end

new text begin (9) $250,000 the second year is for the cultivated wild rice forward selection project at the North Central Research and Outreach Center, including a tenure track or research associate plant scientist. new text end

(b) The base for the agriculture research, education, extension, and technology transfer program is $10,352,000 in fiscal year 2026 and $10,352,000 in fiscal year 2027.

(c) deleted text begin $27,107,000 deleted text end new text begin $23,332,000 new text end the first year deleted text begin and $23,107,000 the second year are deleted text end new text begin is new text end for the agricultural growth, research, and innovation program under Minnesota Statutes, section 41A.12 . Except as provided below, the commissioner may allocate this appropriation deleted text begin each year deleted text end among the following areas: facilitating the start-up, modernization, improvement, or expansion of livestock operations, including beginning and transitioning livestock operations with preference given to robotic dairy-milking equipment; assisting value-added agricultural businesses to begin or expand, to access new markets, or to diversify, including aquaponics systems, with preference given to hemp fiber processing equipment; facilitating the start-up, modernization, or expansion of other beginning and transitioning farms, including by providing loans under Minnesota Statutes, section 41B.056 ; sustainable agriculture on-farm research and demonstration; the development or expansion of food hubs and other alternative community-based food distribution systems; enhancing renewable energy infrastructure and use; crop research, including basic and applied turf seed research; Farm Business Management tuition assistance; and good agricultural practices and good handling practices certification assistance. The commissioner may use up to 6.5 percent of this appropriation for costs incurred to administer the program.

Of the amount appropriated for the agricultural growth, research, and innovation program under Minnesota Statutes, section 41A.12 :

(1) $1,000,000 the first year deleted text begin and $1,000,000 the second year are deleted text end new text begin is new text end for distribution in equal amounts to each of the state's county fairs to preserve and promote Minnesota agriculture;

(2) $5,750,000 the first year deleted text begin and $5,750,000 the second year are deleted text end new text begin is new text end for incentive payments under Minnesota Statutes, sections 41A.16 , 41A.17 , 41A.18 , and 41A.20 . Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28 , the first year appropriation is available until June 30, 2025 deleted text begin , and the second year appropriation is available until June 30, 2026 deleted text end . If this appropriation exceeds the total amount for which all producers are eligible in a fiscal year, the balance of the appropriation is available for other purposes under this paragraph deleted text begin . The base under this clause is $3,000,000 in fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter deleted text end ;

(3) $3,375,000 the first year deleted text begin and $3,375,000 the second year are deleted text end new text begin is new text end for grants that enable retail petroleum dispensers, fuel storage tanks, and other equipment to dispense biofuels to the public in accordance with the biofuel replacement goals established under Minnesota Statutes, section 239.7911 . A retail petroleum dispenser selling petroleum for use in spark ignition engines for vehicle model years after 2000 is eligible for grant money under this clause if the retail petroleum dispenser has no more than 10 retail petroleum dispensing sites and each site is located in Minnesota. The grant money must be used to replace or upgrade equipment that does not have the ability to be certified for E25. A grant award must not exceed 65 percent of the cost of the appropriate technology. A grant award must not exceed $200,000 per station. The commissioner must cooperate with biofuel stakeholders in the implementation of the grant program. The commissioner, in cooperation with any economic or community development financial institution and any other entity with which the commissioner contracts, must submit a report on the biofuels infrastructure financial assistance program by January 15 of each year to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees and divisions with jurisdiction over agriculture policy and finance. The annual report must include but not be limited to a summary of the following metrics: (i) the number and types of projects financed; (ii) the amount of dollars leveraged or matched per project; (iii) the geographic distribution of financed projects; (iv) any market expansion associated with upgraded infrastructure; (v) the demographics of the areas served; (vi) the costs of the program; and (vii) the number of grants to minority-owned or female-owned businesses deleted text begin . The base under this clause is $3,000,000 for fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter deleted text end ;

(4) $1,250,000 the first year deleted text begin and $1,250,000 the second year are deleted text end new text begin is new text end for grants to facilitate the start-up, modernization, or expansion of meat, poultry, egg, and milk processing facilities. A grant award under this clause must not exceed $200,000. Any unencumbered balance at the end of the second year does not cancel until June 30, 2026, and may be used for other purposes under this paragraph deleted text begin . The base under this clause is $250,000 in fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter deleted text end ;

(5) $1,150,000 the first year deleted text begin and $1,150,000 the second year are deleted text end new text begin is new text end for providing more fruits, vegetables, meat, poultry, grain, and dairy for children in school and early childhood education deleted text begin centers deleted text end new text begin settings new text end , including, at the commissioner's discretion, providing grants to reimburse schools and early childhood education deleted text begin centers deleted text end new text begin and child care providers new text end for purchasing equipment and agricultural products. new text begin Organizations must participate in the National School Lunch Program or the Child and Adult Care Food Program to be eligible. new text end Of the amount appropriated, $150,000 deleted text begin each year deleted text end is for a statewide coordinator of farm-to-institution strategy and programming. The coordinator must consult with relevant stakeholders and provide technical assistance and training for participating farmers and eligible grant recipients deleted text begin . The base under this clause is $1,294,000 in fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter deleted text end ;

deleted text begin (6) $4,000,000 the first year is for Dairy Assistance, Investment, Relief Initiative (DAIRI) grants and other forms of financial assistance to Minnesota dairy farms that enroll in coverage under a federal dairy risk protection program and produced no more than 16,000,000 pounds of milk in 2022. The commissioner must make DAIRI payments based on the amount of milk produced in 2022, up to 5,000,000 pounds per participating farm, at a rate determined by the commissioner within the limits of available funding. Any unencumbered balance does not cancel at the end of the first year and is available in the second year. Any unencumbered balance at the end of the second year does not cancel until June 30, 2026, and may be used for other purposes under this paragraph. The allocation in this clause is onetime; deleted text end

deleted text begin (7) deleted text end new text begin (6) new text end $2,000,000 the first year deleted text begin and $2,000,000 the second year are deleted text end new text begin is new text end for urban youth agricultural education or urban agriculture community development; deleted text begin and deleted text end

deleted text begin (8) deleted text end new text begin (7) new text end $1,000,000 the first year deleted text begin and $1,000,000 the second year are deleted text end new text begin is new text end for the good food access program under Minnesota Statutes, section 17.1017 deleted text begin . deleted text end new text begin ; and new text end

new text begin (8) $225,000 the first year is to provide grants to secondary career and technical education programs for the purpose of offering instruction in meat cutting and butchery. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.98, subdivision 14, the commissioner may use up to 6.5 percent of this appropriation for administrative costs. This is a onetime appropriation. Grants may be used for costs, including but not limited to: new text end

new text begin (i) equipment required for a meat cutting program; new text end

new text begin (ii) facility renovation to accommodate meat cutting; and new text end

new text begin (iii) training faculty to teach the fundamentals of meat processing. new text end

new text begin A grant recipient may be awarded a grant of up to $75,000 and may use up to ten percent of the grant for faculty training. Priority may be given to applicants who are coordinating with meat cutting and butchery programs at Minnesota State Colleges and Universities institutions or with local industry partners. new text end

new text begin By January 15, 2025, the commissioner must report to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees with jurisdiction over agriculture finance and education finance by listing the grants made under this paragraph by county and noting the number and amount of grant requests not fulfilled. The report may include additional information as determined by the commissioner, including but not limited to information regarding the outcomes produced by these grants. If additional grants are awarded under this paragraph that were not covered in the report due by January 15, 2025, the commissioner must submit an additional report to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees with jurisdiction over agriculture finance and education finance regarding all grants issued under this paragraph by November 1, 2025. new text end

Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28 , any unencumbered balance does not cancel at the end of the first year and is available for the second year, and appropriations encumbered under contract on or before June 30, 2025, for agricultural growth, research, and innovation grants are available until June 30, 2028.

new text begin (d) $27,457,000 the second year is for the agricultural growth, research, and innovation program under Minnesota Statutes, section 41A.12. Except as provided below, the commissioner may allocate this appropriation among the following areas: facilitating the start-up, modernization, improvement, or expansion of livestock operations, including beginning and transitioning livestock operations with preference given to robotic dairy-milking equipment; assisting value-added agricultural businesses to begin or expand, to access new markets, or to diversify, including aquaponics systems, with preference given to hemp fiber processing equipment; facilitating the start-up, modernization, or expansion of other beginning and transitioning farms, including by providing loans under Minnesota Statutes, section 41B.056; sustainable agriculture on-farm research and demonstration; the development or expansion of food hubs and other alternative community-based food distribution systems; enhancing renewable energy infrastructure and use; crop research, including basic and applied turf seed research; Farm Business Management tuition assistance; and good agricultural practices and good handling practices certification assistance. The commissioner may use up to 6.5 percent of this appropriation for costs incurred to administer the program. new text end

new text begin Of the amount appropriated for the agricultural growth, research, and innovation program under Minnesota Statutes, section 41A.12: new text end

new text begin (1) $1,000,000 the second year is for distribution in equal amounts to each of the state's county fairs to preserve and promote Minnesota agriculture; new text end

new text begin (2) $5,750,000 the second year is for incentive payments under Minnesota Statutes, sections 41A.16, 41A.17, 41A.18, and 41A.20. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28, this appropriation is available until June 30, 2027. If this appropriation exceeds the total amount for which all producers are eligible in a fiscal year, the balance of the appropriation is available for other purposes under this paragraph. The base under this clause is $3,000,000 in fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter; new text end

new text begin (3) $3,375,000 the second year is for grants that enable retail petroleum dispensers, fuel storage tanks, and other equipment to dispense biofuels to the public in accordance with the biofuel replacement goals established under Minnesota Statutes, section 239.7911. A retail petroleum dispenser selling petroleum for use in spark ignition engines for vehicle model years after 2000 is eligible for grant money under this clause if the retail petroleum dispenser has no more than ten retail petroleum dispensing sites and each site is located in Minnesota. The grant money must be used to replace or upgrade equipment that does not have the ability to be certified for E25. A grant award must not exceed 65 percent of the cost of the appropriate technology. A grant award must not exceed $200,000 per station. The commissioner must cooperate with biofuel stakeholders in the implementation of the grant program. The commissioner, in cooperation with any economic or community development financial institution and any other entity with which the commissioner contracts, must submit a report on the biofuels infrastructure financial assistance program by January 15 of each year to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees and divisions with jurisdiction over agriculture policy and finance. The annual report must include but not be limited to a summary of the following metrics: (i) the number and types of projects financed; (ii) the amount of money leveraged or matched per project; (iii) the geographic distribution of financed projects; (iv) any market expansion associated with upgraded infrastructure; (v) the demographics of the areas served; (vi) the costs of the program; and (vii) the number of grants to minority-owned or female-owned businesses. The base under this clause is $3,000,000 for fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter; new text end

new text begin (4) $1,250,000 the second year is for grants to facilitate the start-up, modernization, or expansion of meat, poultry, egg, and milk processing facilities. A grant award under this clause must not exceed $200,000. Any unencumbered balance at the end of the second year does not cancel until June 30, 2027, and may be used for other purposes under this paragraph. The base under this clause is $250,000 in fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter; new text end

new text begin (5) $1,275,000 the second year is for providing more fruits, vegetables, meat, poultry, grain, and dairy for children in school and early childhood education settings, including, at the commissioner's discretion, providing grants to reimburse schools and early childhood education and child care providers for purchasing equipment and agricultural products. Organizations must participate in the National School Lunch Program or the Child and Adult Care Food Program to be eligible. Of the amount appropriated, $150,000 is for a statewide coordinator of farm-to-institution strategy and programming. The coordinator must consult with relevant stakeholders and provide technical assistance and training for participating farmers and eligible grant recipients. The base under this clause is $1,294,000 in fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter; new text end

new text begin (6) $4,000,000 the second year is for Dairy Assistance, Investment, Relief Initiative (DAIRI) grants and other forms of financial assistance to Minnesota dairy farms that enroll in coverage under a federal dairy risk protection program and produced no more than 16,000,000 pounds of milk in 2022. The commissioner must make DAIRI payments based on the amount of milk produced in 2022, up to 5,000,000 pounds per participating farm, at a rate determined by the commissioner within the limits of available funding. Any unencumbered balance on June 30, 2026, may be used for other purposes under this paragraph. The allocation in this clause is onetime; new text end

new text begin (7) $2,000,000 the second year is for urban youth agricultural education or urban agriculture community development; new text end

new text begin (8) $1,000,000 the second year is for the good food access program under Minnesota Statutes, section 17.1017; and new text end

new text begin (9) $225,000 the second year is for the protecting livestock grant program for producers to support the installation of measures to prevent the transmission of avian influenza. For the appropriation in this paragraph, a grant applicant must document a cost-share of 20 percent. An applicant's cost-share amount may be reduced up to $2,000 to cover time and labor costs. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.98, subdivision 14, the commissioner may use up to 6.5 percent of this appropriation for administrative costs. This appropriation is available until June 30, 2027. This is a onetime appropriation. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28, this appropriation does not cancel at the end of the second year and is available until June 30, 2027. Appropriations encumbered under contract on or before June 30, 2027, for agricultural growth, research, and innovation grants are available until June 30, 2030. new text end

deleted text begin (d) deleted text end new text begin (e) new text end The base for the agricultural growth, research, and innovation program is deleted text begin $16,294,000 deleted text end new text begin $17,582,000 new text end in fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter and includes $200,000 each year for cooperative development grants.

(a) $474,000 the first year and $474,000 the second year are for payments to county and district agricultural societies and associations under Minnesota Statutes, section 38.02, subdivision 1 . Aid payments to county and district agricultural societies and associations must be disbursed no later than July 15 of each year. These payments are the amount of aid from the state for an annual fair held in the previous calendar year.

(b) $350,000 the first year and $350,000 the second year are for grants to the Minnesota Agricultural Education and Leadership Council for programs of the council under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 41D. The base for this appropriation is $250,000 in fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter.

(c) $2,000 the first year is for a grant to the Minnesota State Poultry Association. This is a onetime appropriation. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28 , any unencumbered balance does not cancel at the end of the first year and is available for the second year.

(d) $18,000 the first year and $18,000 the second year are for grants to the Minnesota Livestock Breeders Association. This is a onetime appropriation.

(e) $60,000 the first year and $60,000 the second year are for grants to the Northern Crops Institute that may be used to purchase equipment. This is a onetime appropriation.

(f) $34,000 the first year and $34,000 the second year are for grants to the Minnesota State Horticultural Society. This is a onetime appropriation.

(g) $25,000 the first year and $25,000 the second year are for grants to the Center for Rural Policy and Development. This is a onetime appropriation.

(h) $75,000 the first year and $75,000 the second year are appropriated from the general fund to the commissioner of agriculture for grants to the Minnesota Turf Seed Council for basic and applied research on: (1) the improved production of forage and turf seed related to new and improved varieties; and (2) native plants, including plant breeding, nutrient management, pest management, disease management, yield, and viability. The Minnesota Turf Seed Council may subcontract with a qualified third party for some or all of the basic or applied research. Any unencumbered balance does not cancel at the end of the first year and is available in the second year. The Minnesota Turf Seed Council must prepare a report outlining the use of the grant money and related accomplishments. No later than January 15, 2025, the council must submit the report to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees and divisions with jurisdiction over agriculture finance and policy. This is a onetime appropriation.

(i) $100,000 the first year and $100,000 the second year are for grants to GreenSeam for assistance to agriculture-related businesses to support business retention and development, business attraction and creation, talent development and attraction, and regional branding and promotion. These are onetime appropriations. No later than December 1, 2024, and December 1, 2025, GreenSeam must report to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees with jurisdiction over agriculture and rural development with information on new and existing businesses supported, number of new jobs created in the region, new educational partnerships and programs supported, and regional branding and promotional efforts.

(j) $1,950,000 the first year and $1,950,000 the second year are for grants to Second Harvest Heartland on behalf of Minnesota's six Feeding America food banks for the following purposes:

(1) at least $850,000 each year must be allocated to purchase milk for distribution to Minnesota's food shelves and other charitable organizations that are eligible to receive food from the food banks. Milk purchased under the grants must be acquired from Minnesota milk processors and based on low-cost bids. The milk must be allocated to each Feeding America food bank serving Minnesota according to the formula used in the distribution of United States Department of Agriculture commodities under The Emergency Food Assistance Program. Second Harvest Heartland may enter into contracts or agreements with food banks for shared funding or reimbursement of the direct purchase of milk. Each food bank that receives funding under this clause may use up to two percent for administrative expenses. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28 , any unencumbered balance the first year does not cancel and is available the second year;

(2) to compensate agricultural producers and processors for costs incurred to harvest and package for transfer surplus fruits, vegetables, and other agricultural commodities that would otherwise go unharvested, be discarded, or be sold in a secondary market. Surplus commodities must be distributed statewide to food shelves and other charitable organizations that are eligible to receive food from the food banks. Surplus food acquired under this clause must be from Minnesota producers and processors. Second Harvest Heartland may use up to 15 percent of each grant awarded under this clause for administrative and transportation expenses; and

(3) to purchase and distribute protein products, including but not limited to pork, poultry, beef, dry legumes, cheese, and eggs to Minnesota's food shelves and other charitable organizations that are eligible to receive food from the food banks. Second Harvest Heartland may use up to two percent of each grant awarded under this clause for administrative expenses. Protein products purchased under the grants must be acquired from Minnesota processors and producers.

Second Harvest Heartland must submit quarterly reports to the commissioner and the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees with jurisdiction over agriculture finance in the form prescribed by the commissioner. The reports must include but are not limited to information on the expenditure of funds, the amount of milk or other commodities purchased, and the organizations to which this food was distributed. The base for this appropriation is $1,700,000 for fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter.

(k) $25,000 the first year and $25,000 the second year are for grants to the Southern Minnesota Initiative Foundation to promote local foods through an annual event that raises public awareness of local foods and connects local food producers and processors with potential buyers.

(l) $300,000 the first year and $300,000 the second year are for grants to The Good Acre for the Local Emergency Assistance Farmer Fund (LEAFF) program to compensate emerging farmers for crops donated to hunger relief organizations in Minnesota. This is a onetime appropriation.

(m) $750,000 the first year and $750,000 the second year are to expand the Emerging Farmers Office and provide services to beginning and emerging farmers to increase connections between farmers and market opportunities throughout the state. This appropriation may be used for grants, translation services, training programs, or other purposes in line with the recommendations of the Emerging Farmer Working Group established under Minnesota Statutes, section 17.055, subdivision 1 . The base for this appropriation is $1,000,000 in fiscal year 2026 and each year thereafter.

(n) $50,000 the first year is to provide technical assistance and leadership in the development of a comprehensive and well-documented state aquaculture plan. The commissioner must provide the state aquaculture plan to the legislative committees with jurisdiction over agriculture finance and policy by February 15, 2025.

(o) $337,000 the first year and $337,000 the second year are for farm advocate services. Of these amounts, $50,000 the first year and $50,000 the second year are for the continuation of the farmland transition programs and may be used for grants to farmland access teams to provide technical assistance to potential beginning farmers. Farmland access teams must assist existing farmers and beginning farmers with transitioning farm ownership and farm operation. Services provided by teams may include but are not limited to mediation assistance, designing contracts, financial planning, tax preparation, estate planning, and housing assistance.

(p) $260,000 the first year and $260,000 the second year are for a pass-through grant to Region Five Development Commission to provide, in collaboration with Farm Business Management, statewide mental health counseling support to Minnesota farm operators, families, and employees, and individuals who work with Minnesota farmers in a professional capacity. Region Five Development Commission may use up to 6.5 percent of the grant awarded under this paragraph for administration.

(q) $1,000,000 the first year is for transfer to the agricultural emergency account established under Minnesota Statutes, section 17.041 .

(r) $1,084,000 the first year and $500,000 the second year are to support IT modernization efforts, including laying the technology foundations needed for improving customer interactions with the department for licensing and payments. This is a onetime appropriation.

(s) $275,000 the first year is for technical assistance grants to certified community development financial institutions that participate in United States Department of Agriculture loan or grant programs for small or emerging farmers, including but not limited to the Increasing Land, Capital, and Market Access Program. For purposes of this paragraph, "emerging farmer" has the meaning given in Minnesota Statutes, section 17.055, subdivision 1 . The commissioner may use up to 6.5 percent of this appropriation for costs incurred to administer the program. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28 , any unencumbered balance does not cancel at the end of the first year and is available in the second year. This is a onetime appropriation.

(t) $1,425,000 the first year and $1,425,000 the second year are for transfer to the agricultural and environmental revolving loan account established under Minnesota Statutes, section 17.117, subdivision 5a , for low-interest loans under Minnesota Statutes, section 17.117 .

(u) $150,000 the first year and $150,000 the second year are for administrative support for the Rural Finance Authority.

(v) The base in fiscal years 2026 and 2027 is $150,000 each year to coordinate climate-related activities and services within the Department of Agriculture and counterparts in local, state, and federal agencies and to hire a full-time climate implementation coordinator. The climate implementation coordinator must coordinate efforts seeking federal funding for Minnesota's agricultural climate adaptation and mitigation efforts and develop strategic partnerships with the private sector and nongovernment organizations.

(w) $1,200,000 the first year and $930,000 the second year are to maintain the current level of service delivery. The base for this appropriation is deleted text begin $1,085,000 deleted text end new text begin $1,065,000 new text end in fiscal year 2026 and deleted text begin $1,085,000 deleted text end new text begin $1,065,000 new text end in fiscal year 2027 new text begin and each year thereafter new text end .

(x) $250,000 the first year is for a grant to the Board of Regents of the University of Minnesota to purchase equipment for the Veterinary Diagnostic Laboratory to test for chronic wasting disease, African swine fever, avian influenza, and other animal diseases. The Veterinary Diagnostic Laboratory must report expenditures under this paragraph to the legislative committees with jurisdiction over agriculture finance and higher education with a report submitted by January 3, 2024, and a final report submitted by December 31, 2024. The reports must include a list of equipment purchased, including the cost of each item.

(y) $1,000,000 the first year and $1,000,000 the second year are to award and administer down payment assistance grants under Minnesota Statutes, section 17.133 , with priority given to deleted text begin emerging farmers as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 17.055, subdivision 1 deleted text end new text begin eligible applicants with no more than $100,000 in annual gross farm product sales and eligible applicants who are producers of industrial hemp, cannabis, or one or more of the following specialty crops as defined by the United States Department of Agriculture for purposes of the specialty crop block grant program: fruits and vegetables, tree nuts, dried fruits, medicinal plants, culinary herbs and spices, horticulture crops, floriculture crops, and nursery crops new text end . Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28 , any unencumbered balance at the end of the first year does not cancel and is available in the second year and appropriations encumbered under contract by June 30, 2025, are available until June 30, 2027.

(z) $222,000 the first year and $322,000 the second year are for meat processing training and retention incentive grants under section 5. The commissioner may use up to 6.5 percent of this appropriation for costs incurred to administer the program. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28 , any unencumbered balance does not cancel at the end of the first year and is available in the second year. This is a onetime appropriation.

(aa) $300,000 the first year and $300,000 the second year are for transfer to the Board of Regents of the University of Minnesota to evaluate, propagate, and maintain the genetic diversity of oilseeds, grains, grasses, legumes, and other plants including flax, timothy, barley, rye, triticale, alfalfa, orchard grass, clover, and other species and varieties that were in commercial distribution and use in Minnesota before 1970, excluding wild rice. This effort must also protect traditional seeds brought to Minnesota by immigrant communities. This appropriation includes funding for associated extension and outreach to small and Black, Indigenous, and People of Color (BIPOC) farmers. This is a onetime appropriation.

new text begin (bb) $300,000 the second year is to award and administer beginning farmer equipment and infrastructure grants under Minnesota Statutes, section 17.055. This is a onetime appropriation. new text end

new text begin (cc) $25,000 the first year is for the credit market report. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 16A.28 , any unencumbered balance does not cancel at the end of the first year and is available in the second year. This is a onetime appropriation. new text end

deleted text begin (bb) deleted text end new text begin (dd) new text end The commissioner shall continue to increase connections with ethnic minority and immigrant farmers to farming opportunities and farming programs throughout the state.

new text begin EFFECTIVE DATE. new text end

new text begin This section is effective the day following final enactment. new text end

Laws 2023, chapter 43, article 1, section 4, is amended to read:

(a) $300,000 the first year is for equipment upgrades, equipment replacement, installation expenses, and laboratory infrastructure at the Agricultural Utilization Research Institute's laboratories in the cities of Crookston, Marshall, and Waseca.

(b) $1,500,000 the first year is to replace analytical and processing equipment and make corresponding facility upgrades at Agricultural Utilization Research Institute facilities in the cities of Marshall, Crookston, and Waseca. Of this amount, up to $500,000 may be used for renewable natural gas and anaerobic digestion projects. This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2026.

(c) $300,000 the first year and $300,000 the second year are to maintain the current level of service delivery.

new text begin (d) $225,000 the first year is to support food businesses. This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2026. new text end

AGRICULTURE POLICY

Minnesota statutes 2022, section 3.7371, is amended by adding a subdivision to read:, new text begin subd. 1a. new text end, new text begin definitions. new text end.

new text begin (a) For purposes of this section, the following terms have the meanings given. new text end

new text begin (b) "Approved agent" means a person authorized by the Department of Agriculture to determine if crop or fence damage was caused by elk and to assign a monetary value to the crop or fence damage. new text end

new text begin (c) "Commissioner" means the commissioner of agriculture or the commissioner's authorized representative. new text end

new text begin (d) "Estimated value" means the current value of crops or fencing as determined by an approved agent. new text end

new text begin (e) "Owner" means an individual, firm, corporation, copartnership, or association with an interest in crops or fencing damaged by elk. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 3.7371, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

Claim form new text begin and reporting new text end ..

new text begin (a) new text end The owner must prepare a claim on forms provided by the commissioner and available on the Department of deleted text begin Agriculture's deleted text end new text begin Agriculture new text end website or by request from the commissioner. deleted text begin The claim form must be filed with the commissioner. deleted text end

new text begin (b) After discovering crop or fence damage suspected to be caused by elk, an owner must promptly notify an approved agent of the damage. To submit a claim for crop or fence damage caused by elk, an owner must complete the required portions of the claim form provided by the commissioner. An owner who has submitted a claim must provide an approved agent with all information required to investigate the crop or fence damage. new text end

new text begin Subd. 2a. new text end

New text begin investigation and crop valuation. new text end.

new text begin (a) Upon receiving notification of crop or fence damage suspected to be caused by elk, an approved agent must promptly investigate the damage in a timely manner. An approved agent must make written findings on the claim form regarding whether the crop or fence was destroyed or damaged by elk. The approved agent's findings must be based on physical and circumstantial evidence, including: new text end

new text begin (1) the condition of the crop or fence; new text end

new text begin (2) the presence of elk tracks; new text end

new text begin (3) the geographic area of the state where the crop or fence damage occurred; new text end

new text begin (4) any sightings of elk in the area; and new text end

new text begin (5) any other circumstances that the approved agent considers to be relevant. new text end

new text begin (b) The absence of affirmative evidence may be grounds for denial of a claim. new text end

new text begin (c) On a claim form, an approved agent must make written findings of the extent of crop or fence damage and, if applicable, the amount of crop destroyed. new text end

new text begin (d) For damage to standing crops, an owner may choose to have the approved agent use the method in clause (1) or (2) to complete the claim form and determine the amount of crop loss: new text end

new text begin (1) to submit a claim form to the commissioner at the time that the suspected elk damage is discovered, the approved agent must record on the claim form: (i) the field's potential yield per acre; (ii) the field's average yield per acre that is expected on the damaged acres; (iii) the estimated value of the crop; and (iv) the total amount of loss. Upon completing the claim form, the approved agent must submit the form to the commissioner; or new text end

new text begin (2) to submit a claim form to the commissioner at the time that the crop is harvested, the approved agent must record on the claim form at the time of the investigation: (i) the percent of crop loss from damage; (ii) the actual yield of the damaged field when the crop is harvested; (iii) the estimated value of the crop; and (iv) the total amount of loss. Upon completing the claim form, the approved agent must submit the form to the commissioner. new text end

new text begin (e) For damage to stored crops, an approved agent must record on the claim form: (1) the type and volume of destroyed stored crops; (2) the estimated value of the crop; and (3) the total amount of loss. new text end

new text begin (f) For damage to fencing, an approved agent must record on the claim form: (1) the type of materials damaged; (2) the linear feet of the damage; (3) the value of the materials per unit according to National Resource Conservation Service specifications; and (4) the calculated total damage to the fence. new text end

new text begin Subd. 2b. new text end

New text begin claim form. new text end.

new text begin A completed claim form must be signed by the owner and an approved agent. An approved agent must submit the claim form to the commissioner for the commissioner's review and payment. The commissioner must return an incomplete claim form to the approved agent. When returning an incomplete claim form to an approved agent, the commissioner must indicate which information is missing from the claim form. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 3.7371, subdivision 3, is amended to read:

Compensation..

(a) deleted text begin The crop deleted text end new text begin An new text end owner is entitled to the deleted text begin target price or the market price, whichever is greater, deleted text end new text begin estimated value new text end of the damaged or destroyed crop deleted text begin plus adjustments for yield loss determined according to agricultural stabilization and conservation service programs for individual farms, adjusted annually, as determined by the commissioner, upon recommendation of the commissioner's approved agent for the owner's county deleted text end new text begin or fence new text end . Verification of new text begin crop or new text end fence damage deleted text begin or destruction deleted text end by elk may be provided by submitting photographs or other evidence and documentation deleted text begin together with a statement from an independent witness deleted text end using forms prescribed by the commissioner. The commissioner, upon recommendation of the commissioner's approved agent, shall determine whether the crop damage or destruction or damage to or destruction of a fence surrounding a crop or pasture is caused by elk and, if so, the amount of the crop or fence that is damaged or destroyed. In any fiscal year, an owner may not be compensated for a damaged or destroyed crop or fence surrounding a crop or pasture that is less than $100 in value and may be compensated up to $20,000, as determined under this section deleted text begin , if normal harvest procedures for the area are followed deleted text end . new text begin An owner may not be compensated more than $1,800 per fiscal year for damage to fencing surrounding a crop or pasture. new text end

(b) In any fiscal year, the commissioner may provide compensation for claims filed under this section up to the amount expressly appropriated for this purpose.

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 17.055, subdivision 3, is amended to read:

Beginning farmer equipment and infrastructure grants..

(a) The commissioner may award and administer equipment and infrastructure grants to beginning farmers. The commissioner shall give preference to applicants who are deleted text begin emerging farmers deleted text end new text begin experiencing limited land access or limited market access new text end as new text begin those terms are new text end defined in new text begin section 17.133, new text end subdivision 1. Grant money may be used for equipment and infrastructure development.

(b) The commissioner shall develop competitive eligibility criteria and may allocate grants on a needs basis.

(c) Grant projects may continue for up to two years.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 17.116, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

Eligibility..

(a) Grants may deleted text begin only deleted text end be made to farmers deleted text begin , deleted text end new text begin and organizations such as farms, agricultural cooperatives, new text end educational institutions, individuals at educational institutions, deleted text begin or deleted text end nonprofit organizations new text begin , Tribal governments, or local units of government new text end residing or located in the state for research or demonstrations on farms in the state.

(b) Grants may only be made for projects that show:

(1) the ability to maximize direct or indirect energy savings or production;

(2) a positive effect or reduced adverse effect on the environment; or

(3) increased profitability for the individual farm by reducing costs or improving marketing opportunities.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 17.133, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

Subdivision 1., definitions..

(a) For purposes of this section, the following terms have the meanings given.

(b) "Eligible farmer" means an individual who at the time that the grant is awarded:

(1) is a resident of Minnesota who intends to acquire farmland located within the state and provide the majority of the day-to-day physical labor and management of the farm;

(2) grosses no more than $250,000 per year from the sale of farm products; deleted text begin and deleted text end

(3) has not, and whose spouse has not, at any time had a direct or indirect ownership interest in farmland new text begin ; and new text end

new text begin (4) is not, and whose spouse is not, related by blood or marriage to an owner of the farmland that the individual intends to acquire new text end .

(c) "Farm down payment" means an initial, partial payment required by a lender or seller to purchase farmland.

new text begin (d) "Incubator farm" means a farm where: new text end

new text begin (1) individuals are given temporary, exclusive, and affordable access to small parcels of land, infrastructure, and often training, for the purpose of honing skills and launching a farm business; and new text end

new text begin (2) a majority of the individuals farming the small parcels of land grow industrial hemp, cannabis, or one or more of the following specialty crops as defined by the United States Department of Agriculture for purposes of the specialty crop block grant program: fruits and vegetables, tree nuts, dried fruits, medicinal plants, culinary herbs and spices, horticulture crops, floriculture crops, and nursery crops. new text end

new text begin (e) "Limited land access" means farming without ownership of land and: new text end

new text begin (1) the individual or the individual's child rents or leases the land, with the term of each rental or lease agreement not exceeding three years in duration, from a person who is not related to the individual or the individual's spouse by blood or marriage; or new text end

new text begin (2) the individual rents the land from an incubator farm. new text end

new text begin (f) "Limited market access" means the individual has gross sales of no more than $100,000 per year from the sale of farm products. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 17.133, subdivision 3, is amended to read:

Report to legislature..

No later than December 1, 2023, and annually thereafter, the commissioner must provide a report to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees having jurisdiction over agriculture and rural development, in compliance with sections 3.195 and 3.197 , on the farm down payment assistance grants under this section. The report must include:

(1) background information on beginning farmers in Minnesota and any other information that the commissioner and authority find relevant to evaluating the effect of the grants on increasing opportunities for and the number of beginning farmers;

(2) the number and amount of grants;

(3) the geographic distribution of grants by county;

(4) the number of grant recipients who are emerging farmers;

new text begin (5) the number of grant recipients who were experiencing limited land access or limited market access when the grant was awarded; new text end

deleted text begin (5) deleted text end new text begin (6) new text end disaggregated data regarding the gender, race, and ethnicity of grant recipients;

deleted text begin (6) deleted text end new text begin (7) new text end the number of farmers who cease to own land and are subject to payment of a penalty, along with the reasons for the land ownership cessation; and

deleted text begin (7) deleted text end new text begin (8) new text end the number and amount of grant applications that exceeded the allocation available in each year.

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 17.134, subdivision 3, is amended to read:

Grant eligibility..

Any owner or lessee of farmland may apply for a grant under this section. The commissioner must give preference to owners and lessees that have not previously implemented an eligible project new text begin and owners and lessees that are certified or assessed and pursuing certification under sections 17.9891 to 17.993 new text end . Local government units, including cities; towns; counties; soil and water conservation districts; Minnesota Tribal governments as defined in section 10.65 ; and joint powers boards, are also eligible for a grant. A local government unit that receives a grant for equipment or technology must make those purchases available for use by the public.

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 17.134, is amended by adding a subdivision to read:

New text begin subd. 3a. new text end, new text begin equipment sales limitation. new text end.

new text begin In addition to the applicable grants management requirements imposed under sections 16B.97 to 16B.991, an owner or lessee that receives a grant under this section to purchase equipment must certify to the commissioner that the owner or lessee will not sell the equipment for at least ten years. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 17.710, is amended to read:

17.710 agricultural contracts..

(a) A production new text begin or marketing new text end contract entered into, renewed, or amended on or after July 1, deleted text begin 1999 deleted text end new text begin 2024 new text end , between an agricultural producer and a processor new text begin , marketer, or other purchaser new text end of agricultural products new text begin , including a cooperative organized under chapter 308A or 308B new text end must not contain provisions that prohibit the producer from disclosing terms, conditions, and prices contained in the contract. Any provision prohibiting disclosure by the producer is void.

(b) A contract entered into, renewed, or amended on or after July 1, 2023, between an agricultural producer and an entity buying, selling, certifying, or otherwise participating in a market for stored carbon must not contain provisions that prohibit the producer from disclosing terms, conditions, and prices contained in the contract. Any provision prohibiting disclosure by the producer is void.

new text begin This section is effective July 1, 2024. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.01, is amended by adding a subdivision to read:

New text begin subd. 1d. new text end, new text begin application or use of a pesticide. new text end.

new text begin "Application or use of a pesticide" includes: new text end

new text begin (1) the dispersal of a pesticide on, in, at, or directed toward a target site; new text end

new text begin (2) preapplication activities that involve the mixing and loading of a restricted use pesticide; and new text end

new text begin (3) other restricted use pesticide-related activities, including but not limited to transporting or storing pesticide containers that have been opened; cleaning equipment; and disposing of excess pesticides, spray mix, equipment wash waters, pesticide containers, and other materials that contain pesticide. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.26, subdivision 6, is amended to read:

Discontinuance new text begin or cancellation new text end of registration..

new text begin (a) new text end To ensure new text begin the new text end complete withdrawal from distribution or further use of a pesticide, a person who intends to discontinue a pesticide registration must:

(1) terminate a further distribution within the state and continue to register the pesticide annually for two successive years; new text begin and new text end

(2) initiate and complete a total recall of the pesticide from all distribution in the state within 60 days from the date of notification to the commissioner of intent to discontinue registration deleted text begin ; or deleted text end new text begin . new text end

deleted text begin (3) submit to the commissioner evidence adequate to document that no distribution of the registered pesticide has occurred in the state. deleted text end

new text begin (b) Upon the request of a registrant, the commissioner may immediately cancel registration of a pesticide product. The commissioner may immediately cancel registration of a pesticide product at the commissioner's discretion. When requesting that the commissioner immediately cancel registration of a pesticide product, a registrant must provide the commissioner with: new text end

new text begin (1) a statement that the pesticide product is no longer in distribution; and new text end

new text begin (2) documentation of pesticide gross sales from the previous year supporting the statement under clause (1). new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.28, is amended by adding a subdivision to read:

New text begin subd. 5. new text end, new text begin advisory panel. new text end.

new text begin Before approving the issuance of an experimental use pesticide product registration under this section, the commissioner must convene and consider the advice of a panel of outside scientific and health experts. The panel must include but is not limited to representatives of the Department of Health, the Department of Natural Resources, the Pollution Control Agency, and the University of Minnesota. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.305, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

Training manual and examination development..

The commissioner, in consultation with University of Minnesota Extension and other higher education institutions, shall continually revise and update pesticide applicator training manuals and examinations. The manuals and examinations must be written to meet or exceed the minimum new text begin competency new text end standards required by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and pertinent state specific information. new text begin Pesticide applicator training manuals and examinations must meet or exceed the competency standards in Code of Federal Regulations, title 40, part 171. Competency standards for training manuals and examinations must be published on the Department of Agriculture website. new text end Questions in the examinations must be determined by the commissioner in consultation with other responsible agencies. Manuals and examinations must include pesticide management practices that discuss prevention of pesticide occurrence in groundwater and surface water of the state, and economic thresholds and guidance for insecticide use.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.32, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

Requirement..

(a) A person may not engage in structural pest control applications:

(1) for hire without a structural pest control license; deleted text begin and deleted text end

(2) as a sole proprietorship, company, partnership, or corporation unless the person is or employs a licensed master in structural pest control operations deleted text begin . deleted text end new text begin ; and new text end

new text begin (3) unless the person is 18 years of age or older. new text end

(b) A structural pest control licensee must have a valid license identification card to purchase a restricted use pesticide or apply pesticides for hire and must display it upon demand by an authorized representative of the commissioner or a law enforcement officer. The license identification card must contain information required by the commissioner.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.32, subdivision 3, is amended to read:

Application..

(a) A person must apply to the commissioner for a structural pest control license on forms and in the manner required by the commissioner. The commissioner shall require the applicant to pass a written, closed-book, monitored examination or oral examination, or both deleted text begin , and may also require a practical demonstration regarding structural pest control deleted text end . The commissioner shall establish the examination procedure, including the phases and contents of the examination.

(b) The commissioner may license a person as a master under a structural pest control license if the person has the necessary qualifications through knowledge and experience to properly plan, determine, and supervise the selection and application of pesticides in structural pest control. To demonstrate the qualifications and become licensed as a master under a structural pest control license, a person must:

(1) pass a closed-book test administered by the commissioner;

(2) have direct experience as a licensed journeyman under a structural pest control license for at least two years by this state or a state with equivalent certification requirements or as a full-time licensed master in another state with equivalent certification requirements; and

(3) show practical knowledge and field experience under clause (2) in the actual selection and application of pesticides under varying conditions.

(c) The commissioner may license a person as a journeyman under a structural pest control license if the person:

(1) has the necessary qualifications in the practical selection and application of pesticides;

(2) has passed a closed-book examination given by the commissioner; and

(3) is engaged as an employee of or is working under the direction of a person licensed as a master under a structural pest control license.

(d) The commissioner may license a person as a fumigator under a structural pest control license if the person:

(1) has knowledge of the practical selection and application of fumigants;

(3) is licensed by the commissioner as a master or journeyman under a structural pest control license.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.32, subdivision 4, is amended to read:

(a) new text begin An applicator may apply to renew new text end a structural pest control applicator license deleted text begin may be renewed deleted text end on or before the expiration of an existing license subject to reexamination, attendance at deleted text begin workshops deleted text end new text begin a recertification workshop new text end approved by the commissioner, or other requirements imposed by the commissioner to provide the applicator with information regarding changing technology and to help assure a continuing level of competency and ability to use pesticides safely and properly. new text begin A recertification workshop must meet or exceed the competency standards in Code of Federal Regulations, title 40, part 171. Competency standards for a recertification workshop must be published on the Department of Agriculture website. If the commissioner requires an applicator to attend a recertification workshop and the applicator fails to attend the workshop, the commissioner may require the applicator to pass a reexamination. new text end The commissioner may require an additional demonstration of applicator qualification if the applicator has had a license suspended or revoked or has otherwise had a history of violations of this chapter.

(b) If deleted text begin a person deleted text end new text begin an applicator new text end fails to renew a structural pest control license within three months of its expiration, the deleted text begin person deleted text end new text begin applicator new text end must obtain a structural pest control license subject to the requirements, procedures, and fees required for an initial license.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.32, subdivision 5, is amended to read:

Financial responsibility..

(a) deleted text begin A structural pest control license may not be issued unless the applicant furnishes proof of financial responsibility. deleted text end The new text begin commissioner may suspend or revoke a structural pest control license if an applicator fails to provide proof of financial responsibility upon the commissioner's request. new text end Financial responsibility may be demonstrated by:

(1) proof of net assets equal to or greater than $50,000; or

(2) a performance bond or insurance of a kind and in an amount determined by the commissioner.

(b) The bond or insurance must cover a period of time at least equal to the term of the deleted text begin applicant's deleted text end new text begin applicator's new text end license. The commissioner must immediately suspend the license of deleted text begin a person deleted text end new text begin an applicator new text end who fails to maintain the required bond or insurance. The performance bond or insurance policy must contain a provision requiring the insurance or bonding company to notify the commissioner by ten days before the effective date of cancellation, termination, or any other change of the bond or insurance. If there is recovery against the bond or insurance, additional coverage must be secured new text begin by the applicator new text end to maintain financial responsibility equal to the original amount required.

(c) An employee of a licensed person is not required to maintain an insurance policy or bond during the time the employer is maintaining the required insurance or bond.

(d) Applications for reinstatement of a license suspended under the provisions of this section must be accompanied by proof of satisfaction of judgments previously rendered.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.33, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

(a) A person may not apply a pesticide for hire without a commercial applicator license for the appropriate use categories or a structural pest control license.

(b) A commercial applicator licensee must have a valid license identification card to purchase a restricted use pesticide or apply pesticides for hire and must display it upon demand by an authorized representative of the commissioner or a law enforcement officer. The commissioner shall prescribe the information required on the license identification card.

(c) A person licensed under this section is considered qualified and is not required to verify, document, or otherwise prove a particular need prior to use, except as required by the federal label.

(d) A person who uses a general-use sanitizer or disinfectant for hire in response to COVID-19 is exempt from the commercial applicator license requirements under this section.

new text begin (e) A person licensed under this section must be 18 years of age or older. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.33, subdivision 5, is amended to read:

Renewal application..

(a) deleted text begin A person deleted text end new text begin An applicator new text end must apply to the commissioner to renew a commercial applicator license. The commissioner may renew a commercial applicator license accompanied by the application fee, subject to reexamination, attendance at deleted text begin workshops deleted text end new text begin a recertification workshop new text end approved by the commissioner, or other requirements imposed by the commissioner to provide the applicator with information regarding changing technology and to help assure a continuing level of competence and ability to use pesticides safely and properly. deleted text begin The applicant deleted text end new text begin A recertification workshop must meet or exceed the competency standards in Code of Federal Regulations, title 40, part 171. Competency standards for a recertification workshop must be published on the Department of Agriculture website. Upon the receipt of an applicator's renewal application, the commissioner may require the applicator to attend a recertification workshop. Depending on the application category, the commissioner may require an applicator to complete a recertification workshop once per year, once every two years, or once every three years. If the commissioner requires an applicator to attend a recertification workshop and the applicator fails to attend the workshop, the commissioner may require the applicator to pass a reexamination. An applicator new text end may renew a commercial applicator license within 12 months after expiration of the license without having to meet initial testing requirements. The commissioner may require new text begin an new text end additional demonstration of applicator qualification if deleted text begin a person deleted text end new text begin the applicator new text end has had a license suspended or revoked or has had a history of violations of this chapter.

(b) An deleted text begin applicant deleted text end new text begin applicator new text end that meets renewal requirements by reexamination instead of attending deleted text begin workshops deleted text end new text begin a recertification workshop new text end must pay the equivalent workshop fee for the reexamination as determined by the commissioner.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.33, subdivision 6, is amended to read:

(a) deleted text begin A commercial applicator license may not be issued unless the applicant furnishes proof of financial responsibility. deleted text end The new text begin commissioner may suspend or revoke an applicator's commercial applicator license if the applicator fails to provide proof of financial responsibility upon the commissioner's request. new text end Financial responsibility may be demonstrated by: (1) proof of net assets equal to or greater than $50,000; or (2) by a performance bond or insurance of the kind and in an amount determined by the commissioner.

(c) An employee of a licensed deleted text begin person deleted text end new text begin applicator new text end is not required to maintain an insurance policy or bond during the time the employer is maintaining the required insurance or bond.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.34, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

(a) Except for a licensed commercial applicator, certified private applicator, or licensed structural pest control applicator, a person, including a government employee, may not purchase or use a restricted use pesticide in performance of official duties without having a noncommercial applicator license for an appropriate use category.

(b) A licensee must have a valid license identification card when applying pesticides and must display it upon demand by an authorized representative of the commissioner or a law enforcement officer. The license identification card must contain information required by the commissioner.

new text begin (d) A person licensed under this section must be 18 years of age or older. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.34, subdivision 4, is amended to read:

(a) deleted text begin A person deleted text end new text begin An applicator new text end must apply to the commissioner to renew a noncommercial applicator license. The commissioner may renew a license subject to reexamination, attendance at deleted text begin workshops deleted text end new text begin a recertification workshop new text end approved by the commissioner, or other requirements imposed by the commissioner to provide the applicator with information regarding changing technology and to help assure a continuing level of competence and ability to use pesticides safely and properly. new text begin A recertification workshop must meet or exceed the competency standards in Code of Federal Regulations, title 40, part 171. Competency standards for a recertification website must be published on the Department of Agriculture website. Upon the receipt of an applicator's renewal application, the commissioner may require the applicator to attend a recertification workshop. Depending on the application category, the commissioner may require an applicator to complete a recertification workshop once per year, once every two years, or once every three years. If the commissioner requires an applicator to attend a recertification workshop and the applicator fails to attend the workshop, the commissioner may require the applicator to pass a reexamination. new text end The commissioner may require an additional demonstration of applicator qualification if the applicator has had a license suspended or revoked or has otherwise had a history of violations of this chapter.

(c) An deleted text begin applicant deleted text end new text begin applicator new text end has 12 months to renew the license after expiration without having to meet initial testing requirements.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.35, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

Establishment..

(a) The commissioner may establish categories of structural pest control, commercial applicator, deleted text begin and deleted text end noncommercial applicator licenses deleted text begin for administering and enforcing this chapter. deleted text end new text begin , and private applicator certification consistent with federal requirements in Code of Federal Regulations, title 40, sections 171.101 and 171.105, including but not limited to the federal categories that are applicable to the state. Application categories must meet or exceed the competency standards in Code of Federal Regulations, title 40, part 171. Competency standards for application categories must be published on the Department of Agriculture website. new text end The categories may include pest control operators and ornamental, agricultural, aquatic, forest, and right-of-way pesticide applicators. Separate subclassifications of categories may be specified as to ground, aerial, or manual methods to apply pesticides or to the use of pesticides to control insects, plant diseases, rodents, or weeds.

(b) Each category is subject to separate testing procedures and requirements.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.36, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

(a) Except for a licensed commercial or noncommercial applicator, only a certified private applicator may use a restricted use pesticide to produce an agricultural commodity:

(1) as a traditional exchange of services without financial compensation;

(2) on a site owned, rented, or managed by the person or the person's employees; or

(3) when the private applicator is one of two or fewer employees and the owner or operator is a certified private applicator or is licensed as a noncommercial applicator.

(b) A person may not purchase a restricted use pesticide without presenting a license card, certified private applicator card, or the card number.

(c) A person certified under this section is considered qualified and is not required to verify, document, or otherwise prove a particular need prior to use, except as required by the federal label.

new text begin (d) A person certified under this section must be 18 years of age or older. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.36, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

Certification..

(a) The commissioner shall prescribe certification requirements and provide training that meets or exceeds United States Environmental Protection Agency standards to certify private applicators and provide information relating to changing technology to help ensure a continuing level of competency and ability to use pesticides properly and safely. new text begin Private applicator certification requirements and training must meet or exceed the competency standards in Code of Federal Regulations, title 40, part 171. Competency standards for private applicator certification and training must be published on the Department of Agriculture website. new text end The training may be done through cooperation with other government agencies and must be a minimum of three hours in duration.

(b) A person must apply to the commissioner for certification as a private applicator. After completing the certification requirements, which must include deleted text begin an deleted text end new text begin a proctored new text end examination as determined by the commissioner, an applicant must be certified as a private applicator to use restricted use pesticides. The certification shall expire March 1 of the third calendar year after the initial year of certification.

(c) The commissioner shall issue a private applicator card to a private applicator.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.37, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

Commercial and noncommercial applicators..

(a) A commercial or noncommercial applicator deleted text begin , deleted text end or the applicator's authorized agent deleted text begin , deleted text end must maintain a record of pesticides used on each site. Noncommercial applicators must keep records of restricted use pesticides. The record must include the:

(1) date of the pesticide use;

(2) time the pesticide application was completed;

(3) brand name of the pesticide, the United States Environmental Protection Agency registration number, and rate used;

(4) number of units treated;

(5) temperature, wind speed, and wind direction;

(6) location of the site where the pesticide was applied;

(7) name and address of the customer;

(8) name of applicator, name of company, license number of applicator, and address of applicator company; and

(9) any other information required by the commissioner.

(b) Portions of records not relevant to a specific type of application may be omitted upon approval from the commissioner.

(c) All information for this record requirement must be contained in a document for each pesticide application, except a map may be attached to identify treated areas. An invoice containing the required information may constitute the required record. The commissioner shall make sample forms available to meet the requirements of this paragraph.

(d) The record must be completed no later than five days after the application of the pesticide.

(e) A commercial applicator must give a copy of the record to the customer.

(f) Records must be retained by the applicator, company, or authorized agent for five years after the date of treatment.

new text begin (g) A record of a commercial or noncommercial applicator must meet or exceed the requirements in Code of Federal Regulations, title 40, part 171. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18B.37, subdivision 3, is amended to read:

Structural pest control applicators..

(a) A structural pest control applicator must maintain a record of each structural pest control application conducted by that person or by the person's employees. The record must include the:

(1) date of structural pest control application;

(2) target pest;

(3) brand name of the pesticide, United States Environmental Protection Agency registration number, and amount used;

(4) for fumigation, the temperature and exposure time;

(5) time the pesticide application was completed;

(6) name and address of the customer;

(7) name of structural pest control applicator, name of company and address of applicator or company, and license number of applicator; and

(8) any other information required by the commissioner.

(b) All information for this record requirement must be contained in a document for each pesticide application. An invoice containing the required information may constitute the record.

(c) The record must be completed no later than five days after the application of the pesticide.

(d) Records must be retained for five years after the date of treatment.

(e) A copy of the record must be given to a person who ordered the application that is present at the site where the structural pest control application is conducted, placed in a conspicuous location at the site where the structural pest control application is conducted immediately after the application of the pesticides, or delivered to the person who ordered an application or the owner of the site. The commissioner must make sample forms available that meet the requirements of this subdivision.

(f) A structural applicator must post in a conspicuous place inside a renter's apartment where a pesticide application has occurred a list of postapplication precautions contained on the label of the pesticide that was applied in the apartment and any other information required by the commissioner.

new text begin (g) A record of a structural applicator must meet or exceed the requirements in Code of Federal Regulations, title 40, part 171. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18C.005, is amended by adding a subdivision to read:

New text begin subd. 1c. new text end, new text begin beneficial substance. new text end.

new text begin "Beneficial substance" means any substance or compound other than a primary, secondary, and micro plant nutrient, and excluding pesticides, that can be demonstrated by scientific research to be beneficial to one or more species of plants, soil, or media. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18C.005, subdivision 33, is amended to read:

Soil amendment..

"Soil amendment" means a substance intended to improve the structural, physical, new text begin chemical, biochemical, new text end or biological characteristics of the soil or modify organic matter at or near the soil surface, except fertilizers, agricultural liming materials, pesticides, and other materials exempted by the commissioner's rules.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18C.115, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

Adoption of national standards..

Applicable national standards contained in the deleted text begin 1996 official publication, number 49, deleted text end new text begin most recently published version of the official publication new text end of the Association of American Plant Food Control Officials including the rules and regulations, statements of uniform interpretation and policy, and the official fertilizer terms and definitions, and not otherwise adopted by the commissioner, may be adopted as fertilizer rules of this state.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18C.215, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

Packaged fertilizers..

(a) A person may not sell or distribute specialty fertilizer in bags or other containers in this state unless a label is placed on or affixed to the bag or container stating in a clear, legible, and conspicuous form the following information:

(1) the net weight new text begin and volume, if applicable new text end ;

(2) the brand and grade, except the grade is not required if primary nutrients are not claimed;

(3) the guaranteed analysis;

(4) the name and address of the guarantor;

(5) directions for use, except directions for use are not required for custom blend specialty fertilizers; and

(6) a derivatives statement.

(b) A person may not sell or distribute fertilizer for agricultural purposes in bags or other containers in this state unless a label is placed on or affixed to the bag or container stating in a clear, legible, and conspicuous form the information listed in paragraph (a), clauses (1) to (4), except:

(1) the grade is not required if primary nutrients are not claimed; and

(2) the grade on the label is optional if the fertilizer is used only for agricultural purposes and the guaranteed analysis statement is shown in the complete form as in section 18C.211 .

(c) The labeled information must appear:

(1) on the front or back side of the container;

(2) on the upper one-third of the side of the container;

(3) on the upper end of the container; or

(4) printed on a tag affixed to the upper end of the container.

(d) If a person sells a custom blend specialty fertilizer in bags or other containers, the information required in paragraph (a) must either be affixed to the bag or container as required in paragraph (c) or be furnished to the customer on an invoice or delivery ticket in written or printed form.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18C.221, is amended to read:

18c.221 fertilizer plant food content..

(a) Products that are deficient in plant food content are subject to this subdivision.

(b) An analysis must show that a fertilizer is deficient:

(1) in one or more of its guaranteed primary plant nutrients beyond the investigational allowances and compensations as established by regulation; or

(2) if the overall index value of the fertilizer is shown below the level established by rule.

(c) A deficiency in an official sample of mixed fertilizer resulting from nonuniformity is not distinguishable from a deficiency due to actual plant nutrient shortage and is properly subject to official action.

(d) For the purpose of determining the commercial index value to be applied, the commissioner shall determine at least annually the values per unit of nitrogen, available deleted text begin phosphoric acid deleted text end new text begin phosphate new text end , and soluble potash in fertilizers in this state.

(e) If a fertilizer in the possession of the consumer is found by the commissioner to be short in weight, the registrant or licensee of the fertilizer must submit a penalty payment of two times the value of the actual shortage to the consumer within 30 days after official notice from the commissioner.

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 18C.425, subdivision 6, is amended to read:

Payment of inspection fee..

(a) The person who registers and distributes in the state a specialty fertilizer, soil amendment, or plant amendment under section 18C.411 shall pay the inspection fee to the commissioner.

(b) The person licensed under section 18C.415 who distributes a fertilizer to a person not required to be so licensed shall pay the inspection fee to the commissioner, except as exempted under section 18C.421, subdivision 1 , paragraph (b).

(c) The person responsible for payment of the inspection fees for fertilizers, soil amendments, or plant amendments sold and used in this state must pay the inspection fee set under paragraph (e), and until June 30, deleted text begin 2024 deleted text end new text begin 2029 new text end , an additional 40 cents per ton, of fertilizer, soil amendment, and plant amendment sold or distributed in this state, with a minimum of $10 on all tonnage reports. Notwithstanding section 18C.131 , the commissioner must deposit all revenue from the additional 40 cents per ton fee in the agricultural fertilizer research and education account in section 18C.80 . Products sold or distributed to manufacturers or exchanged between them are exempt from the inspection fee imposed by this subdivision if the products are used exclusively for manufacturing purposes.

(d) A registrant or licensee must retain invoices showing proof of fertilizer, plant amendment, or soil amendment distribution amounts and inspection fees paid for a period of three years.

(e) By commissioner's order, the commissioner must set the inspection fee at no less than 39 cents per ton and no more than 70 cents per ton. The commissioner must hold a public meeting before increasing the fee by more than five cents per ton.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18C.70, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

Establishment; membership..

(a) The Minnesota Agricultural Fertilizer Research and Education Council is established. The council is composed of deleted text begin 12 deleted text end new text begin 15 new text end voting members as follows:

(1) deleted text begin two members deleted text end new text begin one member new text end of the Minnesota Crop Production Retailers;

(2) one member of the Minnesota Corn Growers Association;

(3) one member of the Minnesota Soybean Growers Association;

(4) one member of the sugar beet growers industry;

(5) one member of the Minnesota Association of Wheat Growers;

(6) one member of the potato growers industry;

(7) one member of the Minnesota Farm Bureau;

(8) one member of the Minnesota Farmers Union;

(9) one member from the Minnesota Irrigators Association;

(10) one member of the Minnesota Grain and Feed Association; deleted text begin and deleted text end

(11) one member of the Minnesota Independent Crop Consultant Association or the Minnesota certified crop advisor program new text begin ; new text end

new text begin (12) one member representing the Minnesota Institute for Sustainable Agriculture; new text end

new text begin (13) one member of the Minnesota Soil Health Coalition; new text end

new text begin (14) one member who is an expert in public health; and new text end

new text begin (15) one member who is an expert in water quality and has performed scientific research on water issues new text end .

(b) Council members shall serve three-year terms. After the initial council is appointed, subsequent appointments must be staggered so that one-third of council membership is replaced each year. Council members must be deleted text begin nominated by their organizations and deleted text end appointed by the commissioner new text begin and, except for the members specified under paragraph (a), clauses (14) and (15), nominated by their organizations new text end . The council may add ex officio members at its discretion. The council must meet at least once per year, with all related expenses reimbursed by members' sponsoring organizations or by the members themselves.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18C.70, subdivision 5, is amended to read:

Expiration..

This section expires June 30, deleted text begin 2025 deleted text end new text begin 2030 new text end .

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18C.71, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

Eligible projects..

Eligible project activities include research, education, and technology transfer related to the production and application of fertilizer, soil amendments, and other plant amendments new text begin , regenerative agriculture, and the protection of clean water new text end . Chosen projects must contain a component of outreach that achieves a timely dissemination of findings and their applicability to the production agricultural community or metropolitan fertilizer users.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18C.71, is amended by adding a subdivision to read:

New text begin priorities and guidance. new text end.

new text begin The council must develop or update research priorities and request guidance related to: new text end

new text begin (1) the availability of nitrogen by manure type and livestock species based on management; and new text end

new text begin (2) manure management and fertilizer best management practices for areas where surface water or groundwater are vulnerable to nitrate losses, including the adjustment of practices based on vulnerability such as coarse textured soils, soils with shallow bedrock, and karst geology. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18C.71, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

Awarding grants..

Applications for program grants must be submitted in the form prescribed by the Minnesota Agricultural Fertilizer Research and Education Council. Applications must be submitted on or before the deadline prescribed by the council. All applications are subject to a thorough in-state review by a peer committee established and approved by the council. Each project meeting the basic qualifications is subject to a yes or no vote by each council member. Projects chosen to receive funding must achieve an affirmative vote from at least deleted text begin eight deleted text end new text begin ten new text end of the deleted text begin 12 deleted text end new text begin 15 new text end council members or two-thirds of voting members present. Projects awarded program funds must submit an annual progress report in the form prescribed by the council.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 18C.71, subdivision 4, is amended to read:

Minnesota statutes 2022, section 18c.80, subdivision 2, is amended to read:, minnesota statutes 2022, section 18d.301, subdivision 1, is amended to read:, enforcement required..

(a) The commissioner shall enforce this chapter and chapters 18B, 18C, and 18F.

(b) Violations of chapter 18B, 18C, or 18F or rules adopted under chapter 18B, 18C, or 18F new text begin , or section 103H.275, subdivision 2, new text end are a violation of this chapter.

(c) Upon the request of the commissioner, county attorneys, sheriffs, and other officers having authority in the enforcement of the general criminal laws shall take action to the extent of their authority necessary or proper for the enforcement of this chapter or special orders, standards, stipulations, and agreements of the commissioner.

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 18K.06, is amended to read:

18k.06 rulemaking..

(a) The commissioner deleted text begin shall adopt rules governing the production, testing, processing, and licensing of industrial hemp. Notwithstanding the two-year limitation for exempt rules under section 14.388, subdivision 1 , Minnesota Rules, chapter 1565, published in the State Register on August 16, 2021, is effective until August 16, 2025, or until permanent rules implementing chapter 18K are adopted, whichever occurs first deleted text end new text begin may adopt or amend rules governing the production, testing, processing, and licensing of industrial hemp using the procedure in section 14.386, paragraph (a). Section 14.386, paragraph (b), does not apply to rules adopted or amended under this section new text end .

(b) Rules adopted under paragraph (a) must include but not be limited to provisions governing:

(1) the supervision and inspection of industrial hemp during its growth and harvest;

(2) the testing of industrial hemp to determine delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol levels;

(3) the use of background check results required under section 18K.04 to approve or deny a license application; and

(4) any other provision or procedure necessary to carry out the purposes of this chapter.

(c) Rules issued under this section must be consistent with federal law regarding the production, distribution, and sale of industrial hemp.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 28A.10, is amended to read:

28a.10 posting of license; rules..

All such licenses shall be issued for a period of one year and shall be posted or displayed in a conspicuous place at the place of business so licensed. deleted text begin Except as provided in sections 29.22, subdivision 4 and 31.39 , all such license fees and penalties collected by the commissioner shall be deposited into the state treasury and credited to the general fund. deleted text end The commissioner may adopt such rules in conformity with law as the commissioner deems necessary to effectively and efficiently carry out the provisions of sections 28A.01 to 28A.16 .

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 28A.151, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

(a) For purposes of this section, the following terms have the meanings given them.

(b) "Farmers' market" means an association of three or more persons who assemble at a defined location that is open to the public for the purpose of selling deleted text begin directly to the consumer the deleted text end products of a farm or garden occupied and cultivated by the person selling the product.

(c) "Food product sampling" means distributing to individuals at a farmers' market or community event, for promotional or educational purposes, small portions of a food item that include as a main ingredient a product sold by the vendor deleted text begin at the farmers' market or community event deleted text end . For purposes of this subdivision, "small portion" means a portion that is no more than three ounces of food or beverage.

(d) "Food product demonstration" means cooking or preparing food products to distribute to individuals at a farmers' market or community event for promotional or educational purposes.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 28A.151, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

Food sampling and demonstration..

new text begin (a) Food used in sampling and demonstration must be obtained from sources that comply with Minnesota Food Law. new text end

new text begin (b) Raw animal, raw poultry, and raw fish products must not be served as samples. new text end

new text begin (c) Food product sampling or food product demonstrations, including cooked animal, poultry, or fish products, must be prepared on site at the event. new text end

new text begin (d) Animal or poultry products used for food product sampling or food product demonstrations must be from animals slaughtered under continuous inspection, either by the USDA or through Minnesota's "Equal-to" inspection program. new text end

new text begin (e) new text end The licensing provisions of sections 28A.01 to 28A.16 shall not apply to persons engaged in food product sampling or food product demonstrations.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 28A.151, subdivision 3, is amended to read:

Food required to be provided at no cost..

Food provided through food product sampling or food product demonstrations must be provided at no cost to the individual new text begin recipient of a sample new text end .

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 28A.151, subdivision 5, is amended to read:

Food safety and equipment standards..

new text begin (a) new text end Any person conducting food product sampling or food product demonstrations shall meet the same food safety and equipment standards that are required of a special event food stand in Minnesota Rules, parts 4626.1855 , items B to O, Q, and R; and 4626.0330 .

new text begin (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a), a handwashing device is not required when only prepackaged food samples are offered. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 28A.151, is amended by adding a subdivision to read:

New text begin subd. 7. new text end, new text begin signage. new text end.

new text begin A food product provided through food product sampling or food product demonstrations must be accompanied by a legible sign or placard that lists the product's ingredients and major food allergens. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 28A.21, subdivision 6, is amended to read:

This section expires June 30, deleted text begin 2027 deleted text end new text begin 2037 new text end .

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 31.74, is amended to read:

31.74 deleted text begin sale of imitation deleted text end honey., honey defined..

As used in this section "honey" means the nectar and saccharine exudation of plants, gathered, modified and stored in the comb by honey bees, which is levorotatory, contains not more than 25 percent of water, not more than 25/100 percent of ash, and not more than eight percent sucrose.

Prohibited sale.

Notwithstanding any law or rule to the contrary, it is unlawful for any person to sell or offer for sale any product which is in semblance of honey and which is labeled, advertised, or otherwise represented to be honey, if it is not honey. The word "imitation" shall not be used in the name of a product which is in semblance of honey whether or not it contains any honey. The label for a product which is not in semblance of honey and which contains honey may include the word "honey" in the name of the product and the relative position of the word "honey" in the product name, and in the list of ingredients, when required, shall be determined by its prominence as an ingredient in the product.

new text begin Subd. 4. new text end

New text begin food consisting of honey and another sweetener. new text end.

new text begin Consistent with the federal act, the federal regulations incorporated under section 31.101, subdivision 7, and the prohibition against misbranding in sections 31.02 and 34A.03, the label for a food in semblance of honey and consisting of honey and another sweetener must include but is not limited to the following elements: new text end

new text begin (1) a statement of identity that accurately identifies or describes the nature of the food or its characterizing properties or ingredients; and new text end

new text begin (2) the common or usual name of each ingredient in the ingredient statement, in descending order of predominance by weight. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 31.94, is amended to read:

31.94 organic agriculture; commissioner duties..

(a) In order to promote opportunities for organic agriculture in Minnesota, the commissioner shall:

(1) survey producers and support services and organizations to determine information and research needs in the area of organic agriculture practices;

(2) work with the University of Minnesota and other research and education institutions to demonstrate the on-farm applicability of organic agriculture practices to conditions in this state;

(3) direct the programs of the department so as to work toward the promotion of organic agriculture in this state;

(4) inform agencies about state or federal programs that support organic agriculture practices; and

(5) work closely with producers, producer organizations, the University of Minnesota, and other appropriate agencies and organizations to identify opportunities and needs as well as ensure coordination and avoid duplication of state agency efforts regarding research, teaching, marketing, and extension work relating to organic agriculture.

(b) By November 15 of each year that ends in a zero or a five, the commissioner, in conjunction with the task force created in paragraph (c), shall report on the status of organic agriculture in Minnesota to the legislative policy and finance committees and divisions with jurisdiction over agriculture. The report must include available data on organic acreage and production, available data on the sales or market performance of organic products, and recommendations regarding programs, policies, and research efforts that will benefit Minnesota's organic agriculture sector.

(c) A Minnesota Organic Advisory Task Force shall advise the commissioner and the University of Minnesota on policies and programs that will improve organic agriculture in Minnesota, including how available resources can most effectively be used for outreach, education, research, and technical assistance that meet the needs of the organic agriculture sector. The task force must consist of the following residents of the state:

(1) three organic farmers;

(2) one wholesaler or distributor of organic products;

(3) one representative of organic certification agencies;

(4) two organic processors;

(5) one representative from University of Minnesota Extension;

(6) one University of Minnesota faculty member;

(7) one representative from a nonprofit organization representing producers;

(8) two public members;

(9) one representative from the United States Department of Agriculture;

(10) one retailer of organic products; and

(11) one organic consumer representative.

The commissioner, in consultation with the director of the Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station; the dean and director of University of Minnesota Extension and the dean of the College of Food, Agricultural and Natural Resource Sciences, shall appoint members to serve three-year terms.

Compensation and removal of members are governed by section 15.059, subdivision 6 . The task force must meet at least twice each year and expires on June 30, deleted text begin 2024 deleted text end new text begin 2034 new text end .

(d) For the purposes of expanding, improving, and developing production and marketing of the organic products of Minnesota agriculture, the commissioner may receive funds from state and federal sources and spend them, including through grants or contracts, to assist producers and processors to achieve certification, to conduct education or marketing activities, to enter into research and development partnerships, or to address production or marketing obstacles to the growth and well-being of the industry.

(e) The commissioner may facilitate the registration of state organic production and handling operations including those exempt from organic certification according to Code of Federal Regulations, title 7, section 205.101, and accredited certification agencies operating within the state.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 32D.30, is amended to read:

32d.30 dairy development and profitability enhancement..

The commissioner must implement a dairy development and profitability enhancement program consisting of new text begin a new text end dairy profitability enhancement deleted text begin teams and deleted text end new text begin program, new text end dairy business planning grants new text begin , and other services to support the dairy industry new text end .

Dairy profitability enhancement deleted text begin teams deleted text end new text begin program new text end .

(a) new text begin The new text end dairy profitability enhancement deleted text begin teams deleted text end new text begin program new text end must provide deleted text begin one-on-one deleted text end information and technical assistance to dairy farms of all sizes to enhance their financial success and long-term sustainability. deleted text begin Teams deleted text end new text begin The program new text end must assist dairy producers in all dairy-producing regions of the state deleted text begin and deleted text end new text begin . new text end new text begin Assistance to producers from the program new text end may deleted text begin consist of deleted text end new text begin be provided individually, as a team, or through other methods by new text end farm business management instructors, dairy extension specialists, and other dairy industry partners. deleted text begin Teams deleted text end new text begin The program new text end may engage in activities deleted text begin including deleted text end new text begin such as new text end comprehensive financial analysis, risk management education, enhanced milk marketing tools and technologies, deleted text begin and deleted text end facilitating or improving production systems new text begin , new text end including rotational grazing and other sustainable agriculture methods new text begin , and value-added opportunities new text end .

(b) The commissioner must make grants to regional or statewide organizations qualified to manage the various components of the deleted text begin teams deleted text end new text begin program and serve as program administrators new text end . Each regional or statewide organization must designate a coordinator responsible for overseeing the program and submitting periodic reports to the commissioner regarding aggregate changes in producer financial stability, productivity, product quality, animal health, environmental protection, and other performance measures attributable to the program. The organizations must submit this information in a format that maintains the confidentiality of individual dairy producers.

Dairy business planning grants.

The commissioner may award dairy business planning grants of up to $5,000 per producer new text begin or dairy processor new text end to deleted text begin develop comprehensive business plans deleted text end new text begin use technical assistance services for evaluating operations, transitional changes, expansions, improvements, and other business modifications new text end . Producers new text begin and processors new text end must not use dairy business planning grants for capital improvements.

Funding allocation.

Except as specified in law, the commissioner may allocate dairy development and profitability enhancement program dollars deleted text begin among deleted text end new text begin for new text end the permissible uses specified in this section new text begin and other needs to support the dairy industry new text end , including efforts to improve the quality of milk produced in the state, in the proportions that the commissioner deems most beneficial to the state's dairy farmers.

No later than July 1 each year, the commissioner must submit a detailed accomplishment report and work plan detailing future plans for, and the actual and anticipated accomplishments from, expenditures under this section to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees and divisions with jurisdiction over agriculture policy and finance. If the commissioner significantly modifies a submitted work plan during the fiscal year, the commissioner must notify the chairs and ranking minority members.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 41B.039, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

State participation..

The state may participate in a new real estate loan with an eligible lender to a beginning farmer to the extent of 45 percent of the principal amount of the loan or deleted text begin $400,000 deleted text end new text begin $500,000 new text end , whichever is less. The interest rates and repayment terms of the authority's participation interest may be different than the interest rates and repayment terms of the lender's retained portion of the loan.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 41B.04, subdivision 8, is amended to read:

With respect to loans that are eligible for restructuring under sections 41B.01 to 41B.23 and upon acceptance by the authority, the authority shall enter into a participation agreement or other financial arrangement whereby it shall participate in a restructured loan to the extent of 45 percent of the primary principal or deleted text begin $525,000 deleted text end new text begin $625,000 new text end , whichever is less. The authority's portion of the loan must be protected during the authority's participation by the first mortgage held by the eligible lender to the extent of its participation in the loan.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 41B.042, subdivision 4, is amended to read:

Participation limit; interest..

The authority may participate in new seller-sponsored loans to the extent of 45 percent of the principal amount of the loan or deleted text begin $400,000 deleted text end new text begin $500,000 new text end , whichever is less. The interest rates and repayment terms of the authority's participation interest may be different than the interest rates and repayment terms of the seller's retained portion of the loan.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 41B.043, subdivision 1b, is amended to read:

Loan participation..

The authority may participate in an agricultural improvement loan with an eligible lender to a farmer who meets the requirements of section 41B.03, subdivision 1 , clauses (1) and (2), and who is actively engaged in farming. Participation is limited to 45 percent of the principal amount of the loan or deleted text begin $400,000 deleted text end new text begin $500,000 new text end , whichever is less. The interest rates and repayment terms of the authority's participation interest may be different than the interest rates and repayment terms of the lender's retained portion of the loan.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 41B.045, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

The authority may participate in a livestock expansion and modernization loan with an eligible lender to a livestock farmer who meets the requirements of section 41B.03, subdivision 1 , clauses (1) and (2), and who are actively engaged in a livestock operation. A prospective borrower must have a total net worth, including assets and liabilities of the borrower's spouse and dependents, of less than $1,700,000 in 2017 and an amount in subsequent years which is adjusted for inflation by multiplying that amount by the cumulative inflation rate as determined by the United States All-Items Consumer Price Index.

Participation is limited to 45 percent of the principal amount of the loan or deleted text begin $525,000 deleted text end new text begin $625,000 new text end , whichever is less. The interest rates and repayment terms of the authority's participation interest may be different from the interest rates and repayment terms of the lender's retained portion of the loan.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 41B.047, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

The authority shall establish and implement a disaster recovery loan program to help farmers:

(1) clean up, repair, or replace farm structures and septic and water systems, as well as replace seed, other crop inputs, feed, and livestock;

(2) purchase watering systems, irrigation systems, deleted text begin and deleted text end other drought mitigation systems and practices new text begin , and feed new text end when drought is the cause of the purchase;

(3) restore farmland;

(4) replace flocks or livestock, make building improvements, or cover the loss of revenue when the replacement, improvements, or loss of revenue is due to the confirmed presence of a highly contagious animal disease in a commercial poultry or game flock, or a commercial livestock operation, located in Minnesota; or

(5) cover the loss of revenue when the revenue loss is due to an infectious human disease for which the governor has declared a peacetime emergency under section 12.31 .

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 232.21, subdivision 3, is amended to read:

Commissioner..

"Commissioner" means the commissioner of agriculture new text begin or the commissioner's designee new text end .

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 232.21, subdivision 7, is amended to read:

"Grain" means any deleted text begin cereal grain, coarse grain, or oilseed in unprocessed form for which a standard has been established by the United States Secretary of Agriculture, dry edible beans, or agricultural crops designated by the commissioner by rule deleted text end new text begin product commonly referred to as grain, including wheat, corn, oats, barley, rye, rice, soybeans, emmer, sorghum, triticale, millet, pulses, dry edible beans, sunflower seed, rapeseed, canola, safflower, flaxseed, mustard seed, crambe, sesame seed, and other products ordinarily stored in grain warehouses new text end .

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 232.21, subdivision 11, is amended to read:

"Producer" means a person who deleted text begin owns or manages a grain producing or growing operation and holds or shares the responsibility for marketing that grain produced deleted text end new text begin grows grain on land owned or leased by the person new text end .

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 232.21, subdivision 12, is amended to read:

Public grain warehouse operator..

"Public grain warehouse operator" means new text begin : (1) new text end a person deleted text begin licensed to operate deleted text end new text begin operating new text end a grain warehouse in which grain belonging to persons other than the grain warehouse operator is accepted for storage or purchase deleted text begin , or deleted text end new text begin ; (2) a person new text end who offers grain storage or grain warehouse facilities to the public for hire new text begin ; new text end or new text begin (3) new text end a feed-processing plant that receives and stores grain, the equivalent of which deleted text begin , deleted text end it processes and returns to the grain's owner in amounts, at intervals, and with added ingredients that are mutually agreeable to the grain's owner and the person operating the plant.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 232.21, subdivision 13, is amended to read:

Scale ticket..

"Scale ticket" means a memorandum showing the weight deleted text begin , grade deleted text end and kind of grain which is issued by a grain new text begin elevator or new text end warehouse operator to a depositor at the time the grain is delivered.

new text begin [346.021] FINDER TO GIVE NOTICE. new text end

new text begin A person who finds an estray and knows who owns the estray must notify the estray's owner within seven days after finding the estray and request that the owner pay all reasonable charges and take the estray away. A finder who does not know who owns an estray must either: new text end

new text begin (1) within ten days, file a notice with the town or city clerk and post a physical or online notice of the finding of the estray. The notice must briefly describe the estray or provide a photograph of the estray, provide the residence or contact information of the finder, and provide the approximate location and time when the finder found the estray; or new text end

new text begin (2) within seven days, surrender the estray to a local animal control agency or to a kennel as defined in section 347.31, subdivision 2. new text end

Laws 2023, chapter 43, article 2, section 142, subdivision 9, is amended to read:

Minnesota Statutes 2022, sections 17.984; 32D.03, subdivision 5; 32D.24; 32D.25 new text begin , subdivision 1 new text end ; 32D.26; 32D.27; and 32D.28, are repealed.

new text begin REVIVAL AND REENACTMENT. new text end

new text begin Minnesota Statutes, section 32D.25, subdivision 2, is revived and reenacted effective retroactively from July 1, 2023. new text end

new text begin REPORT REQUIRED; COOPERATIVE FINANCIAL REPORTING. new text end

new text begin The commissioner of agriculture shall convene a cooperative financial reporting workgroup, which must include producers who sell to a cooperative and representatives from cooperative management. The commissioner shall develop recommendations relating to requirements for cooperatives to report on financial conditions and report back with recommendations to the legislative committees with jurisdiction over agriculture by January 3, 2025. Participating stakeholders must be given an opportunity to include written testimony to the legislative committees in the commissioner's report. new text end

new text begin COMMERCIAL APPLICATOR LICENSE EXAMINATION LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS. new text end

new text begin By January 1, 2025, the commissioner of agriculture must ensure that examinations for a commercial applicator license under Minnesota Statutes, section 18B.33, are available in Spanish and that applicants are informed that the examinations can be taken in Spanish. The commissioner must use money appropriated from the pesticide regulatory account under Minnesota Statutes, section 18B.05, for this purpose. new text end

new text begin CREDIT MARKET REPORT REQUIRED. new text end

new text begin The commissioner of agriculture must convene a stakeholder working group to explore the state establishing a market for carbon credits, ecosystem services credits, or other credits generated by farmers who implement clean water, climate-smart, and soil-healthy farming practices. To the extent practicable, the stakeholder working group must include but is not limited to farmers; representatives of agricultural organizations; experts in geoscience, carbon storage, greenhouse gas modeling, and agricultural economics; industry representatives with experience in carbon markets and supply chain sustainability; and representatives of environmental organizations with expertise in carbon sequestration and agriculture. No later than February 1, 2025, the commissioner must report recommendations to the legislative committees with jurisdiction over agriculture. The commissioner must provide participating stakeholders an opportunity to include written testimony in the commissioner's report. new text end

new text begin REPEALER. new text end

new text begin (a) new text end new text begin Minnesota Statutes 2022, sections 3.7371, subdivision 7; and 34.07, new text end new text begin are repealed. new text end

new text begin (b) new text end new text begin Minnesota Rules, parts 1506.0010; 1506.0015; 1506.0020; 1506.0025; 1506.0030; 1506.0035; and 1506.0040, new text end new text begin are repealed. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 116J.396, is amended by adding a subdivision to read:

New text begin transfer. new text end.

new text begin The commissioner may transfer up to $5,000,000 of a fiscal year appropriation between the border-to-border broadband program, low density population broadband program, and the broadband line extension program to meet demand. The commissioner must inform the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees with jurisdiction over broadband finance in writing when this transfer authority is used. The written notice must include how much money was transferred and why the transfer was made. The written notice must also be filed with the Legislative Reference Library in compliance with Minnesota Statutes, section 3.195. new text end

new text begin BROADBAND DEVELOPMENT; APPLICATION FOR FEDERAL FUNDING; APPROPRIATION. new text end

new text begin (a) The commissioner of employment and economic development must prepare and submit an application to the United States Department of Commerce requesting State Digital Equity Capacity Grant funding made available under Public Law 117-58, the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act. new text end

new text begin (b) The amount awarded to Minnesota pursuant to the application submitted under paragraph (a) is appropriated to the commissioner of employment and economic development for purposes of the commissioner's Minnesota Digital Opportunity Plan. new text end

CLIMATE AND ENERGY FINANCE

new text begin The sums shown in the columns marked "Appropriations" are appropriated to the agencies and for the purposes specified in this article. The appropriations are from the general fund, or another named fund, and are available for the fiscal years indicated for each purpose. The figures "2024" and "2025" used in this article mean that the appropriations listed under them are available for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2024, or June 30, 2025, respectively. "The first year" is fiscal year 2024. "The second year" is fiscal year 2025. "The biennium" is fiscal years 2024 and 2025. new text end

new text begin The amounts that may be spent for each purpose are specified in the following subdivisions. new text end

new text begin $500,000 the second year is for the thermal energy network site suitability study under article 6, section 51. This is a onetime appropriation and is available until December 31, 2025. new text end

new text begin $500,000 the second year is for transfer to the SolarAPP+ program account established under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.48, to award incentives to local units of government that deploy federally developed software to automate the review of applications and issuance of permits for residential solar projects. Incentives must be awarded only to local units of government located outside the electric service territory of the public utility subject to Minnesota Statutes, section 116C.779, subdivision 1. This is a onetime transfer and is available until June 30, 2028. new text end

new text begin $133,000 the second year is to (1) participate in a Minnesota Public Utilities Commission proceeding to review electric transmission line owners' plans to deploy grid-enhancing technologies, and (2) issue an order to implement the plans. The base in fiscal year 2026 is $265,000 and the base in fiscal year 2027 is $265,000. The base in fiscal year 2028 is $0. new text end

new text begin (a) $39,000 the second year is to support the Thermal Energy Network Deployment Work Group and prepare a report under article 6, section 49. The base in fiscal year 2026 is $77,000 and the base in fiscal year 2027 is $0. new text end

new text begin (b) $117,000 the second year is to review electric transmission line owners' plans to deploy grid-enhancing technologies and develop a commission order to implement approved plans under article 6, section 52. The base in fiscal year 2026 is $157,000 and the base in fiscal year 2027 is $157,000. The base in fiscal year 2028 is $0. new text end

new text begin (c) $111,000 the second year is to conduct a proceeding to develop a cost-sharing mechanism enabling developers of distributed generation projects to pay utilities to expand distribution line capacity in order to interconnect to the grid. The base in fiscal year 2026 is $111,000 and the base in fiscal year 2027 is $77,000. The base in fiscal year 2028 is $0. new text end

new text begin GRANT ADMINISTRATION REPORTING. new text end

new text begin (a) By July 1, 2024, the commissioner of commerce must report to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees having jurisdiction over energy finance and policy regarding the anticipated costs to administer each named grant and competitive grant program in Laws 2023, chapter 60, article 10, section 2, and Laws 2023, chapter 60, article 11, section 2. new text end

new text begin (b) Within 90 days after each named grantee has fulfilled the obligations of the grantee's grant agreement, the commissioner must report to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees having jurisdiction over energy finance and policy on the final cost to administer (1) each named grant included in paragraph (a), and (2) each named grant in this article and article 5. new text end

new text begin (c) By January 15, 2025, and each year thereafter, the commissioner must report to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees having jurisdiction over energy finance and policy on the annual cost to administer (1) each competitive grant program included in paragraph (a), and (2) each competitive grant program in this article and article 5. new text end

RENEWABLE DEVELOPMENT ACCOUNT APPROPRIATIONS

new text begin The sums shown in the columns marked "Appropriations" are appropriated to the agencies and for the purposes specified in this article. Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section 116C.779, subdivision 1 , paragraph (j), the appropriations are from the renewable development account in the special revenue fund established in Minnesota Statutes, section 116C.779, subdivision 1 , and are available for the fiscal years indicated for each purpose. The figures "2024" and "2025" used in this article mean that the appropriations listed under them are available for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2024, or June 30, 2025, respectively. "The first year" is fiscal year 2024. "The second year" is fiscal year 2025. "The biennium" is fiscal years 2024 and 2025. new text end

new text begin (a) $6,000,000 the second year is for a grant to the Sabathani Community Center in Minneapolis to construct a geothermal energy system that provides space heating and cooling to the center. This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2028. new text end

new text begin (b) For the purposes of this subdivision, "geothermal energy system" means a system composed of: a heat pump that moves a heat-transferring fluid through piping embedded in the earth and absorbs the earth's constant temperature; a heat exchanger; and ductwork to distribute heated and cooled air to a building. new text end

new text begin $1,200,000 the second year is for transfer to the geothermal planning grant account established under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.47, for planning grants to political subdivisions to assess the feasibility and cost of constructing geothermal energy systems. This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2029. new text end

new text begin (a) $500,000 the second year is for a grant to Dakota County for energy efficiency projects that are located in the service area of the public utility subject to Minnesota Statutes, section 116C.779. This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2027. new text end

new text begin (b) For purposes of this subdivision, "energy efficiency project" includes: (1) LED lighting, as defined under Minnesota Statutes, section 216B.241, subdivision 5; (2) solar arrays; or (3) heating, ventilating, or air conditioning system improvements. new text end

new text begin (a) $5,000,000 the second year is for a grant to Recycling and Energy, in partnership with Dem-Con HZI Bioenergy, LLC, to construct an anaerobic energy system in Louisville Township. This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2028. new text end

new text begin (b) For the purposes of this subdivision, "anaerobic energy system" means a facility that uses diverted food and organic waste to create renewable natural gas and biochar. new text end

new text begin $1,500,000 the second year is for transfer to the SolarAPP+ program account established under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.48, to award incentives to local units of government that deploy federally developed software to automate the review of applications and issuance of permits for residential solar projects. Incentives must be awarded only to political subdivisions located within the electric service territory of the public utility that is subject to Minnesota Statutes, section 116C.779, subdivision 1. This is a onetime transfer. new text end

new text begin $250,000 the second year is transferred to the ultraefficient vehicle development grant account under article 6, section 48, to provide grants for developers and producers of ultraefficient vehicles. This is a onetime transfer. new text end

new text begin $1,000,000 the second year is for the carbon dioxide pipelines study under article 6, section 50. This is a onetime appropriation. new text end

ENERGY POLICY

Minnesota statutes 2022, section 103i.621, subdivision 1, is amended to read:.

(a) Notwithstanding any department or agency rule to the contrary, the commissioner shall issue, on request by the owner of the property and payment of the permit fee, permits for the reinjection of water by a properly constructed well into the same aquifer from which the water was drawn for the operation of a groundwater thermal exchange device.

(b) As a condition of the permit, an applicant must agree to allow inspection by the commissioner during regular working hours for department inspectors.

(c) Not more than 200 permits may be issued for small systems deleted text begin having deleted text end new text begin that (1) have new text end maximum capacities of 20 gallons per minute or less new text begin , and (2) are compliant with the natural resource water-use requirements under subdivision 2 new text end . deleted text begin The small systems are subject to inspection twice a year. deleted text end

(d) Not more than deleted text begin ten deleted text end new text begin 100 new text end permits may be issued for larger systems deleted text begin having deleted text end new text begin that (1) have new text end maximum capacities deleted text begin from deleted text end new text begin over new text end 20 deleted text begin to 50 deleted text end gallons per minute new text begin , and (2) are compliant with the natural resource water-use requirements under subdivision 2 new text end . deleted text begin The larger systems are subject to inspection four times a year. deleted text end

(e) A person issued a permit must comply with this section deleted text begin for the permit to be valid. deleted text end new text begin and permit conditions deemed necessary to protect public health and safety of groundwater. Permit conditions may include but are not limited to: new text end

new text begin (1) notification to the commissioner at intervals specified in the permit conditions; new text end

new text begin (2) system operation and maintenance; new text end

new text begin (3) system location and construction; new text end

new text begin (4) well location and construction; new text end

new text begin (5) signage requirements; new text end

new text begin (6) reports of system construction, performance, operation, and maintenance; new text end

new text begin (7) removal of the system upon termination of use or failure; new text end

new text begin (8) disclosure of the system at the time of property transfer; new text end

new text begin (9) requirements to obtain approval from the commissioner prior to deviating from the approval plan and conditions; new text end

new text begin (10) groundwater level monitoring; and new text end

new text begin (11) groundwater quality monitoring. new text end

new text begin (f) The property owner or the property owner's agent must submit to the commissioner a permit application on a form provided by the commissioner, or in a format approved by the commissioner, that provides any information necessary to protect public health and safety of groundwater. new text end

new text begin (g) A permit granted under this section is not valid if a water-use permit is required for the project and is not approved by the commissioner of natural resources. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 103I.621, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

Water-use requirements apply..

Water-use permit requirements and penalties under chapter deleted text begin 103F deleted text end new text begin 103G new text end and related rules adopted and enforced by the commissioner of natural resources apply to groundwater thermal exchange permit recipients. A person who violates a provision of this section is subject to enforcement or penalties for the noncomplying activity that are available to the commissioner and the Pollution Control Agency.

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 116C.779, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

Renewable development account..

(a) The renewable development account is established as a separate account in the special revenue fund in the state treasury. Appropriations and transfers to the account shall be credited to the account. Earnings, such as interest, dividends, and any other earnings arising from assets of the account, shall be credited to the account. Funds remaining in the account at the end of a fiscal year are not canceled to the general fund but remain in the account until expended. The account shall be administered by the commissioner of management and budget as provided under this section.

(b) On July 1, 2017, the public utility that owns the Prairie Island nuclear generating plant must transfer all funds in the renewable development account previously established under this subdivision and managed by the public utility to the renewable development account established in paragraph (a). Funds awarded to grantees in previous grant cycles that have not yet been expended and unencumbered funds required to be paid in calendar year 2017 under paragraphs (f) and (g), and sections 116C.7792 and 216C.41 , are not subject to transfer under this paragraph.

(c) Except as provided in subdivision 1a, beginning January 15, 2018, and continuing each January 15 thereafter, the public utility that owns the Prairie Island nuclear generating plant must transfer to the renewable development account $500,000 each year for each dry cask containing spent fuel that is located at the Prairie Island power plant for each year the plant is in operation, and $7,500,000 each year the plant is not in operation if ordered by the commission pursuant to paragraph (i). The fund transfer must be made if nuclear waste is stored in a dry cask at the independent spent-fuel storage facility at Prairie Island for any part of a year. The total amount transferred annually under this paragraph must be reduced by $3,750,000.

(d) Except as provided in subdivision 1a, beginning January 15, 2018, and continuing each January 15 thereafter, the public utility that owns the Monticello nuclear generating plant must transfer to the renewable development account $350,000 each year for each dry cask containing spent fuel that is located at the Monticello nuclear power plant for each year the plant is in operation, and $5,250,000 each year the plant is not in operation if ordered by the commission pursuant to paragraph (i). The fund transfer must be made if nuclear waste is stored in a dry cask at the independent spent-fuel storage facility at Monticello for any part of a year.

(e) Each year, the public utility shall withhold from the funds transferred to the renewable development account under paragraphs (c) and (d) the amount necessary to pay its obligations under paragraphs (f) and (g), and sections 116C.7792 and 216C.41 , for that calendar year.

(f) If the commission approves a new or amended power purchase agreement, the termination of a power purchase agreement, or the purchase and closure of a facility under section 216B.2424, subdivision 9 , with an entity that uses poultry litter to generate electricity, the public utility subject to this section shall enter into a contract with the city in which the poultry litter plant is located to provide grants to the city for the purposes of economic development on the following schedule: $4,000,000 in fiscal year 2018; $6,500,000 each fiscal year in 2019 and 2020; and $3,000,000 in fiscal year 2021. The grants shall be paid by the public utility from funds withheld from the transfer to the renewable development account, as provided in paragraphs (b) and (e).

(g) If the commission approves a new or amended power purchase agreement, or the termination of a power purchase agreement under section 216B.2424, subdivision 9 , with an entity owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by two municipal utilities located north of Constitutional Route No. 8, that was previously used to meet the biomass mandate in section 216B.2424 , the public utility that owns a nuclear generating plant shall enter into a grant contract with such entity to provide $6,800,000 per year for five years, commencing 30 days after the commission approves the new or amended power purchase agreement, or the termination of the power purchase agreement, and on each June 1 thereafter through 2021, to assist the transition required by the new, amended, or terminated power purchase agreement. The grant shall be paid by the public utility from funds withheld from the transfer to the renewable development account as provided in paragraphs (b) and (e).

(h) The collective amount paid under the grant contracts awarded under paragraphs (f) and (g) is limited to the amount deposited into the renewable development account, and its predecessor, the renewable development account, established under this section, that was not required to be deposited into the account under Laws 1994, chapter 641, article 1, section 10.

(i) After discontinuation of operation of the Prairie Island nuclear plant or the Monticello nuclear plant and each year spent nuclear fuel is stored in dry cask at the discontinued facility, the commission shall require the public utility to pay $7,500,000 for the discontinued Prairie Island facility and $5,250,000 for the discontinued Monticello facility for any year in which the commission finds, by the preponderance of the evidence, that the public utility did not make a good faith effort to remove the spent nuclear fuel stored at the facility to a permanent or interim storage site out of the state. This determination shall be made at least every two years.

(j) Funds in the account may be expended only for any of the following purposes:

(1) to stimulate research and development of renewable electric energy technologies;

(2) to encourage grid modernization, including, but not limited to, projects that implement electricity storage, load control, and smart meter technology; and

(3) to stimulate other innovative energy projects that reduce demand and increase system efficiency and flexibility.

Expenditures from the fund must benefit Minnesota ratepayers receiving electric service from the utility that owns a nuclear-powered electric generating plant in this state or the Prairie Island Indian community or its members.

The utility that owns a nuclear generating plant is eligible to apply for grants under this subdivision.

(k) For the purposes of paragraph (j), the following terms have the meanings given:

(1) "renewable" has the meaning given in section 216B.2422, subdivision 1 , paragraph (c), clauses (1), (2), (4), and (5); and

(2) "grid modernization" means:

(i) enhancing the reliability of the electrical grid;

(ii) improving the security of the electrical grid against cyberthreats and physical threats; and

(iii) increasing energy conservation opportunities by facilitating communication between the utility and its customers through the use of two-way meters, control technologies, energy storage and microgrids, technologies to enable demand response, and other innovative technologies.

(l) A renewable development account advisory group that includes, among others, representatives of the public utility and its ratepayers, and includes at least one representative of the Prairie Island Indian community appointed by that community's tribal council, shall develop recommendations on account expenditures. The advisory group must design a request for proposal and evaluate projects submitted in response to a request for proposals. The advisory group must utilize an independent third-party expert to evaluate proposals submitted in response to a request for proposal, including all proposals made by the public utility. A request for proposal for research and development under paragraph (j), clause (1), may be limited to or include a request to higher education institutions located in Minnesota for multiple projects authorized under paragraph (j), clause (1). The request for multiple projects may include a provision that exempts the projects from the third-party expert review and instead provides for project evaluation and selection by a merit peer review grant system. In the process of determining request for proposal scope and subject and in evaluating responses to request for proposals, the advisory group must strongly consider, where reasonable:

(1) potential benefit to Minnesota citizens and businesses and the utility's ratepayers; and

(2) the proposer's commitment to increasing the diversity of the proposer's workforce and vendors.

(m) The advisory group shall submit funding recommendations to the public utility, which has full and sole authority to determine which expenditures shall be submitted by the advisory group to the legislature. The commission may approve proposed expenditures, may disapprove proposed expenditures that it finds not to be in compliance with this subdivision or otherwise not in the public interest, and may, if agreed to by the public utility, modify proposed expenditures. The commission shall, by order, submit its funding recommendations to the legislature as provided under paragraph (n).

(n) The commission shall present its recommended appropriations from the account to the senate and house of representatives committees with jurisdiction over energy policy and finance annually by February 15. Expenditures from the account must be appropriated by law. In enacting appropriations from the account, the legislature:

(1) may approve or disapprove, but may not modify, the amount of an appropriation for a project recommended by the commission; and

(2) may not appropriate money for a project the commission has not recommended funding.

(o) A request for proposal for renewable energy generation projects must, when feasible and reasonable, give preference to projects that are most cost-effective for a particular energy source.

(p) The advisory group must annually, by February 15, report to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees with jurisdiction over energy policy on projects funded by the account for the prior year and all previous years. The report must, to the extent possible and reasonable, itemize the actual and projected financial benefit to the public utility's ratepayers of each project.

deleted text begin (q) By February 1, 2018, and each February 1 thereafter, the commissioner of management and budget shall submit a written report regarding the availability of funds in and obligations of the account to the chairs and ranking minority members of the senate and house committees with jurisdiction over energy policy and finance, the public utility, and the advisory group. deleted text end

deleted text begin (r) deleted text end new text begin (q) new text end A project receiving funds from the account must produce a written final report that includes sufficient detail for technical readers and a clearly written summary for nontechnical readers. The report must include an evaluation of the project's financial, environmental, and other benefits to the state and the public utility's ratepayers. A project receiving funds from the account must submit a report that meets the requirements of section 216C.51, subdivisions 3 and 4, each year the project funded by the account is in progress.

deleted text begin (s) deleted text end new text begin (r) new text end Final reports, any mid-project status reports, and renewable development account financial reports must be posted online on a public website designated by the commissioner of commerce.

deleted text begin (t) deleted text end new text begin (s) new text end All final reports must acknowledge that the project was made possible in whole or part by the Minnesota renewable development account, noting that the account is financed by the public utility's ratepayers.

deleted text begin (u) deleted text end new text begin (t) new text end Of the amount in the renewable development account, priority must be given to making the payments required under section 216C.417 .

deleted text begin (v) deleted text end new text begin (u) new text end Construction projects receiving funds from this account are subject to the requirement to pay the prevailing wage rate, as defined in section 177.42 and the requirements and enforcement provisions in sections 177.27 , 177.30 , 177.32 , 177.41 to 177.435 , and 177.45 .

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 116C.7792, is amended to read:

116c.7792 solar energy production incentive program..

(a) The utility subject to section 116C.779 shall operate a program to provide solar energy production incentives for solar energy systems of no more than a total aggregate nameplate capacity of 40 kilowatts alternating current per premise. The owner of a solar energy system installed before June 1, 2018, is eligible to receive a production incentive under this section for any additional solar energy systems constructed at the same customer location, provided that the aggregate capacity of all systems at the customer location does not exceed 40 kilowatts.

(b) The program is funded by money withheld from transfer to the renewable development account under section 116C.779, subdivision 1 , paragraphs (b) and (e). Program funds must be placed in a separate account for the purpose of the solar energy production incentive program operated by the utility and not for any other program or purpose.

(c) Funds allocated to the solar energy production incentive program in 2019 and 2020 remain available to the solar energy production incentive program.

(d) The following amounts are allocated to the solar energy production incentive program:

(1) $10,000,000 in 2021;

(2) $10,000,000 in 2022;

(3) $5,000,000 in 2023;

(4) $11,250,000 in 2024; deleted text begin and deleted text end

(5) $6,250,000 in 2025 new text begin ; and new text end

new text begin (6) $5,000,000 each year, beginning in 2026 through 2035 new text end .

(e) Notwithstanding the Department of Commerce's November 14, 2018, decision in Docket No. E002/M-13-1015 regarding operation of the utility's solar energy production incentive program, half of the amounts allocated each year under paragraph (d), clauses (3), (4), and (5), must be reserved for solar energy systems whose installation meets the eligibility standards for the low-income program established in the November 14, 2018, decision or successor decisions of the department. All other program operations of the solar energy production incentive program are governed by the provisions of the November 14, 2018, decision or successor decisions of the department.

(f) Funds allocated to the solar energy production incentive program that have not been committed to a specific project at the end of a program year remain available to the solar energy production incentive program.

(g) Any unspent amount remaining on January 1, 2028, must be transferred to the renewable development account.

(h) A solar energy system receiving a production incentive under this section must be sized to less than 120 percent of the customer's on-site annual energy consumption when combined with other distributed generation resources and subscriptions provided under section 216B.1641 associated with the premise. The production incentive must be paid for ten years commencing with the commissioning of the system.

(i) The utility must file a plan to operate the program with the commissioner of commerce. The utility may not operate the program until it is approved by the commissioner. A change to the program to include projects up to a nameplate capacity of 40 kilowatts or less does not require the utility to file a plan with the commissioner. Any plan approved by the commissioner of commerce must not provide an increased incentive scale over prior years unless the commissioner demonstrates that changes in the market for solar energy facilities require an increase.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.098, is amended by adding a subdivision to read:

New text begin social security number and individual taxpayer identification number. new text end.

new text begin If a utility requires a new customer to provide a Social Security number on an application for utility service, the utility must accept an individual taxpayer identification number in lieu of a Social Security number. The utility application must indicate that the utility accepts an individual taxpayer identification number. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.16, subdivision 6c, is amended to read:

Incentive plan for energy conservation new text begin and efficient fuel-switching new text end improvement..

(a) The commission may order public utilities to develop and submit for commission approval incentive plans that describe the method of recovery and accounting for utility conservation new text begin and efficient fuel-switching new text end expenditures and savings. new text begin For public utilities that provide electric service, the commission must develop and implement incentive plans designed to promote energy conservation separately from the plans designed to promote efficient fuel-switching. new text end In developing the incentive plans the commission shall ensure the effective involvement of interested parties.

(b) In approving incentive plans, the commission shall consider:

(1) whether the plan is likely to increase utility investment in cost-effective energy conservation new text begin or efficient fuel switching new text end ;

(2) whether the plan is compatible with the interest of utility ratepayers and other interested parties;

(3) whether the plan links the incentive to the utility's performance in achieving cost-effective conservation new text begin or efficient fuel switching new text end ; deleted text begin and deleted text end

(4) whether the plan is in conflict with other provisions of this chapter deleted text begin . deleted text end new text begin ; new text end

new text begin (5) whether the plan conflicts with other provisions of this chapter; and new text end

new text begin (6) the likely financial impacts of the conservation and efficient fuel-switching programs on the utility. new text end

(c) The commission may set rates to encourage the vigorous and effective implementation of utility conservation new text begin and efficient fuel-switching new text end programs. The commission may:

(1) increase or decrease any otherwise allowed rate of return on net investment based upon the utility's skill, efforts, and success in deleted text begin conserving deleted text end new text begin improving the efficient use of new text end energy new text begin through energy conservation or efficient fuel switching new text end ;

(2) share between ratepayers and utilities the net savings resulting from energy conservation new text begin and efficient fuel-switching new text end programs to the extent justified by the utility's skill, efforts, and success in deleted text begin conserving deleted text end new text begin improving the efficient use of new text end energy; and

(3) adopt any mechanism that satisfies the criteria of this subdivision, such that implementation of cost-effective conservation new text begin or efficient fuel switching new text end is a preferred resource choice for the public utility considering the impact of conservation new text begin or efficient fuel switching new text end on earnings of the public utility.

new text begin (d) Any incentives offered to electric utilities under this subdivision for efficient-fuel switching projects expire December 31, 2032. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.16, subdivision 8, is amended to read:

Advertising expense..

(a) The commission shall disapprove the portion of any rate which makes an allowance directly or indirectly for expenses incurred by a public utility to provide a public advertisement which:

(1) is designed to influence or has the effect of influencing public attitudes toward legislation or proposed legislation, or toward a rule, proposed rule, authorization or proposed authorization of the Public Utilities Commission or other agency of government responsible for regulating a public utility;

(2) is designed to justify or otherwise support or defend a rate, proposed rate, practice or proposed practice of a public utility;

(3) is designed primarily to promote consumption of the services of the utility;

(4) is designed primarily to promote good will for the public utility or improve the utility's public image; or

(5) is designed to promote the use of nuclear power or to promote a nuclear waste storage facility.

(b) The commission may approve a rate which makes an allowance for expenses incurred by a public utility to disseminate information which:

(1) is designed to encourage deleted text begin conservation deleted text end new text begin efficient use new text end of energy supplies;

(2) is designed to promote safety; or

(3) is designed to inform and educate customers as to financial services made available to them by the public utility.

(c) The commission shall not withhold approval of a rate because it makes an allowance for expenses incurred by the utility to disseminate information about corporate affairs to its owners.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.2402, is amended by adding a subdivision to read:

New text begin data mining facility. new text end.

new text begin "Data mining facility" means all buildings, structures, equipment, and installations at a single site where electricity is used primarily by computers to process transactions involving digital currency that is not issued by a central authority. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.2402, subdivision 4, is amended to read:

Efficient fuel-switching improvement..

"Efficient fuel-switching improvement" means a project that:

(1) replaces a fuel used by a customer with electricity or natural gas delivered at retail by a utility subject to section 216B.2403 or 216B.241 ;

(2) results in a net increase in the use of electricity or natural gas and a net decrease in source energy consumption on a fuel-neutral basis;

(3) otherwise meets the criteria established for consumer-owned utilities in section 216B.2403, subdivision 8 , and for public utilities under section 216B.241, subdivisions 11 and 12; and

(4) requires the installation of equipment that utilizes electricity or natural gas, resulting in a reduction or elimination of the previous fuel used.

An efficient fuel-switching improvement is not an energy conservation improvement or energy efficiency even if the efficient fuel-switching improvement results in a net reduction in electricity or natural gas use. deleted text begin An efficient fuel-switching improvement does not include, and must not count toward any energy savings goal from, energy conservation improvements when fuel switching would result in an increase of greenhouse gas emissions into the atmosphere on an annual basis. deleted text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.2402, subdivision 10, is amended to read:

Gross annual retail energy sales..

"Gross annual retail energy sales" means a utility's annual electric sales to all Minnesota retail customers, or natural gas throughput to all retail customers, including natural gas transportation customers, on a utility's distribution system in Minnesota. Gross annual retail energy sales does not include:

(1) gas sales to:

(i) a large energy facility;

(ii) a large customer facility whose natural gas utility has been exempted by the commissioner under section 216B.241, subdivision 1a , paragraph (a), with respect to natural gas sales made to the large customer facility; and

(iii) a commercial gas customer facility whose natural gas utility has been exempted by the commissioner under section 216B.241, subdivision 1a , paragraph (b), with respect to natural gas sales made to the commercial gas customer facility;

(2) electric sales to new text begin : new text end

new text begin (i) new text end a large customer facility whose electric utility has been exempted by the commissioner under section 216B.241, subdivision 1a , paragraph (a), with respect to electric sales made to the large customer facility; deleted text begin or deleted text end new text begin and new text end

new text begin (ii) a data mining facility, if the facility: new text end

new text begin (A) has provided a signed letter to the utility verifying the facility meets the definition of a data mining facility; and new text end

new text begin (B) imposes a peak electrical demand on a consumer-owned utility's system equal to or greater than 40 percent of the peak electrical demand of the system, measured in the same manner as the utility that serves the customer facility measures electric demand for billing purposes; or new text end

(3) the amount of electric sales prior to December 31, 2032, that are associated with a utility's program, rate, or tariff for electric vehicle charging based on a methodology and assumptions developed by the department in consultation with interested stakeholders no later than December 31, 2021. After December 31, 2032, incremental sales to electric vehicles must be included in calculating a new text begin public new text end utility's gross annual retail sales.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.2403, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

Consumer-owned utility; energy-savings goal..

(a) Each individual consumer-owned new text begin electric new text end utility subject to this section has an annual energy-savings goal equivalent to 1.5 percent of gross annual retail energy sales new text begin and each individual consumer-owned natural gas utility subject to this section has an annual energy-savings goal equivalent to one percent of gross annual retail energy sales new text end , to be met with a minimum of energy savings from energy conservation improvements equivalent to at least deleted text begin 0.95 deleted text end new text begin 0.90 new text end percent of the consumer-owned utility's gross annual retail energy sales. The balance of energy savings toward the annual energy-savings goal may be achieved only by the following consumer-owned utility activities:

(1) energy savings from additional energy conservation improvements;

(2) electric utility infrastructure projects, as defined in section 216B.1636, subdivision 1, that result in increased efficiency greater than would have occurred through normal maintenance activity;

(3) net energy savings from efficient fuel-switching improvements that meet the criteria under subdivision 8, which may contribute up to deleted text begin 0.55 deleted text end new text begin 0.60 new text end percent of the goal; or

(4) subject to department approval, demand-side natural gas or electric energy displaced by use of waste heat recovered and used as thermal energy, including the recovered thermal energy from a cogeneration or combined heat and power facility.

(b) The energy-savings goals specified in this section must be calculated based on weather-normalized sales averaged over the most recent three years. A consumer-owned utility may elect to carry forward energy savings in excess of 1.5 percent for a year to the next three years, except that energy savings from electric utility infrastructure projects may be carried forward for five years. A particular energy savings can only be used to meet one year's goal.

(c) A consumer-owned utility subject to this section is not required to make energy conservation improvements that are not cost-effective, even if the improvement is necessary to attain the energy-savings goal. A consumer-owned utility subject to this section must make reasonable efforts to implement energy conservation improvements that exceed the minimum level established under this subdivision if cost-effective opportunities and funding are available, considering other potential investments the consumer-owned utility intends to make to benefit customers during the term of the plan filed under subdivision 3.

deleted text begin (d) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, until July 1, 2026, spending by a consumer-owned utility subject to this section on efficient fuel-switching improvements implemented to meet the annual energy savings goal under this section must not exceed 0.55 percent per year, averaged over a three-year period, of the consumer-owned utility's gross annual retail energy sales. deleted text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.2403, subdivision 3, is amended to read:

Consumer-owned utility; energy conservation and optimization plans..

(a) By June 1, 2022, and at least every three years thereafter, each consumer-owned utility must file with the commissioner an energy conservation and optimization plan that describes the programs for energy conservation, efficient fuel-switching, load management, and other measures the consumer-owned utility intends to offer to achieve the utility's energy savings goal.

(b) A plan's term may extend up to three years. A multiyear plan must identify the total energy savings and energy savings resulting from energy conservation improvements that are projected to be achieved in each year of the plan. A multiyear plan that does not, in each year of the plan, meet both the minimum energy savings goal from energy conservation improvements and the total energy savings goal of 1.5 percent, or lower goals adjusted by the commissioner under paragraph (k), must:

(1) state why each goal is projected to be unmet; and

(2) demonstrate how the consumer-owned utility proposes to meet both goals on an average basis over the duration of the plan.

(c) A plan filed under this subdivision must provide:

(1) for existing programs, an analysis of the cost-effectiveness of the consumer-owned utility's programs offered under the plan, using a list of baseline energy- and capacity-savings assumptions developed in consultation with the department; and

(2) for new programs, a preliminary analysis upon which the program will proceed, in parallel with further development of assumptions and standards.

(d) The commissioner must evaluate a plan filed under this subdivision based on the plan's likelihood to achieve the energy-savings goals established in subdivision 2. The commissioner may make recommendations to a consumer-owned utility regarding ways to increase the effectiveness of the consumer-owned utility's energy conservation activities and programs under this subdivision. The commissioner may recommend that a consumer-owned utility implement a cost-effective energy conservation new text begin or efficient fuel-switching new text end program deleted text begin , including an energy conservation program deleted text end suggested by an outside source such as a political subdivision, nonprofit corporation, or community organization.

(e) Beginning June 1, 2023, and every June 1 thereafter, each consumer-owned utility must file: (1) an annual update identifying the status of the plan filed under this subdivision, including: (i) total expenditures and investments made to date under the plan; and (ii) any intended changes to the plan; and (2) a summary of the annual energy-savings achievements under a plan. An annual filing made in the last year of a plan must contain a new plan that complies with this section.

(f) When evaluating the cost-effectiveness of a consumer-owned utility's energy conservation programs, the consumer-owned utility and the commissioner must consider the costs and benefits to ratepayers, the utility, participants, and society. The commissioner must also consider the rate at which the consumer-owned utility is increasing energy savings and expenditures on energy conservation, and lifetime energy savings and cumulative energy savings.

(g) A consumer-owned utility may annually spend and invest up to ten percent of the total amount spent and invested on energy conservation new text begin , efficient fuel-switching, or load management new text end improvements on research and development projects that meet the new text begin applicable new text end definition of energy conservation new text begin , efficient fuel-switching, or load management new text end improvement.

(h) A generation and transmission cooperative electric association or municipal power agency that provides energy services to consumer-owned utilities may file a plan under this subdivision on behalf of the consumer-owned utilities to which the association or agency provides energy services and may make investments, offer conservation programs, and otherwise fulfill the energy-savings goals and reporting requirements of this subdivision for those consumer-owned utilities on an aggregate basis.

(i) A consumer-owned utility is prohibited from spending for or investing in energy conservation improvements that directly benefit a large energy facility or a large electric customer facility the commissioner has exempted under section 216B.241, subdivision 1a .

(j) The energy conservation and optimization plan of a consumer-owned utility may include activities to improve energy efficiency in the public schools served by the utility. These activities may include programs to:

(1) increase the efficiency of the school's lighting and heating and cooling systems;

(2) recommission buildings;

(3) train building operators; and

(4) provide opportunities to educate students, teachers, and staff regarding energy efficiency measures implemented at the school.

(k) A consumer-owned utility may request that the commissioner adjust the consumer-owned utility's minimum goal for energy savings from energy conservation improvements under subdivision 2, paragraph (a), for the duration of the plan filed under this subdivision. The request must be made by January 1 of the year when the consumer-owned utility must file a plan under this subdivision. The request must be based on:

(1) historical energy conservation improvement program achievements;

(2) customer class makeup;

(3) projected load growth;

(4) an energy conservation potential study that estimates the amount of cost-effective energy conservation potential that exists in the consumer-owned utility's service territory;

(5) the cost-effectiveness and quality of the energy conservation programs offered by the consumer-owned utility; and

(6) other factors the commissioner and consumer-owned utility determine warrant an adjustment.

The commissioner must adjust the energy savings goal to a level the commissioner determines is supported by the record, but must not approve a minimum energy savings goal from energy conservation improvements that is less than an average of 0.95 percent per year over the consecutive years of the plan's duration, including the year the minimum energy savings goal is adjusted.

(l) A consumer-owned utility filing a conservation and optimization plan that includes an efficient fuel-switching program deleted text begin to achieve the utility's energy savings goal deleted text end must, as part of the filing, demonstrate deleted text begin by a comparison of greenhouse gas emissions between the fuels deleted text end that the requirements of subdivision 8 are met deleted text begin , using a full fuel-cycle energy analysis deleted text end .

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.2403, subdivision 5, is amended to read:

Energy conservation programs for low-income households..

(a) A consumer-owned utility subject to this section must provide energy conservation programs to low-income households. The commissioner must evaluate a consumer-owned utility's plans under this section by considering the consumer-owned utility's historic spending on energy conservation programs directed to low-income households, the rate of customer participation in and the energy savings resulting from those programs, and the number of low-income persons residing in the consumer-owned utility's service territory. A municipal utility that furnishes natural gas service must spend at least 0.2 percent of the municipal utility's most recent three-year average gross operating revenue from residential customers in Minnesota on energy conservation programs for low-income households. A consumer-owned utility that furnishes electric service must spend at least 0.2 percent of the consumer-owned utility's gross operating revenue from residential customers in Minnesota on energy conservation programs for low-income households. The requirement under this paragraph applies to each generation and transmission cooperative association's aggregate gross operating revenue from the sale of electricity to residential customers in Minnesota by all of the association's member distribution cooperatives.

(b) To meet all or part of the spending requirements of paragraph (a), a consumer-owned utility may contribute money to the energy and conservation account established in section 216B.241, subdivision 2a . An energy conservation optimization plan must state the amount of contributions the consumer-owned utility plans to make to the energy and conservation account. Contributions to the account must be used for energy conservation programs serving low-income households, including renters, located in the service area of the consumer-owned utility making the contribution. Contributions must be remitted to the commissioner by February 1 each year.

(c) The commissioner must establish energy conservation programs for low-income households funded through contributions to the energy and conservation account under paragraph (b). When establishing energy conservation programs for low-income households, the commissioner must consult political subdivisions, utilities, and nonprofit and community organizations, including organizations providing energy and weatherization assistance to low-income households. The commissioner must record and report expenditures and energy savings achieved as a result of energy conservation programs for low-income households funded through the energy and conservation account in the report required under section 216B.241, subdivision 1c , paragraph (f). The commissioner may contract with a political subdivision, nonprofit or community organization, public utility, municipality, or consumer-owned utility to implement low-income programs funded through the energy and conservation account.

(d) A consumer-owned utility may petition the commissioner to modify the required spending under this subdivision if the consumer-owned utility and the commissioner were unable to expend the amount required for three consecutive years.

(e) The commissioner must develop and establish guidelines for determining the eligibility of multifamily buildings to participate in energy conservation programs provided to low-income households. Notwithstanding the definition of low-income household in section 216B.2402 , a consumer-owned utility or association may apply the most recent guidelines published by the department for purposes of determining the eligibility of multifamily buildings to participate in low-income programs. The commissioner must convene a stakeholder group to review and update these guidelines by August 1, 2021, and at least once every five years thereafter. The stakeholder group must include but is not limited to representatives of public utilities; municipal electric or gas utilities; electric cooperative associations; multifamily housing owners and developers; and low-income advocates.

(f) Up to 15 percent of a consumer-owned utility's spending on low-income energy conservation programs may be spent on preweatherization measures. A consumer-owned utility is prohibited from claiming energy savings from preweatherization measures toward the consumer-owned utility's energy savings goal.

(g) The commissioner must, by order, establish a list of preweatherization measures eligible for inclusion in low-income energy conservation programs no later than March 15, 2022.

(h) A Healthy AIR (Asbestos Insulation Removal) account is established as a separate account in the special revenue fund in the state treasury. A consumer-owned utility may elect to contribute money to the Healthy AIR account to provide preweatherization measures for households eligible for weatherization assistance from the state weatherization assistance program in section 216C.264 . Remediation activities must be executed in conjunction with federal weatherization assistance program services. Money contributed to the account by a consumer-owned utility counts toward: (1) the minimum low-income spending requirement under paragraph (a); and (2) the cap on preweatherization measures under paragraph (f). Money in the account is annually appropriated to the commissioner of commerce to pay for Healthy AIR-related activities.

new text begin (i) This paragraph applies to a consumer-owned utility that supplies electricity to a low-income household whose primary heating fuel is supplied by an entity other than a public utility. Any spending on space and water heating energy conservation improvements and efficient fuel-switching by the consumer-owned utility on behalf of the low-income household may be applied to the consumer owned utility's spending requirement under paragraph (a). To the maximum extent possible, a consumer-owned utility providing services under this paragraph must offer the services in conjunction with weatherization services provided under section 216C.264. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.2403, subdivision 8, is amended to read:

Criteria for efficient fuel-switching improvements..

(a) A fuel-switching improvement is deemed efficient if, applying the technical criteria established under section 216B.241, subdivision 1d , paragraph (e), the improvement, relative to the fuel being displaced:

(1) results in a net reduction in the amount of source energy consumed for a particular use, measured on a fuel-neutral basis new text begin , using (i) the consumer-owned utility's or the utility's electricity supplier's annual system average efficiency, or (ii) if the utility elects, a seasonal, monthly, or more granular level of analysis for the electric utility system over the measure's life new text end ;

(2) results in a net reduction of statewide greenhouse gas emissions, as defined in section 216H.01, subdivision 2 , over the lifetime of the improvement. For an efficient fuel-switching improvement installed by an electric consumer-owned utility, the reduction in emissions must be measured deleted text begin based on the hourly emissions profile of the consumer-owned utility or the utility's electricity supplier, as reported in the most recent resource plan approved by the commission under section 216B.2422 . If the hourly emissions profile is not available, the commissioner must develop a method consumer-owned utilities must use to estimate that value deleted text end new text begin using (i) the consumer-owned utility's or the utility's electricity supplier's annual average emissions factor, or (ii) if the utility elects, a seasonal, monthly, or more granular level of analysis for the electric utility system over the measure's life new text end ; new text begin and new text end

(3) is cost-effective, considering the costs and benefits from the perspective of the consumer-owned utility, participants, and society deleted text begin ; and deleted text end new text begin . new text end

deleted text begin (4) is installed and operated in a manner that improves the consumer-owned utility's system load factor. deleted text end

(b) For purposes of this subdivision, "source energy" means the total amount of primary energy required to deliver energy services, adjusted for losses in generation, transmission, and distribution, and expressed on a fuel-neutral basis.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.241, subdivision 1c, is amended to read:

Public utility; energy-saving goals..

(a) The commissioner shall establish energy-saving goals for energy conservation improvements and shall evaluate an energy conservation improvement program on how well it meets the goals set.

(b) A public utility providing electric service has an annual energy-savings goal equivalent to 1.75 percent of gross annual retail energy sales unless modified by the commissioner under paragraph (c). A public utility providing natural gas service has an annual energy-savings goal equivalent to one percent of gross annual retail energy sales, which cannot be lowered by the commissioner. The savings goals must be calculated based on the most recent three-year weather-normalized average. A public utility providing electric service may elect to carry forward energy savings in excess of 1.75 percent for a year to the succeeding three calendar years, except that savings from electric utility infrastructure projects allowed under paragraph (d) may be carried forward for five years. A public utility providing natural gas service may elect to carry forward energy savings in excess of one percent for a year to the succeeding three calendar years. A particular energy savings can only be used to meet one year's goal.

(c) In its energy conservation and optimization plan filing, a public utility may request the commissioner to adjust its annual energy-savings percentage goal based on its historical conservation investment experience, customer class makeup, load growth, a conservation potential study, or other factors the commissioner determines warrants an adjustment.

(d) The commissioner may not approve a plan of a public utility that provides for an annual energy-savings goal of less than one percent of gross annual retail energy sales from energy conservation improvements.

The balance of the 1.75 percent annual energy savings goal may be achieved through energy savings from:

(1) additional energy conservation improvements;

(2) electric utility infrastructure projects approved by the commission under section 216B.1636 that result in increased efficiency greater than would have occurred through normal maintenance activity; or

(3) subject to department approval, demand-side natural gas or electric energy displaced by use of waste heat recovered and used as thermal energy, including the recovered thermal energy from a cogeneration or combined heat and power facility.

(e) A public utility is not required to make energy conservation investments to attain the energy-savings goals of this subdivision that are not cost-effective even if the investment is necessary to attain the energy-savings goals. For the purpose of this paragraph, in determining cost-effectiveness, the commissioner shall consider: (1) the costs and benefits to ratepayers, the utility, participants, and society; (2) the rate at which a public utility is increasing both its energy savings and its expenditures on energy conservation; and (3) the public utility's lifetime energy savings and cumulative energy savings.

(f) On an annual basis, the commissioner shall produce and make publicly available a report on the annual energy and capacity savings and estimated carbon dioxide reductions achieved by the programs under this section and section 216B.2403 for the two most recent years for which data is available. The report must also include information regarding any annual energy sales or generation capacity increases resulting from efficient fuel-switching improvements. The commissioner shall report on program performance both in the aggregate and for each entity filing an energy conservation improvement plan for approval or review by the commissioner, and must estimate progress made toward the statewide energy-savings goal under section 216B.2401 .

deleted text begin (g) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, until July 1, 2026, spending by a public utility subject to this section on efficient fuel-switching improvements to meet energy savings goals under this section must not exceed 0.35 percent per year, averaged over three years, of the public utility's gross annual retail energy sales. deleted text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.241, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

Public utility; energy conservation and optimization plans..

(a) The commissioner may require a public utility to make investments and expenditures in energy conservation improvements, explicitly setting forth the interest rates, prices, and terms under which the improvements must be offered to the customers.

(b) A public utility shall file an energy conservation and optimization plan by June 1, on a schedule determined by order of the commissioner, but at least every three years. As provided in subdivisions 11 to 13, plans may include programs for efficient fuel-switching improvements and load management. An individual utility program may combine elements of energy conservation, load management, or efficient fuel-switching. The plan must estimate the lifetime energy savings and cumulative lifetime energy savings projected to be achieved under the plan. A plan filed by a public utility by June 1 must be approved or approved as modified by the commissioner by December 1 of that same year.

(c) The commissioner shall evaluate the plan on the basis of cost-effectiveness and the reliability of technologies employed. The commissioner's order must provide to the extent practicable for a free choice, by consumers participating in an energy conservation program, of the device, method, material, or project constituting the energy conservation improvement and for a free choice of the seller, installer, or contractor of the energy conservation improvement, provided that the device, method, material, or project seller, installer, or contractor is duly licensed, certified, approved, or qualified, including under the residential conservation services program, where applicable.

(d) The commissioner may require a utility subject to subdivision 1c to make an energy conservation improvement investment or expenditure whenever the commissioner finds that the improvement will result in energy savings at a total cost to the utility less than the cost to the utility to produce or purchase an equivalent amount of new supply of energy.

(e) Each public utility subject to this subdivision may spend and invest annually up to ten percent of the total amount deleted text begin spent and invested deleted text end new text begin that the public utility spends and invests new text end on energy conservation new text begin , efficient fuel-switching, or load management new text end improvements under this section deleted text begin by the public utility deleted text end on research and development projects that meet the new text begin applicable new text end definition of energy conservation new text begin , efficient fuel-switching, or load management new text end improvement.

(f) The commissioner shall consider and may require a public utility to undertake an energy conservation deleted text begin program deleted text end new text begin or efficient fuel-switching program, subject to the requirements of subdivisions 11 and 12, that is new text end suggested by an outside source, including a political subdivision, a nonprofit corporation, or community organization. new text begin When approving a proposal under this paragraph, the commissioner must consider the qualifications and experience of the entity proposing the program and any other criteria the commissioner deems relevant. new text end

(g) A public utility, a political subdivision, or a nonprofit or community organization that has suggested an energy conservation program, the attorney general acting on behalf of consumers and small business interests, or a public utility customer that has suggested an energy conservation program and is not represented by the attorney general under section 8.33 may petition the commission to modify or revoke a department decision under this section, and the commission may do so if it determines that the energy conservation program is not cost-effective, does not adequately address the residential conservation improvement needs of low-income persons, has a long-range negative effect on one or more classes of customers, or is otherwise not in the public interest. The commission shall reject a petition that, on its face, fails to make a reasonable argument that an energy conservation program is not in the public interest.

(h) The commissioner may order a public utility to include, with the filing of the public utility's annual status report, the results of an independent audit of the public utility's conservation improvement programs and expenditures performed by the department or an auditor with experience in the provision of energy conservation and energy efficiency services approved by the commissioner and chosen by the public utility. The audit must specify the energy savings or increased efficiency in the use of energy within the service territory of the public utility that is the result of the public utility's spending and investments. The audit must evaluate the cost-effectiveness of the public utility's conservation programs.

(i) The energy conservation and optimization plan of each public utility subject to this section must include activities to improve energy efficiency in public schools served by the utility. As applicable to each public utility, at a minimum the activities must include programs to increase the efficiency of the school's lighting and heating and cooling systems, and to provide for building recommissioning, building operator training, and opportunities to educate students, teachers, and staff regarding energy efficiency measures implemented at the school.

(j) The commissioner may require investments or spending greater than the amounts proposed in a plan filed under this subdivision or section 216C.17 for a public utility whose most recent advanced forecast required under section 216B.2422 projects a peak demand deficit of 100 megawatts or more within five years under midrange forecast assumptions.

(k) A public utility filing a conservation and optimization plan that includes an efficient fuel-switching program deleted text begin to achieve the utility's energy savings goal deleted text end must, as part of the filing, demonstrate deleted text begin by a comparison of greenhouse gas emissions between the fuels deleted text end that the requirements of subdivisions 11 or 12 are met, as applicable deleted text begin , using a full fuel-cycle energy analysis deleted text end .

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.241, subdivision 11, is amended to read:

Programs for efficient fuel-switching improvements; electric utilities..

(a) A public utility providing electric service at retail may include in the plan required under subdivision 2 new text begin a proposed goal for efficient fuel-switching improvements that the utility expects to achieve under the plan and the new text end programs to implement efficient fuel-switching improvements or combinations of energy conservation improvements, fuel-switching improvements, and load management. For each program, the public utility must provide a proposed budget, an analysis of the program's cost-effectiveness, and estimated net energy and demand savings.

(b) The department may approve proposed programs for efficient fuel-switching improvements if the department determines the improvements meet the requirements of paragraph (d). deleted text begin For fuel-switching improvements that require the deployment of electric technologies, the department must also consider whether the fuel-switching improvement can be operated in a manner that facilitates the integration of variable renewable energy into the electric system. The net benefits from an efficient fuel-switching improvement that is integrated with an energy efficiency program approved under this section may be counted toward the net benefits of the energy efficiency program, if the department determines the primary purpose and effect of the program is energy efficiency. deleted text end

(c) A public utility may file a rate schedule with the commission that provides for annual cost recovery of reasonable and prudent costs to implement and promote efficient fuel-switching programs. The new text begin utility, department, or other entity may propose, and the new text end commission may deleted text begin not deleted text end approve new text begin , modify, or reject, new text end a new text begin proposal for a new text end financial incentive to encourage efficient fuel-switching programs operated by a public utility providing electric service new text begin approved under this subdivision. When making a decision on the financial incentive proposal, the commission must apply the considerations established in section 216B.16, subdivision 6c, paragraphs (b) and (c) new text end .

(d) A fuel-switching improvement is deemed efficient if, applying the technical criteria established under section 216B.241, subdivision 1d , paragraph (e), the improvement meets the following criteria, relative to the fuel that is being displaced:

(1) results in a net reduction in the amount of source energy consumed for a particular use, measured on a fuel-neutral basis new text begin , using (i) the utility's annual system average efficiency, or (ii) if the utility elects, a seasonal, monthly, or more granular level of analysis for the electric utility system over the measure's life new text end ;

(2) results in a net reduction of statewide greenhouse gas emissions as defined in section 216H.01, subdivision 2 , over the lifetime of the improvement. For an efficient fuel-switching improvement installed by an electric utility, the reduction in emissions must be measured deleted text begin based on the hourly emission profile of the electric utility, using the hourly emissions profile in the most recent resource plan approved by the commission under section 216B.2422 deleted text end new text begin using (i) the utility's annual average emissions factor, or (ii) if the utility elects, a seasonal, monthly or more granular level of analysis, for the electric utility system over the measure's life new text end ; new text begin and new text end

(3) is cost-effective, considering the costs and benefits from the perspective of the utility, participants, and society deleted text begin ; and deleted text end new text begin . new text end

deleted text begin (4) is installed and operated in a manner that improves the utility's system load factor. deleted text end

(e) For purposes of this subdivision, "source energy" means the total amount of primary energy required to deliver energy services, adjusted for losses in generation, transmission, and distribution, and expressed on a fuel-neutral basis.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.241, subdivision 12, is amended to read:

Programs for efficient fuel-switching improvements; natural gas utilities..

(a) As part of a public utility's plan filed under subdivision 2, a public utility that provides natural gas service to Minnesota retail customers may propose one or more programs to install electric technologies that reduce the consumption of natural gas by the utility's retail customers as an energy conservation improvement. The commissioner may approve a proposed program if the commissioner, applying the technical criteria developed under section 216B.241, subdivision 1d , paragraph (e), determines that:

(1) the electric technology to be installed meets the criteria established under section 216B.241, subdivision 11 , paragraph (d), clauses (1) and (2); and

(2) the program is cost-effective, considering the costs and benefits to ratepayers, the utility, participants, and society.

(b) If a program is approved by the commission under this subdivision, the public utility may count the program's energy savings toward its energy savings goal under section 216B.241, subdivision 1c . Notwithstanding section 216B.2402, subdivision 4 , efficient fuel-switching achieved through programs approved under this subdivision is energy conservation.

(c) A public utility may file rate schedules with the commission that provide annual cost-recovery for programs approved by the department under this subdivision, including reasonable and prudent costs to implement and promote the programs.

(d) The commission may approve, modify, or reject a proposal made by the department or a utility for an incentive plan to encourage efficient fuel-switching programs approved under this subdivision, applying the considerations established under section 216B.16 , subdivision 6c, paragraphs (b) and (c). The commission may approve a financial incentive mechanism that is calculated based on the combined energy savings and net benefits that the commission has determined have been achieved by a program approved under this subdivision, provided the commission determines that the financial incentive mechanism is in the ratepayers' interest.

deleted text begin (e) A public utility is not eligible for a financial incentive for an efficient fuel-switching program under this subdivision in any year in which the utility achieves energy savings below one percent of gross annual retail energy sales, excluding savings achieved through fuel-switching programs. deleted text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.2425, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

The commission shall maintain a list of certified high-voltage transmission line new text begin and grid enhancing technology new text end projects.

new text begin This section is effective June 1, 2025. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.2425, is amended by adding a subdivision to read:

new text begin (a) For the purposes of this section, the following terms have the meanings given. new text end

new text begin (b) "Capacity" means the maximum amount of electricity that can flow through a transmission line while observing industry safety standards. new text end

new text begin (c) "Congestion" means a condition in which a lack of transmission line capacity prevents the delivery of the lowest-cost electricity dispatched to meet load at a specific location. new text end

new text begin (d) "Dynamic line rating" means hardware or software used to calculate the thermal limit of existing transmission lines at a specific point in time by incorporating information on real-time and forecasted weather conditions. new text end

new text begin (e) "Grid enhancing technology" means hardware or software that reduces congestion or enhances the flexibility of the transmission system by increasing the capacity of a high-voltage transmission line or rerouting electricity from overloaded to uncongested lines, while maintaining industry safety standards. Grid enhancing technologies include but are not limited to dynamic line rating, advanced power flow controllers, and topology optimization. new text end

new text begin (f) "Power flow controller" means hardware and software used to reroute electricity from overloaded transmission lines to underutilized transmission lines. new text end

new text begin (g) "Thermal limit" means the temperature a transmission line reaches when heat from the electric current flow within the transmission line causes excessive sagging of the transmission line. new text end

new text begin (h) "Topology optimization" means a software technology that uses mathematical models to identify reconfigurations in the transmission grid in order to reroute electricity from overloaded transmission lines to underutilized transmission lines. new text end

new text begin (i) "Transmission line" has the meaning given to "high-voltage transmission line" in section 216I.02, subdivision 8. new text end

new text begin (j) "Transmission system" means a network of high-voltage transmission lines owned or operated by an entity subject to this section that transports electricity to Minnesota customers. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.2425, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

List development; transmission new text begin and grid enhancing technology new text end projects report..

(a) By November 1 of each odd-numbered year, a transmission projects report must be submitted to the commission by each utility, organization, or company that:

(1) is a public utility, a municipal utility, a cooperative electric association, the generation and transmission organization that serves each utility or association, or a transmission company; and

(2) owns or operates electric transmission lines in Minnesota, except a company or organization that owns a transmission line that serves a single customer or interconnects a single generating facility.

(b) The report may be submitted jointly or individually to the commission.

(c) The report must:

(1) list specific present and reasonably foreseeable future inadequacies in the transmission system in Minnesota;

(2) identify alternative means of addressing each inadequacy listed new text begin , including grid enhancing technologies such as dynamic line rating, power flow controllers, topology optimization, and other hardware or software that reduce congestion or enhance the flexibility of the transmission system new text end ;

(3) identify general economic, environmental, and social issues associated with each alternative; and

(4) provide a summary of public input related to the list of inadequacies and the role of local government officials and other interested persons in assisting to develop the list and analyze alternatives.

(d) To meet the requirements of this subdivision, reporting parties may rely on available information and analysis developed by a regional transmission organization or any subgroup of a regional transmission organization and may develop and include additional information as necessary.

(e) In addition to providing the information required under this subdivision, a utility operating under a multiyear rate plan approved by the commission under section 216B.16 , subdivision 19, shall identify in its report investments that it considers necessary to modernize the transmission and distribution system by enhancing reliability, improving security against cyber and physical threats, and by increasing energy conservation opportunities by facilitating communication between the utility and its customers through the use of two-way meters, control technologies, energy storage and microgrids, technologies to enable demand response, and other innovative technologies.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.2427, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

(a) For the purposes of this section and section 216B.2428 , the following terms have the meanings given.

(b) "Biogas" means gas produced by the anaerobic digestion of biomass, gasification of biomass, or other effective conversion processes.

(c) "Carbon capture" means the capture of greenhouse gas emissions that would otherwise be released into the atmosphere.

(d) "Carbon-free resource" means an electricity generation facility whose operation does not contribute to statewide greenhouse gas emissions, as defined in section 216H.01 , subdivision 2.

new text begin (e) "Disadvantaged community" means a community in Minnesota that is: new text end

new text begin (1) defined as disadvantaged by the federal agency disbursing federal funds, when the federal agency is providing funds for an innovative resource; or new text end

new text begin (2) an environmental justice area, as defined under section 216B.1691, subdivision 1. new text end

deleted text begin (e) deleted text end new text begin (f) new text end "District energy" means a heating or cooling system that is solar thermal powered or that uses the constant temperature of the earth or underground aquifers as a thermal exchange medium to heat or cool multiple buildings connected through a piping network.

deleted text begin (f) deleted text end new text begin (g) new text end "Energy efficiency" has the meaning given in section 216B.241, subdivision 1 , paragraph (f), but does not include energy conservation investments that the commissioner determines could reasonably be included in a utility's conservation improvement program.

deleted text begin (g) deleted text end new text begin (h) new text end "Greenhouse gas emissions" means emissions of carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide, hydrofluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons, and sulfur hexafluoride emitted by anthropogenic sources within Minnesota and from the generation of electricity imported from outside the state and consumed in Minnesota, excluding carbon dioxide that is injected into geological formations to prevent its release to the atmosphere in compliance with applicable laws.

deleted text begin (h) deleted text end new text begin (i) new text end "Innovative resource" means biogas, renewable natural gas, power-to-hydrogen, power-to-ammonia, carbon capture, strategic electrification, district energy, and energy efficiency.

deleted text begin (i) deleted text end new text begin (j) new text end "Lifecycle greenhouse gas emissions" means the aggregate greenhouse gas emissions resulting from the production, processing, transmission, and consumption of an energy resource.

deleted text begin (j) deleted text end new text begin (k) new text end "Lifecycle greenhouse gas emissions intensity" means lifecycle greenhouse gas emissions per unit of energy delivered to an end user.

deleted text begin (k) deleted text end new text begin (l) new text end "Nonexempt customer" means a utility customer that has not been included in a utility's innovation plan under subdivision 3, paragraph (f).

deleted text begin (l) deleted text end new text begin (m) new text end "Power-to-ammonia" means the production of ammonia from hydrogen produced via power-to-hydrogen using a process that has a lower lifecycle greenhouse gas intensity than does natural gas produced from conventional geologic sources.

deleted text begin (m) deleted text end new text begin (n) new text end "Power-to-hydrogen" means the use of electricity generated by a carbon-free resource to produce hydrogen.

deleted text begin (n) deleted text end new text begin (o) new text end "Renewable energy" has the meaning given in section 216B.2422, subdivision 1 .

deleted text begin (o) deleted text end new text begin (p) new text end "Renewable natural gas" means biogas that has been processed to be interchangeable with, and that has a lower lifecycle greenhouse gas intensity than, natural gas produced from conventional geologic sources.

deleted text begin (p) deleted text end new text begin (q) new text end "Solar thermal" has the meaning given to qualifying solar thermal project in section 216B.2411, subdivision 2 , paragraph (d).

deleted text begin (q) deleted text end new text begin (r) new text end "Strategic electrification" means the installation of electric end-use equipment in an existing building in which natural gas is a primary or back-up fuel source, or in a newly constructed building in which a customer receives natural gas service for one or more end-uses, provided that the electric end-use equipment:

(1) results in a net reduction in statewide greenhouse gas emissions, as defined in section 216H.01, subdivision 2 , over the life of the equipment when compared to the most efficient commercially available natural gas alternative; and

(2) is installed and operated in a manner that improves the load factor of the customer's electric utility.

Strategic electrification does not include investments that the commissioner determines could reasonably be included in the natural gas utility's conservation improvement program under section 216B.241 .

new text begin (s) "Thermal energy network" means a project that provides heating and cooling to multiple buildings connected via underground piping containing fluids that, in concert with heat pumps, exchange thermal energy from the earth, underground or surface waters, wastewater, or other heat sources. new text end

deleted text begin (r) deleted text end new text begin (t) new text end "Total incremental cost" means the calculation of the following components of a utility's innovation plan approved by the commission under subdivision 2:

(1) the sum of:

(i) return of and on capital investments for the production, processing, pipeline interconnection, storage, and distribution of innovative resources;

(ii) incremental operating costs associated with capital investments in infrastructure for the production, processing, pipeline interconnection, storage, and distribution of innovative resources;

(iii) incremental costs to procure innovative resources from third parties;

(iv) incremental costs to develop and administer programs; and

(v) incremental costs for research and development related to innovative resources;

(2) less the sum of:

(i) value received by the utility upon the resale of innovative resources or innovative resource by-products, including any environmental credits included with the resale of renewable gaseous fuels or value received by the utility when innovative resources are used as vehicle fuel;

(ii) cost savings achieved through avoidance of purchases of natural gas produced from conventional geologic sources, including but not limited to avoided commodity purchases and avoided pipeline costs; and

(iii) other revenues received by the utility that are directly attributable to the utility's implementation of an innovation plan.

deleted text begin (s) deleted text end new text begin (u) new text end "Utility" means a public utility, as defined in section 216B.02, subdivision 4 , that provides natural gas sales or natural gas transportation services to customers in Minnesota.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.2427, is amended by adding a subdivision to read:

New text begin subd. 9a. new text end, new text begin thermal energy networks. new text end.

new text begin Innovation plans filed after July 1, 2024, under this section by a utility with more than 800,000 customers must include spending of at least 15 percent of the utility's proposed total incremental costs over the five-year term of the proposed innovation plan for thermal energy networks projects. If the utility has developed or is developing thermal energy network projects outside of an approved innovation plan, the utility may apply the budget for the projects toward the 15 percent minimum requirement without counting the costs against the limitations on utility customer costs under subdivision 3. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 216C.08, is amended to read:

216c.08 jurisdiction..

new text begin (a) new text end The commissioner has sole authority and responsibility deleted text begin for the administration of sections 216C.05 to 216C.30 and 216C.375 deleted text end new text begin to administer this chapter new text end . Other laws notwithstanding, the authority granted new text begin to new text end the commissioner deleted text begin shall supersede deleted text end new text begin under this section supersedes new text end the authority given any other agency whenever overlapping, duplication, or additional administrative or legal procedures might occur in deleted text begin the administration of sections 216C.05 to 216C.30 and 216C.375 deleted text end new text begin administering this chapter new text end . The commissioner shall consult with other state departments or agencies in matters related to energy and shall contract with deleted text begin them deleted text end new text begin the other state departments or agencies new text end to provide appropriate services to effectuate the purposes of deleted text begin sections 216C.05 to 216C.30 and 216C.375 deleted text end new text begin this chapter new text end . Any other department, agency, or official of this state or political subdivision thereof which would in any way affect the administration or enforcement of deleted text begin sections 216C.05 to 216C.30 and 216C.375 deleted text end new text begin this chapter new text end shall cooperate and coordinate all activities with the commissioner to assure orderly and efficient administration and enforcement of deleted text begin sections 216C.05 to 216C.30 and 216C.375 deleted text end new text begin this chapter new text end .

new text begin (b) new text end The commissioner shall designate a liaison officer whose duty shall be to insure the maximum possible consistency in procedures and to eliminate duplication between the commissioner and the other agencies that may be involved in energy.

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 216C.09, is amended to read:

216c.09 commissioner duties..

(a) The commissioner shall:

(1) manage the department as the central repository within the state government for the collection of data on energy;

(2) prepare and adopt an emergency allocation plan specifying actions to be taken in the event of an impending serious shortage of energy, or a threat to public health, safety, or welfare;

(3) undertake a continuing assessment of trends in the consumption of all forms of energy and analyze the social, economic, and environmental consequences of these trends;

(4) carry out energy deleted text begin conservation deleted text end measures as specified by the legislature and recommend to the governor and the legislature additional energy policies and conservation measures as required to meet the objectives of deleted text begin sections 216C.05 to 216C.30 and 216C.375 deleted text end new text begin this chapter new text end ;

(5) collect and analyze data relating to present and future demands and resources for all sources of energy;

(6) evaluate policies governing the establishment of rates and prices for energy as related to energy conservation, and other goals and policies of deleted text begin sections 216C.05 to 216C.30 and 216C.375 deleted text end new text begin this chapter new text end , and make recommendations for changes in energy pricing policies and rate schedules;

(7) study the impact and relationship of the state energy policies to international, national, and regional energy policies;

(8) design and implement a state program for the conservation of energy; this program shall include but not be limited to, general commercial, industrial, and residential, and transportation areas; such program shall also provide for the evaluation of energy systems as they relate to lighting, heating, refrigeration, air conditioning, building design and operation, and appliance manufacturing and operation;

(9) inform and educate the public about the sources and uses of energy and the ways in which persons can conserve energy;

(10) dispense funds made available for the purpose of research studies and projects of professional and civic orientation, which are related to either energy conservation, resource recovery, or the development of alternative energy technologies which conserve nonrenewable energy resources while creating minimum environmental impact;

(11) charge other governmental departments and agencies involved in energy-related activities with specific information gathering goals and require that those goals be met;

(12) design a comprehensive program for the development of indigenous energy resources. The program shall include, but not be limited to, providing technical, informational, educational, and financial services and materials to persons, businesses, municipalities, and organizations involved in the development of solar, wind, hydropower, peat, fiber fuels, biomass, and other alternative energy resources. The program shall be evaluated by the alternative energy technical activity; and

(13) dispense loans, grants, or other financial aid from money received from litigation or settlement of alleged violations of federal petroleum-pricing regulations made available to the department for that purpose.

(b) Further, the commissioner may participate fully in hearings before the Public Utilities Commission on matters pertaining to rate design, cost allocation, efficient resource utilization, utility conservation investments, small power production, cogeneration, and other rate issues. The commissioner shall support the policies stated in section 216C.05 and shall prepare and defend testimony proposed to encourage energy conservation improvements as defined in section 216B.241 .

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216C.10, is amended to read:

216c.10 commissioner powers..

(a) The commissioner may:

(1) adopt rules under chapter 14 as necessary to carry out the purposes of deleted text begin sections 216C.05 to 216C.30 deleted text end new text begin this chapter new text end ;

(2) make all contracts under deleted text begin sections 216C.05 to 216C.30 deleted text end new text begin this chapter new text end and do all things necessary to cooperate with the United States government, and to qualify for, accept, and disburse any grant intended deleted text begin for the administration of sections 216C.05 to 216C.30 deleted text end new text begin to administer this chapter new text end ;

(3) provide on-site technical assistance to units of local government in order to enhance local capabilities for dealing with energy problems;

(4) administer for the state, energy programs under federal law, regulations, or guidelines, and coordinate the programs and activities with other state agencies, units of local government, and educational institutions;

(5) develop a state energy investment plan with yearly energy conservation and alternative energy development goals, investment targets, and marketing strategies;

(6) perform market analysis studies relating to conservation, alternative and renewable energy resources, and energy recovery;

(7) assist with the preparation of proposals for innovative conservation, renewable, alternative, or energy recovery projects;

(8) manage and disburse funds made available for the purpose of research studies or demonstration projects related to energy conservation or other activities deemed appropriate by the commissioner;

(9) intervene in certificate of need proceedings before the Public Utilities Commission;

(10) collect fees from recipients of loans, grants, or other financial aid from money received from litigation or settlement of alleged violations of federal petroleum-pricing regulations, which fees must be used to pay the department's costs in administering those financial aids; and

(11) collect fees from proposers and operators of conservation and other energy-related programs that are reviewed, evaluated, or approved by the department, other than proposers that are political subdivisions or community or nonprofit organizations, to cover the department's cost in making the reviewal, evaluation, or approval and in developing additional programs for others to operate.

(b) Notwithstanding any other law, the commissioner is designated the state agent to apply for, receive, and accept federal or other funds made available to the state for the purposes of deleted text begin sections 216C.05 to 216C.30 deleted text end new text begin this chapter new text end .

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 216C.331, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

(a) For the purposes of this section, the following terms have the meanings given.

(b) "Aggregated customer energy use data" means customer energy use data that is combined into one collective data point per time interval. Aggregated customer energy use data is data with any unique identifiers or other personal information removed that a qualifying utility collects and aggregates in at least monthly intervals for an entire building on a covered property.

(c) "Benchmark" means to electronically input into a benchmarking tool deleted text begin the total deleted text end new text begin whole building new text end energy use data and other descriptive information about a building that is required by a benchmarking tool.

(d) "Benchmarking information" means data related to a building's energy use generated by a benchmarking tool, and other information about the building's physical and operational characteristics. Benchmarking information includes but is not limited to the building's:

(1) address;

(2) owner and, if applicable, the building manager responsible for operating the building's physical systems;

(3) total floor area, expressed in square feet;

(4) energy use intensity;

(5) greenhouse gas emissions; and

(6) energy performance score comparing the building's energy use with that of similar buildings.

(e) "Benchmarking tool" means the United States Environmental Protection Agency's Energy Star Portfolio Manager tool or an equivalent tool determined by the commissioner.

(f) "Covered property" means any property that is served by an investor-owned utility in Anoka, Carver, Dakota, Hennepin, Ramsey, Scott, or Washington County, or in any city outside the metropolitan area with a population of over 50,000 residents new text begin , as determined by the Minnesota State Demographic Center, new text end served by a municipal energy utility or investor-owned utility, and that has one or more buildings containing in sum 50,000 gross square feet or greater. Covered property does not include:

(1) a residential property containing fewer than five dwelling units;

(2) a property that is: (i) classified as manufacturing under the North American Industrial Classification System; (ii) an energy-intensive trade-exposed customer, as defined in section 216B.1696 ; (iii) an electric power generation facility; (iv) a mining facility; or (v) an industrial building otherwise incompatible with benchmarking in the benchmarking tool, as determined by the commissioner;

(3) an agricultural building;

(4) a multitenant building that is served by a utility that deleted text begin cannot supply deleted text end new text begin is not supplying new text end aggregated customer usage data new text begin under subdivision 8 or is not using a customer usage data aggregation program to supply aggregated customer usage data to the benchmarking tool new text end ; or

(5) other property types that do not meet the purposes of this section, as determined by the commissioner.

(g) "Customer energy use data" means data collected from utility customer meters that reflect the quantity, quality, or timing of customers' energy use.

(h) "Energy" means electricity, natural gas, steam, or another product used to: (1) provide heating, cooling, lighting, or water heating; or (2) power other end uses in a building.

(i) "Energy performance score" means a numerical value from one to 100 that the Energy Star Portfolio Manager tool calculates to rate a building's energy efficiency against that of comparable buildings nationwide.

(j) "Energy Star Portfolio Manager" means an interactive resource management tool developed by the United States Environmental Protection Agency that (1) enables the periodic entry of a building's energy use data and other descriptive information about a building, and (2) rates a building's energy efficiency against that of comparable buildings nationwide.

(k) "Energy use intensity" means the total annual energy consumed in a building divided by the building's total floor area.

(l) "Financial distress" means a covered property that, at the time benchmarking is conducted:

(1) is the subject of a qualified tax lien sale or public auction due to property tax arrearages;

(2) is controlled by a court-appointed receiver based on financial distress;

(3) is owned by a financial institution through default by the borrower;

(4) has been acquired by deed in lieu of foreclosure; or

(5) has a senior mortgage that is subject to a notice of default.

(m) "Local government" means a statutory or home rule municipality or county.

(n) "Owner" means:

(1) an individual or entity that possesses title to a covered property; or

(2) an agent authorized to act on behalf of the covered property owner.

(o) "Qualifying utility" means deleted text begin a utility serving the covered property, including deleted text end :

(1) an electric or gas utility, including:

(i) an investor-owned electric or gas utility new text begin serving customers in Anoka, Carver, Dakota, Hennepin, Ramsey, Scott, or Washington County, or in any city outside the metropolitan area with a population of over 50,000 residents, as determined by the Minnesota State Demographic Center, and serving properties with one or more buildings containing in sum 50,000 gross square feet or greater new text end ; or

(ii) a municipally owned electric or gas utility new text begin serving customers in any city with a population of over 50,000 residents, as determined by the Minnesota State Demographic Center, and serving properties with one or more buildings containing in sum 50,000 gross square feet or greater new text end ;

(2) a natural gas supplier with five or more active commercial connections, accounts, or customers in the state new text begin and serving customers in Anoka, Carver, Dakota, Hennepin, Ramsey, Scott, or Washington County, or in any city outside the metropolitan area with a population of over 50,000 residents, as determined by the Minnesota State Demographic Center, and serving properties with one or more buildings containing in sum 50,000 gross square feet or greater new text end ; or

(3) a district steam, hot water, or chilled water provider new text begin serving customers in Anoka, Carver, Dakota, Hennepin, Ramsey, Scott, or Washington County, or in any city outside the metropolitan area with a population of over 50,000 residents, as determined by the Minnesota State Demographic Center, and serving properties with one or more buildings containing in sum 50,000 gross square feet or greater new text end .

(p) "Tenant" means a person that occupies or holds possession of a building or part of a building or premises pursuant to a lease agreement.

(q) "Total floor area" means the sum of gross square footage inside a building's envelope, measured between the outside exterior walls of the building. Total floor area includes covered parking structures.

(r) "Utility customer" means the building owner or tenant listed on the utility's records as the customer liable for payment of the utility service or additional charges assessed on the utility account.

new text begin (s) "Whole building energy use data" means all energy consumed in a building, whether purchased from a third party or generated at the building site or from any other source. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216C.435, subdivision 3a, is amended to read:

Deleted text begin cost-effective deleted text end energy improvements..

" deleted text begin Cost-effective deleted text end Energy improvements" means:

(1) any new construction, renovation, or retrofitting of qualifying commercial real property to improve energy efficiency that new text begin : (i) new text end is permanently affixed to the property deleted text begin , deleted text end new text begin ; and (ii) new text end results in a net reduction in energy consumption deleted text begin without altering the principal source of energy, and has been identified deleted text end new text begin or greenhouse gas emissions, as documented new text end in an energy audit deleted text begin as repaying the purchase and installation costs in 20 years or less, deleted text end based on the amount of future energy saved deleted text begin and estimated future energy prices deleted text end new text begin or emissions avoided new text end ;

(2) any renovation or retrofitting of qualifying residential real property that is permanently affixed to the property and is eligible to receive an incentive through a program offered by the electric or natural gas utility that provides service under section 216B.241 to the property or is otherwise determined to be deleted text begin a cost-effective deleted text end new text begin an eligible new text end energy improvement by the commissioner under section 216B.241 , subdivision 1d, paragraph (a);

(3) permanent installation of new or upgraded electrical circuits and related equipment to enable electrical vehicle charging; or

(4) a solar voltaic or solar thermal energy system attached to, installed within, or proximate to a building that generates electrical or thermal energy from a renewable energy source that has been deleted text begin identified deleted text end new text begin documented new text end in an energy audit or renewable energy system feasibility study deleted text begin as repaying their purchase and installation costs in 20 years or less, based on the amount of future energy saved and estimated future energy prices deleted text end new text begin , along with the estimated amount of related renewable energy production new text end .

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216C.435, subdivision 3b, is amended to read:

Commercial pace loan contractor..

"Commercial PACE loan contractor" means a person or entity that installs deleted text begin cost-effective energy deleted text end new text begin eligible new text end improvements financed under a commercial PACE loan program.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216C.435, is amended by adding a subdivision to read:

New text begin subd. 3e. new text end, new text begin eligible improvement. new text end.

new text begin "Eligible improvement" means one or more energy improvements, resiliency improvements, or water improvements made to qualifying real property. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216C.435, subdivision 4, is amended to read:

Energy audit..

"Energy audit" means a formal evaluation of the energy consumption of a building by a certified energy auditor, whose certification is approved by the commissioner, for the purpose of identifying appropriate energy improvements that could be made to the building and including an estimate of the deleted text begin length of time a specific energy improvement will take to repay its purchase and installation costs, based on the amount of energy saved and estimated future energy prices deleted text end new text begin effective useful life, the reduction of energy consumption, and the related avoided greenhouse gas emissions resulting from the proposed eligible improvements new text end .

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 216C.435, subdivision 8, is amended to read:

Qualifying commercial real property..

"Qualifying commercial real property" means a multifamily residential dwelling, a commercial or industrial building, or farmland, as defined in section 216C.436, subdivision 1b , that the implementing entity has determined, after review of an energy audit, renewable energy system feasibility study, new text begin water improvement study, resiliency improvement study, new text end or agronomic assessment, as defined in section 216C.436, subdivision 1b , can benefit from deleted text begin the installation of cost-effective energy deleted text end new text begin installing eligible new text end improvements or land and water improvements, as defined in section 216C.436, subdivision 1b . Qualifying commercial real property includes new construction.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216C.435, subdivision 10, is amended to read:

Renewable energy system feasibility study..

"Renewable energy system feasibility study" means a written study, conducted by a contractor trained to perform that analysis, for the purpose of determining the feasibility of installing a renewable energy system in a building, including an estimate of the deleted text begin length of time a specific deleted text end new text begin effective useful life, the production of renewable energy, and any related avoided greenhouse gas emissions of the proposed new text end renewable energy system deleted text begin will take to repay its purchase and installation costs, based on the amount of energy saved and estimated future energy prices. For a geothermal energy improvement, the feasibility study must calculate net savings in terms of nongeothermal energy and costs deleted text end .

new text begin Subd. 11a. new text end

New text begin resiliency improvement. new text end.

new text begin "Resiliency improvement" means one or more installations or modifications to eligible commercial real property that are designed to improve a property's resiliency by improving the eligible real property's: new text end

new text begin (1) structural integrity for seismic events; new text end

new text begin (2) indoor air quality; new text end

new text begin (3) durability to resist wind, fire, and flooding; new text end

new text begin (4) ability to withstand an electric power outage; new text end

new text begin (5) stormwater control measures, including structural and nonstructural measures to mitigate stormwater runoff; new text end

new text begin (6) ability to mitigate the impacts of extreme temperatures; or new text end

new text begin (7) ability to mitigate greenhouse gas embodied emissions from the eligible real property. new text end

new text begin Subd. 11b. new text end

New text begin resiliency improvement feasibility study. new text end.

new text begin "Resiliency improvement feasibility study" means a written study, conducted by a contractor trained to perform the analysis, that: new text end

new text begin (1) determines the feasibility of installing a resiliency improvement; new text end

new text begin (2) documents the improved resiliency capabilities of the property; and new text end

new text begin (3) estimates the effective useful life of the proposed resiliency improvements. new text end

new text begin Subd. 14. new text end

New text begin water improvement. new text end.

new text begin "Water improvement" means one or more installations or modifications to qualifying commercial real property that are designed to improve water efficiency or water quality by: new text end

new text begin (1) reducing water consumption; new text end

new text begin (2) improving the quality, potability, or safety of water for the qualifying property; or new text end

new text begin (3) conserving or remediating water, in whole or in part, on qualifying real property. new text end

new text begin Subd. 15. new text end

New text begin water improvement feasibility study. new text end.

new text begin "Water improvement feasibility study" means a written study, conducted by a contractor trained to perform the analysis, that: new text end

new text begin (1) determines the appropriate water improvements that could be made to the building; and new text end

new text begin (2) estimates the effective useful life, the reduction of water consumption, and any improvement in water quality resulting from the proposed water improvements. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216C.436, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

Program purpose and authority..

An implementing entity may establish a commercial PACE loan program to finance deleted text begin cost-effective deleted text end energy new text begin , water, and resiliency new text end improvements to enable owners of qualifying commercial real property to pay for deleted text begin the cost-effective energy deleted text end new text begin eligible new text end improvements to the qualifying real property with the net proceeds and interest earnings of revenue bonds authorized in this section. An implementing entity may limit the number of qualifying commercial real properties for which a property owner may receive program financing.

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 216C.436, subdivision 1b, is amended to read:

(b) "Agronomic assessment" means a study by an independent third party that assesses the environmental impacts of proposed land and water improvements on farmland.

(c) "Farmland" means land classified as 2a, 2b, or 2c for property tax purposes under section 273.13, subdivision 23 .

(d) "Land and water improvement" means:

(1) an improvement to farmland that:

(i) is permanent;

(ii) results in improved agricultural profitability or resiliency;

(iii) reduces the environmental impact of agricultural production; and

(iv) if the improvement affects drainage, complies with the most recent versions of the applicable following conservation practice standards issued by the United States Department of Agriculture's Natural Resources Conservation Service: Drainage Water Management (Code 554), Saturated Buffer (Code 604), Denitrifying Bioreactor (Code 605), and Constructed Wetland (Code 656); or

(2) water conservation and quality measures, which include permanently affixed equipment, appliances, or improvements that reduce a property's water consumption or that enable water to be managed more efficiently.

(e) "Resiliency" means new text begin : new text end

new text begin (1) new text end the ability of farmland to maintain and enhance profitability, soil health, and water quality deleted text begin . deleted text end new text begin ; new text end

new text begin (2) the ability to mitigate greenhouse gas embodied emissions from an eligible real property; or new text end

new text begin (3) an increase in building resilience through flood mitigation, stormwater management, wildfire and wind resistance, energy storage use, or microgrid use. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 216C.436, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

Program requirements..

A commercial PACE loan program must:

(1) impose requirements and conditions on financing arrangements to ensure timely repayment;

(2) require an energy audit, renewable energy system feasibility study, new text begin resiliency improvement study, water improvement study, new text end or agronomic or soil health assessment to be conducted on the qualifying commercial real property and reviewed by the implementing entity prior to approval of the financing;

(3) require the inspection new text begin or verification new text end of all deleted text begin installations and a performance verification of at least ten percent of the cost-effective energy deleted text end new text begin eligible new text end improvements or land and water improvements financed by the program;

(4) not prohibit the financing of all deleted text begin cost-effective energy deleted text end new text begin eligible new text end improvements or land and water improvements not otherwise prohibited by this section;

(5) require that all deleted text begin cost-effective energy deleted text end new text begin eligible new text end improvements or land and water improvements be made to a qualifying commercial real property prior to, or in conjunction with, an applicant's repayment of financing for deleted text begin cost-effective energy deleted text end new text begin eligible new text end improvements or land and water improvements for deleted text begin that deleted text end new text begin the qualifying commercial real new text end property;

(6) have deleted text begin cost-effective energy deleted text end new text begin eligible new text end improvements or land and water improvements financed by the program performed by a licensed contractor as required by chapter 326B or other law or ordinance;

(7) require disclosures in the loan document to borrowers by the implementing entity of: (i) the risks involved in borrowing, including the risk of foreclosure if a tax delinquency results from a default; and (ii) all the terms and conditions of the commercial PACE loan and the installation of deleted text begin cost-effective energy deleted text end new text begin eligible new text end improvements or land and water improvements, including the interest rate being charged on the loan;

(8) provide financing only to those who demonstrate an ability to repay;

(9) not provide financing for a qualifying commercial real property in which the owner is not current on mortgage or real property tax payments;

(10) require a petition to the implementing entity by all owners of the qualifying commercial real property requesting collections of repayments as a special assessment under section 429.101 ;

(11) provide that payments and assessments are not accelerated due to a default and that a tax delinquency exists only for assessments not paid when due;

(12) require that liability for special assessments related to the financing runs with the qualifying commercial real property; and

(13) prior to financing any improvements to or imposing any assessment upon qualifying commercial real property, require notice to and written consent from the mortgage lender of any mortgage encumbering or otherwise secured by the qualifying commercial real property.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216C.436, subdivision 4, is amended to read:

Financing terms..

Financing provided under this section must have:

(1) a cost-weighted average maturity not exceeding the useful life of the deleted text begin energy deleted text end new text begin eligible new text end improvements installed, as determined by the implementing entity, but in no event may a term exceed deleted text begin 20 deleted text end new text begin 30 new text end years;

(2) a principal amount not to exceed the lesser of:

(i) the greater of deleted text begin 20 deleted text end new text begin 30 new text end percent of the assessed value of the real property on which the improvements are to be installed or deleted text begin 20 deleted text end new text begin 30 new text end percent of the real property's appraised value, accepted or approved by the mortgage lender; or

(ii) the actual cost of installing the deleted text begin energy deleted text end new text begin eligible new text end improvements, including the costs of necessary equipment, materials, and labor deleted text begin , deleted text end new text begin ; new text end the costs of each related energy audit deleted text begin or deleted text end new text begin , new text end renewable energy system feasibility study, new text begin water improvement study, or resiliency improvement study; new text end and the cost of verification of installation; and

(3) an interest rate sufficient to pay the financing costs of the program, including the issuance of bonds and any financing delinquencies.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216C.436, subdivision 7, is amended to read:

An implementing entity that finances an deleted text begin energy deleted text end new text begin eligible new text end improvement under this section must:

(1) secure payment with a lien against the qualifying commercial real property; and

(2) collect repayments as a special assessment as provided for in section 429.101 or by charter, provided that special assessments may be made payable in up to deleted text begin 20 deleted text end new text begin 30 new text end equal annual installments.

If the implementing entity is an authority, the local government that authorized the authority to act as implementing entity shall impose and collect special assessments necessary to pay debt service on bonds issued by the implementing entity under subdivision 8, and shall transfer all collections of the assessments upon receipt to the authority.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216C.436, subdivision 8, is amended to read:

Bond issuance; repayment..

(a) An implementing entity may issue revenue bonds as provided in chapter 475 for the purposes of this section and section 216C.437 , provided the revenue bond must not be payable more than deleted text begin 20 deleted text end new text begin 30 new text end years from the date of issuance.

(b) The bonds must be payable as to both principal and interest solely from the revenues from the assessments established in subdivision 7 and section 216C.437, subdivision 28 .

(c) No holder of bonds issued under this subdivision may compel any exercise of the taxing power of the implementing entity that issued the bonds to pay principal or interest on the bonds, and if the implementing entity is an authority, no holder of the bonds may compel any exercise of the taxing power of the local government. Bonds issued under this subdivision are not a debt or obligation of the issuer or any local government that issued them, nor is the payment of the bonds enforceable out of any money other than the revenue pledged to the payment of the bonds.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216C.436, subdivision 10, is amended to read:

Improvements; real property or fixture..

deleted text begin A cost-effective energy deleted text end new text begin An eligible new text end improvement financed under a PACE loan program, including all equipment purchased in whole or in part with loan proceeds under a loan program, is deemed real property or a fixture attached to the real property.

new text begin [216C.47] GEOTHERMAL PLANNING GRANTS. new text end

New text begin subdivision 1. new text end.

new text begin (b) "Eligible applicant" means a county, city, town, or the Metropolitan Council. new text end

new text begin (c) "Geothermal energy system" means a system that heats and cools one or more buildings by using the constant temperature of the earth as both a heat source and heat sink, and a heat exchanger consisting of an underground closed loop system of piping containing a liquid to absorb and relinquish heat within the earth. Geothermal energy system includes: new text end

new text begin (1) a bored geothermal heat exchanger, as defined in section 103I.005; new text end

new text begin (2) a groundwater thermal exchange device, as defined in section 103I.005; and new text end

new text begin (3) a submerged closed loop heat exchanger, as defined in section 103I.005. new text end

new text begin Subd. 2. new text end

New text begin establishment. new text end.

new text begin A geothermal planning grant program is established in the department to provide financial assistance to eligible applicants to examine the technical and economic feasibility of installing geothermal energy systems. new text end

new text begin Subd. 3. new text end

New text begin account established. new text end.

new text begin (a) The geothermal planning grant account is established as a separate account in the special revenue fund in the state treasury. The commissioner must credit to the account appropriations and transfers to the account. Earnings, including interest, dividends, and any other earnings arising from assets of the account, must be credited to the account. Money remaining in the account at the end of a fiscal year does not cancel to the general fund, but remains in the account until June 30, 2029. The commissioner must manage the account. new text end

new text begin (b) Money in the account is appropriated to the commissioner to (1) award geothermal planning grants to eligible applicants, and (2) reimburse the reasonable costs incurred by the department to administer this section. new text end

new text begin Application process. new text end

new text begin An applicant seeking a grant under this section must submit an application to the commissioner on a form developed by the commissioner. The commissioner must develop administrative procedures to govern the application and grant award process. The commissioner may contract with a third party to conduct some or all of the program's operations. new text end

new text begin Grant awards. new text end

new text begin (a) A grant awarded under this process may be used to pay the total cost of the activities eligible for funding under subdivision 6, up to a limit of $150,000. new text end

new text begin (b) The commissioner must endeavor to award grants to eligible applicants in all regions of Minnesota. new text end

new text begin (c) Grants may be awarded under this section only to projects whose work is completed after July 1, 2024. new text end

new text begin Subd. 6. new text end

New text begin eligible grant expenditures. new text end.

new text begin Activities that may be funded with a grant awarded under this section include: new text end

new text begin (1) analysis of the heating and cooling demand of the building or buildings that consume energy from the geothermal energy system; new text end

new text begin (2) evaluation of equipment that could be combined with a geothermal energy system to meet the building's heating and cooling requirements; new text end

new text begin (3) analysis of the geologic conditions of the earth in which a geothermal energy system operates, including the drilling of one or more test wells to characterize geologic materials and to measure properties of the earth and aquifers that impact the feasibility of installing and operating a geothermal energy system; and new text end

new text begin (4) preparation of a financial analysis of the project. new text end

new text begin Contractor and subcontractor requirements. new text end

new text begin Contractors and subcontractors that perform work funded with a grant awarded under this section must have experience installing geothermal energy systems. new text end

new text begin [216C.48] STANDARDIZED SOLAR PLAN REVIEW SOFTWARE; TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE; FINANCIAL INCENTIVE. new text end

new text begin (b) "Energy storage system" has the meaning given in section 216B.2422, subdivision 1. new text end

new text begin (c) "Permitting authority" means a unit of local government in Minnesota that has authority to review and issue permits to install residential solar projects and solar plus energy storage system projects within the unit of local government's jurisdiction. new text end

new text begin (d) "Photovoltaic device" has the meaning given in section 216C.06, subdivision 16. new text end

new text begin (e) "Residential solar project" means the installation of a photovoltaic device at a residence located in Minnesota. new text end

new text begin (f) "SolarAPP+" means the most recent version of the Solar Automated Permit Processing Plus software, developed by the National Renewable Energy Laboratory and available free to permitting authorities from the United States Department of Energy, that uses a web-based portal to automate the solar project plan review and permit issuance processes for residential solar projects that are compliant with applicable building and electrical codes. new text end

new text begin (g) "Solar plus energy storage system project" means a residential solar project installed in conjunction with an energy storage system at the same residence. new text end

new text begin Program establishment. new text end

new text begin A program is established in the department to provide technical assistance and financial incentives to local units of government that issue permits for residential solar projects and solar plus energy storage system projects in order to incentivize a permitting authority to adopt the SolarAPP+ software to standardize, automate, and streamline the review and permitting process. new text end

new text begin Eligibility. new text end

new text begin An incentive may be awarded under this section to a permitting authority that has deployed SolarAPP+ and made SolarAPP+ available on the permitting authority's website. new text end

new text begin Application. new text end

new text begin (a) A permitting authority must submit an application for a financial incentive under this section to the commissioner on a form developed by the commissioner. new text end

new text begin (b) An application may be submitted for a financial incentive under this section after SolarAPP+ has become operational in the permitting authority's jurisdiction. new text end

new text begin Review and grant award process. new text end

new text begin The commissioner must develop administrative procedures to govern the application review and incentive award process under this section. new text end

new text begin Incentive awards. new text end

new text begin Beginning no later than March 1, 2025, the commissioner may award a financial incentive to a permitting authority under this section only if the commissioner has determined that the permitting authority meets verification requirements established by the commissioner that ensure a permitting authority has made SolarAPP+ operational within the permitting authority's jurisdiction and that SolarAPP+ is available on the permitting authority's website. new text end

new text begin Incentive amount. new text end

new text begin (a) An incentive awarded under this section must be no less than $5,000 and no greater than $20,000. new text end

new text begin (b) The commissioner may vary the amount of an incentive awarded under this section by considering the following factors: new text end

new text begin (1) the population of the permitting authority; new text end

new text begin (2) the number of permits for solar projects issued by the permitting authority using conventional review processes; new text end

new text begin (3) whether the SolarAPP+ software has been adopted on a stand-alone basis or has been integrated with other permit management software utilized by the permitting authority; and new text end

new text begin (4) whether the permitting jurisdiction has participated in other sustainability programs, including but not limited to GreenStep Cities and the United States Department of Energy's SolSmart and Charging Smart programs. new text end

new text begin Subd. 8. new text end

New text begin technical assistance. new text end.

new text begin The department must provide technical assistance to eligible permitting authorities seeking to apply for an incentive under this section. new text end

new text begin Subd. 9. new text end

New text begin program promotion. new text end.

new text begin The department must develop an education and outreach program to make permitting authorities aware of the incentive offered under this section, including by convening workshops, producing educational materials, and using other mechanisms to promote the program, including but not limited to utilizing the efforts of the League of Minnesota Cities, the Association of Minnesota Counties, the Community Energy Resource Teams established under section 216C.385, and similar organizations to reach permitting authorities. new text end

new text begin Subd. 10. new text end

new text begin (a) The SolarAPP+ program account is established in the special revenue account in the state treasury. The commissioner must credit to the account appropriations and transfers to the account. Earnings, including interest, dividends, and any other earnings arising from assets of the account, must be credited to the account. Money remaining in the account at the end of a fiscal year does not cancel to the general fund but remains in the account until June 30, 2028. The commissioner must manage the account. new text end

new text begin (b) Money in the account is appropriated to the commissioner for the purposes of this section and to reimburse the reasonable costs incurred by the department to administer this section. new text end

Laws 2023, chapter 60, article 10, section 2, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

(a) $5,861,000 the first year and $6,038,000 the second year are to the division of energy resources for operating expenses.

(b) $150,000 the first year and $150,000 the second year are to remediate vermiculite insulation from households that are eligible for weatherization assistance under Minnesota's weatherization assistance program state plan under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.264 . Remediation must be done in conjunction with federal weatherization assistance program services.

(c) $1,138,000 in the first year is transferred from the general fund to the solar for schools program account under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.375 , to provide financial assistance to schools that are state colleges and universities to purchase and install solar energy generating systems. This appropriation must be expended on schools located outside the electric service territory of the public utility that is subject to Minnesota Statutes, section 116C.779 . Money under this paragraph is available until June 30, 2034. Any money remaining on June 30, 2034, cancels to the general fund.

(d) $189,000 each year is for activities associated with a utility's implementation of a natural gas innovation plan under Minnesota Statutes, section 216B.2427 .

(e) $15,000,000 in the first year is transferred from the general fund to the solar for schools program account in the special revenue fund for grants under the solar for schools program established under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.375 . The money under this paragraph must be expended on schools located outside the electric service territory of the public utility that is subject to Minnesota Statutes, section 116C.779 .

(f) $500,000 each year is for the strengthen Minnesota homes program under Minnesota Statutes, section 65A.299, subdivision 4 . Money under this paragraph is transferred from the general fund to strengthen Minnesota homes account in the special revenue fund. This is a onetime appropriation.

(g) $20,000,000 the first year and $18,737,000 the second year are for weatherization and preweatherization work to serve additional households and allow for services that would otherwise be denied due to current federal limitations related to the federal weatherization assistance program. Money under this paragraph is transferred from the general fund to the preweatherization account in the special revenue fund under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.264, subdivision 1c . The base in fiscal years 2026 and later is $3,199,000.

(h) $15,000,000 the first year is for a grant to an investor-owned electric utility that has at least 50,000 retail electric customers, but no more than 200,000 retail electric customers, to increase the capacity and improve the reliability of an existing high-voltage direct current transmission line that runs between North Dakota and Minnesota. This is a onetime appropriation and must be used to support the cost-share component of a federal grant application to a program enacted in the federal Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, Public Law 117-58, and may otherwise be used to reduce the cost of the high-voltage direct current transmission project upgrade and to reimburse the reasonable costs incurred by the department to administer the grant. This appropriation is available until June 30, 2034.

(i) $300,000 the first year is for technical assistance and administrative support for the Tribal Advocacy Council on Energy under article 12, section 71. As part of the technical assistance and administrative support for the program, the commissioner must hire a Tribal liaison to support the Tribal Advocacy Council on Energy and advise the department on the development of a culturally responsive clean energy grants program based on the priorities identified by the Tribal Advocacy Council on Energy.

(j) $3,000,000 the first year is for a grant to Clean Energy Economy Minnesota for the Minnesota Energy Alley initiative to secure the state's energy and economic development future. The appropriation may be used to establish and support the initiative, provide seed funding for businesses, develop a training and development program, support recruitment of entrepreneurs to Minnesota, and secure funding from federal programs and corporate partners to establish a self-sustaining, long-term revenue model. This appropriation may be used to reimburse the reasonable costs incurred by the department to administer the grant. This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2027.

(k) $5,000,000 the first year is transferred to the electric vehicle rebate program account to award rebates to purchase or lease eligible electric vehicles under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.401 . Rebates must be awarded under this paragraph only to eligible recipients located outside the retail electric service area of the public utility that is subject to Minnesota Statutes, section 116C.779 . This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2027.

(l) $1,000,000 the first year is to award grants under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.402 , to automobile dealers seeking certification to sell electric vehicles and to reimburse the reasonable costs incurred by the department to administer the grants. Grants must only be awarded under this paragraph to eligible dealers located outside the retail electric service area of the public utility that is subject to Minnesota Statutes, section 116C.779 . This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2027.

(m) $3,000,000 the first year is transferred to the residential electric panel upgrade grant program account established under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.45 , to award electric panel upgrade grants and to reimburse the reasonable costs incurred by the department to administer the program. Grants must be awarded under this paragraph only to owners of single-family homes or multifamily buildings located outside the electric service area of the public utility subject to Minnesota Statutes, section 116C.779 . This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2027.

(n) $500,000 the first year and $500,000 the second year are for a grant to the clean energy resource teams partnerships under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.385, subdivision 2 , to provide additional capacity to perform the duties specified under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.385, subdivision 3 . This appropriation may be used to reimburse the reasonable costs incurred by the department to administer the grant.

(o) $1,807,000 the first year and $301,000 the second year are to implement energy benchmarking under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.331 .

Of the amount appropriated under this paragraph, $750,000 the first year is to award grants to qualifying utilities that are not investor-owned utilities to support the development of technology for implementing energy benchmarking under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.331 . This is a onetime appropriation.

Of the amount appropriated in the first year under this paragraph, $756,000 the first year is for a grant to Building Owners and Managers Association Greater Minneapolis to establish partnerships with three technical colleges and high school career counselors with a goal of increasing the number of building engineers across Minnesota. This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2028. The grant recipient must provide a detailed report describing how the grant funds were used to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees having jurisdiction over higher education by January 15 of each year until 2028. The report must describe the progress made toward the goal of increasing the number of building engineers and strategies used.

(p) $500,000 the first year is for a feasibility study to identify and process Minnesota iron resources that could be suitable for upgrading to long-term battery storage specifications. The results of the feasibility study must be submitted to the commissioner of commerce and to the chairs and ranking minority members of the house of representatives and senate committees with jurisdiction over energy policy no later than deleted text begin February deleted text end new text begin November new text end 1, 2025. This appropriation may be used to reimburse the reasonable costs incurred to administer the study. This is a onetime appropriation.

(q) $6,000,000 the first year is for electric school bus grants under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.374 . Money under this paragraph is transferred from the general fund to the electric school bus program account. This is a onetime appropriation.

(r) $5,300,000 the first year is for electric grid resiliency grants under article 12, section 72. This appropriation may be used to reimburse the reasonable costs incurred by the department to administer the grants. This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2028.

(s) $6,000,000 the first year is transferred to the heat pump rebate program account established under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.46 , to implement the heat pump rebate program and to reimburse the reasonable costs incurred by the department to administer the program. Of this amount:

(1) up to $1,400,000 the first year is to contract with an energy coordinator under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.46, subdivision 5 ; and

(2) up to $1,400,000 the first year is to conduct contractor training and support under Minnesota Statutes, section 216C.46, subdivision 6 .

(t) $1,000,000 the first year is to award air ventilation pilot program grants under Minnesota Statutes, section 123B.663 , for assessments, testing, and equipment upgrades in schools, and for the department's costs to administer the program. This is a onetime appropriation.

(u) $500,000 the first year is for a grant to the city of Anoka for feasibility studies as described in this paragraph and design, engineering, and environmental analysis related to the repair and reconstruction of the Rum River Dam. Findings from the feasibility studies must be incorporated into the design and engineering funded by this appropriation. This appropriation is onetime and is available until June 30, 2027. This appropriation includes money for the following studies: (1) a study to assess the feasibility of adding a lock or other means for boats to traverse the dam to navigate between the lower Rum River and upper Rum River; (2) a study to assess the feasibility of constructing the dam in a manner that would facilitate recreational river surfing at the dam site; and (3) a study to assess the feasibility of constructing the dam in a manner to generate hydroelectric power.

(v) $3,000,000 the first year is for grants to install on-site energy storage systems, as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 216B.2422, subdivision 1 , paragraph (f), with a capacity of 50 kilowatt hours or less and that are located outside the electric service area of the electric utility subject to Minnesota Statutes, section 116C.779 . To receive a grant under this paragraph, an owner of the energy storage system must be operating a solar energy generating system at the same site as the energy storage system or have filed an application with a utility to interconnect a solar energy generating system at the same site as the energy storage system. This appropriation may be used to reimburse the reasonable costs incurred by the department to administer the grants. This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2027.

(w) $164,000 the second year is for activities associated with a public utility's filing a transportation electrification plan under Minnesota Statutes, section 216B.1615 . The base in fiscal year 2026 and later is $164,000.

(x) $77,000 each year is for activities associated with appeals of consumer complaints to the commission under Minnesota Statutes, section 216B.172 .

(y) $961,000 each year is for activities required under Minnesota Statutes, section 216B.1641 for community solar gardens. This appropriation must be assessed directly to the public utility subject to Minnesota Statutes, section 116C.779 .

(z) $300,000 the first year is for the community solar garden program study required under article 12, section 73.

new text begin ULTRAEFFICIENT VEHICLE DEVELOPMENT GRANTS. new text end

new text begin (a) A grant program is established in the Department of Commerce to provide financial assistance to developers and producers of ultraefficient vehicles that use proprietary technology. new text end

new text begin (b) For purposes of this section, "ultraefficient vehicle" means a fully closed compartment vehicle that is designed to carry at least one adult passenger and that achieves: new text end

new text begin (1) at least 75 miles per gallon while operating on gasoline; new text end

new text begin (2) at least 75 miles per gallon equivalent while operating as a hybrid electric-gasoline; or new text end

new text begin (3) at least 75 miles per gallon equivalent while operating as a fully electric vehicle. new text end

new text begin Applicants seeking a grant under this section must submit an application to the commissioner of commerce on a form developed by the commissioner. The commissioner is responsible for receiving and reviewing grant applications and awarding grants under this subdivision. The commissioner must develop administrative procedures to govern the application, evaluation, and grant-award process. new text end

new text begin The maximum grant award for each eligible applicant awarded a grant under this section is $250,000. When awarding grants under this section, the department must: new text end

new text begin (1) give priority to ultraefficient vehicle projects that are deemed to be near production ready; and new text end

new text begin (2) give priority to ultraefficient vehicle projects that maximize the use of electricity to charge and run the vehicle. new text end

new text begin An ultraefficient vehicle development grant account is established in the special revenue fund in the state treasury. The commissioner of commerce must credit to the account appropriations made for ultraefficient vehicle development grants. Earnings, including interest, arising from assets in the account, must be credited to the account. Money in the account is available until June 30, 2028. Any amount remaining in the account after June 30, 2028, cancels to the renewable development account. The commissioner of commerce must manage the account. new text end

new text begin Appropriation; expenditures. new text end

new text begin Money in the account established in subdivision 4 is appropriated to the commissioner of commerce and must be used only to: new text end

new text begin (1) make grant awards under this section; and new text end

new text begin (2) pay the reasonable costs incurred by the department to administer this section. new text end

new text begin Report. new text end

new text begin On January 15, 2026, and on January 15, 2029, the commissioner of commerce must submit a report to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees with jurisdiction over energy policy and finance on the grant awards under this section. new text end

new text begin THERMAL ENERGY NETWORK DEPLOYMENT WORK GROUP. new text end

New text begin direction. new text end.

new text begin The Public Utilities Commission must establish and appoint a thermal energy network deployment work group to examine (1) the potential regulatory opportunities for regulated natural gas utilities to deploy thermal energy networks, and (2) potential barriers to development. The work group must examine the public benefits, costs, and impacts of deployment of thermal energy networks, as well as examine rate design options. new text end

new text begin Membership. new text end

new text begin (a) The work group consists of at least the following: new text end

new text begin (1) representatives of the Department of Commerce; new text end

new text begin (2) representatives of the Department of Health; new text end

new text begin (3) representatives of the Pollution Control Agency; new text end

new text begin (4) representatives of the Department of Natural Resources; new text end

new text begin (5) representatives of the Office of the Attorney General; new text end

new text begin (6) representatives from utilities; new text end

new text begin (7) representatives from clean energy advocacy organizations; new text end

new text begin (8) representatives from labor organizations; new text end

new text begin (9) geothermal technology providers; new text end

new text begin (10) representatives from consumer protection organizations; new text end

new text begin (11) representatives from cities; and new text end

new text begin (12) representatives from low-income communities. new text end

new text begin (b) The executive secretary of the Public Utilities Commission may invite others to participate in one or more meetings of the work group. new text end

new text begin (c) When appointing members to the work group, the Public Utilities Commission must endeavor to ensure that all geographic regions of Minnesota are represented. new text end

new text begin Duties. new text end

new text begin The work group must prepare a report containing findings and recommendations regarding how to deploy thermal energy networks within a regulated context and in a manner that protects the public interest and considers reliability, affordability, environmental impacts, and socioeconomic impacts. new text end

new text begin Report to legislature. new text end

new text begin The work group must submit a report detailing the work group's findings and recommendations to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees and divisions with jurisdiction over energy policy and finance by December 31, 2025. The work group terminates the day after the report under this subdivision is submitted. new text end

new text begin Notice and comment period. new text end

new text begin The executive secretary of the Public Utilities Commission must file the completed report in Public Utilities Commission Docket No. G-999/CI-21-565 and provide notice to all docket participants and other interested persons that comments on the findings and recommendations may be filed in the docket. new text end

new text begin Definition. new text end

new text begin For the purposes of this section, "thermal energy network" means a project that provides heating and cooling to multiple buildings connected via underground piping containing fluids that, in concert with heat pumps, exchange thermal energy from the earth, underground or surface waters, wastewater, or other heat sources. new text end

new text begin STUDY; CARBON DIOXIDE PIPELINES. new text end

new text begin (a) The commission must contract with an independent third party to conduct a study that: (1) assesses the human health and environmental impacts that result from constructing, operating, and maintaining carbon dioxide pipelines; and (2) makes recommendations regarding regulation of the activities listed in clause (1). The executive secretary of the commission may consult with the executive director of the environmental quality board when selecting the contractor to conduct the study. new text end

new text begin (b) The study must include, at a minimum, the following elements: new text end

new text begin (1) identification of geographic areas in Minnesota that, due to the geographic area's geology or the presence of environmentally sensitive resources, are unsuitable sites to construct and operate carbon dioxide pipelines; new text end

new text begin (2) the amount of energy and water required to operate the equipment used to capture the carbon dioxide that is transported in a carbon dioxide pipeline; new text end

new text begin (3) the potential human and environmental impacts of a carbon dioxide pipeline leak or rupture, especially to long-term human health, surface water bodies and wetlands, animals and animal habitat, croplands, and other sensitive resources; new text end

new text begin (4) measures that can be taken to mitigate the impact of a carbon dioxide pipeline leak or rupture, including setbacks, protection for wildlife and wildlife habitat, and enhanced local emergency response strategies and resources; new text end

new text begin (5) the long-term impacts of pipeline construction on wetlands, soils, crops, and other vegetation; new text end

new text begin (6) the lifecycle greenhouse gas emissions resulting from carbon dioxide pipelines, including the ultimate disposition of the carbon dioxide, whether the carbon dioxide is sequestered, used to manufacture other products, or used to extract incremental oil or gas supplies from underground reservoirs. The greenhouse gas emissions resulting from the process to extract incremental oil or gas supplies from underground reservoirs and the subsequent combustion of the incremental energy sources must also be estimated. The analysis should also indicate the degree to which any emission reductions are verifiable; and new text end

new text begin (7) recommended provisions for a state regulatory process to site, operate, maintain, and abandon carbon dioxide pipelines that are transparent, provide opportunity for public engagement, and provide pipeline operators with clear signals and efficient procedures regarding permitting issues. new text end

new text begin (c) No later than November 1, 2026, a written copy of the report must be submitted to the chairs and ranking minority members of the legislative committees with primary jurisdiction over energy policy and environmental policy and to the Public Utilities Commission. The commission must consider the report's findings and recommendations when issuing siting permits for carbon dioxide pipelines. new text end

new text begin THERMAL ENERGY NETWORK SITE SUITABILITY STUDY. new text end

new text begin (a) The Department of Commerce must conduct or contract for a study to determine the suitability of sites to deploy thermal energy networks statewide. new text end

new text begin (b) The study must: new text end

new text begin (1) identify areas more and less suitable for deployment of thermal energy networks statewide; and new text end

new text begin (2) identify potential barriers to the deployment of thermal energy networks and potential ways to address the barriers. new text end

new text begin (c) In determining site suitability, the study must consider: new text end

new text begin (1) geologic or hydrologic access to thermal storage; new text end

new text begin (2) the existing built environment, including but not limited to age, density, building uses, existing heating and cooling systems, and existing electrical services; new text end

new text begin (3) the condition of existing natural gas infrastructure; new text end

new text begin (4) road and street conditions, including planned replacement or maintenance; new text end

new text begin (5) local land use regulations; new text end

new text begin (6) area permitting requirements; and new text end

new text begin (7) whether the area is an environmental justice area, as defined in section 116.065, subdivision 1, paragraph (e). new text end

new text begin (d) No later than January 15, 2026, the Department of Commerce must submit a written report documenting the study's findings to the chairs and ranking minority members of the senate and house of representatives committees with jurisdiction over energy policy and finance. new text end

new text begin (e) For the purposes of this section, "thermal energy network" means a project that provides heating and cooling to multiple buildings connected via underground piping containing fluids that, in concert with heat pumps, exchange thermal energy from the earth, underground or surface waters, wastewater, or other heat sources. new text end

new text begin GRID ENHANCING TECHNOLOGIES REPORT; PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION ORDER. new text end

new text begin (f) "Line rating methodology" means a methodology used to calculate the maximum amount of electricity that can be carried by a transmission line without exceeding thermal limits designed to ensure safety. new text end

new text begin (g) "Power flow controller" means hardware and software used to reroute electricity from overloaded transmission lines to underutilized transmission lines. new text end

new text begin (h) "Thermal limit" means the temperature a transmission line reaches when heat from the electric current flow within the transmission line causes excessive sagging of the transmission line. new text end

new text begin (i) "Topology optimization" means a software technology that uses mathematical models to identify reconfigurations in the transmission grid in order to reroute electricity from overloaded transmission lines to underutilized transmission lines. new text end

new text begin (j) "Transmission line" has the meaning given to "high-voltage transmission line" in section 216E.01. subdivision 4. new text end

new text begin (k) "Transmission system" means a network of high-voltage transmission lines owned or operated by an entity subject to this section that transports electricity to Minnesota customers. new text end

new text begin Report; content. new text end

new text begin An entity that owns more than 750 miles of transmission lines in Minnesota, as reported in the state transmission report submitted to the Public Utilities Commission under Minnesota Statutes, section 216B.2425, by November 1, 2025, must include in that report information that: new text end

new text begin (1) identifies, during each of the last three years, locations that experienced 168 hours or more of congestion, or the ten locations at which the most costly congestion occurred, whichever measure produces the greater number of locations; new text end

new text begin (2) estimates the frequency of congestion at each location and the increased cost to ratepayers resulting from the substitution of higher-priced electricity; new text end

new text begin (3) identifies locations on each transmission system that are likely to experience high levels of congestion during the next five years; new text end

new text begin (4) evaluates the technical feasibility and estimates the cost of installing one or more grid enhancing technologies to address each instance of grid congestion identified in clause (1), and projects the grid enhancing technology's efficacy in reducing congestion; new text end

new text begin (5) analyzes the cost-effectiveness of installing grid enhancing technologies to address each instance of congestion identified in clause (1) by using the information developed in clause (2) to calculate the payback period of each installation, using a methodology developed by the commission; new text end

new text begin (6) proposes an implementation plan, including a schedule and cost estimate, to install grid enhancing technologies at each congestion point identified in clause (1) at which the payback period is less than or equal to a value determined by the commission, in order to maximize transmission system capacity; and new text end

new text begin (7) explains the transmission owner's current line rating methodology. new text end

new text begin Commission review; order. new text end

new text begin (a) The commission must review the implementation plans proposed by each reporting entity as required in subdivision 2, clause (6), and must: new text end

new text begin (1) review, and may approve, reject, or modify, the plan; and new text end

new text begin (2) issue an order requiring implementation of an approved plan. new text end

new text begin (b) Within 90 days of the date the commission issues an order under this subdivision each public utility must file with the commission a plan containing a workplan, cost estimate, and schedule to implement the elements of the plan approved by the commission that are located within the public utility's electric service area. For each entity required to report under this section that is not a public utility, the commission's order is advisory. new text end

new text begin Cost recovery. new text end

new text begin Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the commission may approve cost recovery under Minnesota Statutes, section 216B.16, including an appropriate rate of return, of any prudent and reasonable investments made or expenses incurred by a public utility to administer and implement a grid enhancing technologies plan approved by the commission under this section. new text end

new text begin INTERCONNECTION DOCKET; PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION. new text end

new text begin (a) No later than September 1, 2024, the commission must initiate a proceeding to establish by order generic standards for the sharing of utility costs necessary to upgrade a utility's distribution system by increasing hosting capacity or applying other necessary distribution system upgrades at a congested or constrained location in order to allow for the interconnection of distributed generation facilities at the congested or constrained location and to advance the achievement of the state's renewable and carbon-free energy goals in Minnesota Statutes, section 216B.1691 and greenhouse gas emissions reduction goals in Minnesota Statutes, section 216H.02. The tariff standards must reflect an interconnection process designed to, at a minimum: new text end

new text begin (1) accelerate the expansion of hosting capacity at multiple points on a utility's distribution system by ensuring that the cost of upgrades is shared fairly among owners of distributed generation projects seeking interconnection on a pro rata basis according to the amount of the expanded capacity utilized by each interconnected distributed generation facility; new text end

new text begin (2) reduce the capital burden on owners of trigger projects seeking interconnection; new text end

new text begin (3) establish a minimum level of upgrade costs an expansion of hosting capacity must reach in order to be eligible to participate in the cost-share process and below which a trigger project must bear the full cost of the upgrade; new text end

new text begin (4) establish a distributed generation facility's pro rata cost-share amount as the utility's total cost of the upgrade divided by the incremental capacity resulting from the upgrade, and multiplying the result by the capacity of the distributed generation facility seeking interconnection; new text end

new text begin (5) establish a minimum proportion of the total upgrade cost that a utility must receive from one or more distributed generation facilities before initiating constructing an upgrade; new text end

new text begin (6) allow trigger projects and any other distributed generation facilities to pay a utility more than the trigger project's or distributed generation facility's pro rata cost-share amount only if needed to meet the minimum threshold established in clause (5) and to receive refunds for amounts paid beyond the trigger project's or distributed generation facility's pro rata share of expansion costs from distributed generation projects that subsequently interconnect at the applicable location, after which pro rata payments are paid to the utility for distribution to ratepayers; new text end

new text begin (7) prohibit owners of distributed generation facilities from using any unsubscribed capacity at an interconnection that has undergone an upgrade without the distributed generation owners paying the distributed generation owner's pro rata cost of the upgrade; and new text end

new text begin (8) establish an annual limit or a formula for determining an annual limit for the total cost of upgrades that are not allocated to owners of participating generation facilities and may be recovered from ratepayers under section 216B.16, subdivision 7b, clause (6). new text end

new text begin (b) For the purposes of this section, the following terms have the meanings given: new text end

new text begin (1) "distributed generation project" means an energy generating system with a capacity no greater than ten megawatts; new text end

new text begin (2) "hosting capacity" means the maximum capacity of a utility distribution system to transport electricity at a specific location without compromising the safety or reliability of the distribution system; new text end

new text begin (3) "trigger project" means the initial distributed generation project whose application for interconnection of a distributed generation project alerts a utility that an upgrade is needed in order to accommodate the trigger project and any future interconnections at the applicable location; new text end

new text begin (4) "upgrade" means a modification of a utility's distribution system at a specific location that is necessary to allow the interconnection of distributed generation projects by increasing hosting capacity at the applicable location, including but not limited to installing or modifying equipment at a substation or along a distribution line. Upgrade does not mean an expansion of hosting capacity dedicated solely to the interconnection of a single distributed generation project; and new text end

new text begin (5) "utility" means a public utility, as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 216B.02, subdivision 4, that provides electric service. new text end

new text begin POSITION ESTABLISHED; PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION. new text end

New text begin position; duties. new text end.

new text begin (a) The Public Utilities Commission's Consumer Affairs Office must establish a new full-time equivalent interconnection ombudsperson position to assist applicants seeking to interconnect distributed generation projects to utility distribution systems under the generic statewide standards developed by the commission under section 53. The Public Utilities Commission must (1) appoint a person to the position who possesses mediation skills and technical expertise related to interconnection and interconnection procedures, and (2) authorize the person to request and review all interconnection data from utilities and applicants that are necessary to fulfill the duties of the position described in this subdivision. new text end

new text begin (b) The duties of the interconnection ombudsperson include but are not limited to: new text end

new text begin (1) tracking interconnection disputes between applicants and utilities; new text end

new text begin (2) facilitating the efficient and fair resolution of disputes between customers seeking to interconnect and utilities; new text end

new text begin (3) reviewing utility interconnection policies to assess opportunities to reduce interconnection disputes, while considering the equitable distribution of distributed generation facilities; new text end

new text begin (4) convening stakeholder groups as necessary to facilitate effective communication among interconnection stakeholders; and new text end

new text begin (5) preparing reports that detail the number, type, resolution timelines, and outcome of interconnection disputes. new text end

new text begin (c) A utility must provide information requested under this section that the interconnection ombudsperson determines is necessary to effectively carry out the duties of the position. new text end

new text begin For the purposes of this section, "utility" means a public utility, as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 216B.02, subdivision 4, that provides electric service. new text end

new text begin Position; funding. new text end

new text begin (a) A utility must assess and collect a surcharge of $50 on each application interconnection filed by an owner of a distributed generation facility located in Minnesota. A utility must remit the full surcharge to the Public Utilities Commission monthly, in a manner determined by the Public Utilities Commission, for each interconnection application filed with the utility during the previous month. new text end

new text begin (b) The interconnection ombudsperson account is established in the special revenue account in the state treasury. The Public Utilities Commission must manage the account. The Public Utilities Commission must deposit in the account all revenues received from utilities from the surcharge on interconnection applications established under this section. Money is appropriated from the account to the Public Utilities Commission for the sole purpose of funding the ombudsperson position established in subdivision 1. new text end

new text begin (c) The Public Utilities Commission must review the amount of revenues collected from the surcharge each year and may adjust the level of the surcharge as necessary to ensure (1) sufficient money is available to support the position, and (2) the reserve in the account does not reach more than ten percent of the amount necessary to fully fund the position. new text end

new text begin This section is effective the day following final enactment and applies to applications for interconnections filed with a utility on or after that date. new text end

MINNESOTA ENERGY INFRASTRUCTURE PERMITTING ACT

New text begin [216i.01] citation. new text end.

new text begin This chapter may be cited as the "Minnesota Energy Infrastructure Permitting Act." new text end

new text begin [216I.02] DEFINITIONS. new text end

New text begin applicability. new text end.

new text begin For purposes of this chapter, the terms defined in this section have the meanings given, unless context clearly indicates or provides otherwise. new text end

new text begin Associated facility. new text end

new text begin "Associated facility" means a building, equipment, communication instrumentation, or other physical structure that is necessary to operate a large energy infrastructure facility. Associated facility includes transmission lines designed for and capable of operating at 100 kilovolts or less that interconnect the large energy infrastructure facility with the existing high-voltage transmission system. new text end

new text begin Commission. new text end

new text begin "Commission" means the Public Utilities Commission. Commission also means the executive secretary of the Public Utilities Commission for purposes of the following: new text end

new text begin (1) applicability determinations under section 216I.04; new text end

new text begin (2) completeness determinations under section 216I.05; new text end

new text begin (3) public meetings under section 216I.05, subdivision 9; new text end

new text begin (4) draft environmental impact statements under section 216I.06, subdivision 1, paragraph (c); and new text end

new text begin (5) public hearings under section 216I.06, subdivision 2, or 216I.07, subdivision 4. new text end

new text begin Construction. new text end

new text begin "Construction" means any clearing of land, excavation, or other action that adversely affects the site's or route's natural environment. Construction does not include changes needed to temporarily use sites or routes for nonutility purposes, or uses in securing survey or geological data, including necessary borings to ascertain foundation conditions. new text end

new text begin Cultivated agricultural land. new text end

new text begin "Cultivated agricultural land" has the meaning given in section 216G.01, subdivision 4. new text end

new text begin Energy storage system. new text end

new text begin "Energy storage system" means equipment and associated facilities designed with a nameplate capacity of 10,000 kilowatts or more that is capable of storing generated electricity for a period of time and delivering the electricity for use after storage. new text end

new text begin Executive secretary. new text end

new text begin "Executive secretary" means the executive secretary of the Public Utilities Commission under section 216A.04 or Public Utilities Commission staff designated by the executive secretary. new text end

new text begin High-voltage transmission line. new text end

new text begin "High-voltage transmission line" means a conductor of electric energy and associated facilities that is (1) designed for and capable of operation at a nominal voltage of 100 kilovolts or more, and (2) is greater than 1,500 feet in length. new text end

new text begin Large electric power generating plant. new text end

new text begin "Large electric power generating plant" means electric power generating equipment and associated facilities designed for or capable of operation at a capacity of 50,000 kilowatts or more. new text end

new text begin Large energy infrastructure facility. new text end

new text begin "Large energy infrastructure facility" means a high-voltage transmission line, a large electric power generating plant, an energy storage system, a large wind energy conversion system, and any associated facility. new text end

new text begin Subd. 11. new text end

New text begin large wind energy conversion system. new text end.

new text begin "Large wind energy conversion system" means any combination of wind energy conversion systems with a combined nameplate capacity of 5,000 kilowatts or more, and may include transmission lines designed for and capable of operating at 100 kilovolts or less that interconnect a large wind energy conversion system with a high-voltage transmission line. new text end

new text begin Subd. 12. new text end

New text begin permittee. new text end.

new text begin "Permittee" means a person to whom a site or route permit is issued. new text end

new text begin Subd. 13. new text end

New text begin person. new text end.

new text begin "Person" means an individual, partnership, joint venture, private or public corporation, association, firm, public service company, cooperative, political subdivision, municipal corporation, government agency, public utility district, or any other entity, public or private, however organized. new text end

new text begin Power purchase agreement. new text end

new text begin "Power purchase agreement" means a legally enforceable agreement between two or more persons where one or more of the signatories agrees to provide electrical power and one or more of the signatories agrees to purchase the power. new text end

new text begin Route. new text end

new text begin "Route" means the location of a high-voltage transmission line between two end points. The route may have a variable width of up to 1.25 miles. new text end

new text begin Subd. 16. new text end

New text begin site. new text end.

new text begin "Site" means the location of a large electric power generating plant, solar energy generating system, energy storage system, or large wind energy conversion system. new text end

new text begin Subd. 17. new text end

New text begin small wind energy conversion system. new text end.

new text begin "Small wind energy conversion system" means any combination of wind energy conversion systems with a combined nameplate capacity of less than 5,000 kilowatts. new text end

new text begin Subd. 18. new text end

New text begin solar energy generating system. new text end.

new text begin "Solar energy generating system" means a set of devices whose primary purpose is to produce electricity by means of any combination of collecting, transferring, or converting solar-generated energy with a combined nameplate capacity of 50,000 kilowatts alternating current or more. new text end

new text begin Subd. 19. new text end

New text begin utility. new text end.

new text begin "Utility" means any entity engaged or intending to engage in generating, transmitting, or distributing electric energy in Minnesota. Utility includes but is not limited to a private investor-owned utility, cooperatively owned utility, and public or municipally owned utility. new text end

new text begin Subd. 20. new text end

New text begin wind energy conversion system. new text end.

new text begin "Wind energy conversion system" means a device, including but not limited to a wind charger, windmill, or wind turbine and associated facilities, that converts wind energy to electrical energy. new text end

new text begin [216I.03] SITING AUTHORITY. new text end

New text begin policy. new text end.

new text begin The legislature hereby declares it is the policy of the state to locate large electric power facilities in an orderly manner that is compatible with environmental preservation and the efficient use of resources. In accordance with the policy, the commission must choose locations that minimize adverse human and environmental impact while ensuring (1) continuing electric power system reliability and integrity, and (2) that electric energy needs are met and fulfilled in an orderly and timely fashion. new text end

new text begin Jurisdiction. new text end

new text begin (a) The commission has the authority to provide for site and route selection for large energy infrastructure facilities. The commission must issue permits for large energy infrastructure facilities in a timely fashion and in a manner consistent with the overall determination of need for the project under section 216B.2425 or 216B.243, if applicable. new text end

new text begin (b) The scope of an environmental review conducted under this chapter must not include: (1) questions of need, including size, type, and timing; (2) alternative system configurations; or (3) voltage. new text end

new text begin Interstate routes. new text end

new text begin If a route is proposed in two or more states, the commission must attempt to reach an agreement with affected states on the entry and exit points before designating a route. The commission, in discharge of the commission's duties under this chapter, may make joint investigations, hold joint hearings within or outside of the state, and issue joint or concurrent orders in conjunction or concurrence with any official or agency of any state or of the United States. The commission may, pursuant to any consent of Congress, negotiate and enter into any agreements or compacts with agencies of other states for cooperative efforts to certify the construction, operation, and maintenance of large electric power facilities in a manner consistent with this chapter's requirements and to enforce the respective state laws regarding large electric power facilities. new text end

new text begin Biennial report. new text end

new text begin By December 15, 2025, and every odd-numbered year thereafter, the commission must submit a written report to the chairs and ranking minority members of the senate and house of representatives committees with jurisdiction over energy and utilities. The report must: new text end

new text begin (1) provide an update on the progress made to permit, approve, and construct the electric utility infrastructure necessary to meet the requirements of section 216B.1691 within the milestones provided under section 216B.1691; new text end

new text begin (2) describe efforts made by the commission to engage stakeholders in environmental justice areas, as defined in section 216B.1691, subdivision 1, paragraph (c), in permitting, approving, and constructing electric utility infrastructure under this section, section 216B.1691, or section 216B.243; and new text end

new text begin (3) provide information regarding any cumulative impact analysis ordered by the commissioner of the Pollution Control Agency under section 116.065 pertaining to any electric utility infrastructure permitted, approved, or constructed under this section, section 216B.1691, or section 216B.243. new text end

new text begin [216I.04] APPLICABILITY DETERMINATION. new text end

New text begin generally. new text end.

new text begin This section may be used to determine: (1) whether a proposal meets the definition of large energy infrastructure facility and is subject to the commission's siting or routing jurisdiction under this chapter; or (2) which review process is applicable at the time of the initial application. new text end

new text begin Solar, wind, or energy storage facilities. new text end

new text begin For solar energy generating systems, large wind energy conversion systems, or energy storage systems, the alternating current nameplate capacity of one solar energy generating system, wind energy conversion system, or energy storage system must be combined with the alternating current nameplate capacity of any other solar energy generating system, wind energy conversion system, or energy storage system that: new text end

new text begin (1) is constructed within the same 12-month period; and new text end

new text begin (2) exhibits characteristics of being a single development, including but not limited to ownership structure, an umbrella sales arrangement, shared interconnection, revenue-sharing arrangements, and common debt or equity financing. new text end

new text begin Transmission lines. new text end

new text begin For transmission lines, the petitioner must describe the applicability question and provide sufficient facts to support the determination. new text end

new text begin Forms; assistance; written determination. new text end

new text begin (a) The commission must provide forms and assistance to help applicants make a request for an applicability determination. new text end

new text begin (b) Upon written request from an applicant, the commission or the commission's designee must provide a written determination regarding applicability under this section. The commission or the commission's designee must provide the written determination within 30 days of the date the request was received or 30 days of the date information that the commission requested from the applicant is received, whichever is later. This written determination constitutes a final decision of the commission. new text end

new text begin [216I.05] DESIGNATING SITES AND ROUTES. new text end

New text begin site permit. new text end.

new text begin (a) A person is prohibited from constructing a large electric generating plant, a solar energy generating system, an energy storage system, or a large wind energy conversion system without a site permit issued by the commission. A person may construct a large electric generating plant, an energy storage system, a solar energy generating system, or a large wind energy conversion system only on a site approved by the commission. A person is prohibited from increasing the generating capacity or output of an electric power plant from under 50 megawatts to more than 50 megawatts without a site permit issued by the commission. new text end

new text begin (b) The commission must incorporate into one proceeding the route selection for a high-voltage transmission line that is directly associated with and necessary to interconnect the large electric generating plant, energy storage system, solar energy generating system, or large wind energy conversion system to the transmission system if the applications are submitted jointly under this chapter. new text end

new text begin (c) A site permit does not authorize construction of a large electric power generating plant until the permittee has obtained a power purchase agreement or some other enforceable mechanism to sell the power generated by the project. If the permittee does not have a power purchase agreement or other enforceable mechanism at the time the permit is issued, the commission must provide in the permit that the permittee must advise the commission when the permittee obtains a commitment to purchase the power. The commission may establish as a condition in the permit a date by which the permittee must obtain a power purchase agreement or other enforceable mechanism. If the permittee does not obtain a power purchase agreement or other enforceable mechanism by the date required by the permit condition, the site permit is null and void. new text end

new text begin Route permit. new text end

new text begin A person is prohibited from constructing a high-voltage transmission line without a route permit issued by the commission. A person may construct a high-voltage transmission line only along a route approved by the commission. new text end

new text begin (a) A person that seeks to construct a large energy infrastructure facility must apply to the commission for a site or route permit, as applicable. The applicant must propose a single route for a high-voltage transmission line. new text end

new text begin (b) The application must contain: new text end

new text begin (1) a statement of proposed ownership of the facility at the time of filing the application and after commercial operation; new text end

new text begin (2) the name of any person or organization initially named as permittee or permittees and the name of any other person to whom the permit may be transferred if transfer of the permit is contemplated; new text end

new text begin (3) a description of the proposed large energy infrastructure facility and all associated facilities, including size, type, and timing of the facility; new text end

new text begin (4) the environmental information required under subdivision 4; new text end

new text begin (5) the names of each owner described under subdivision 8; new text end

new text begin (6) United States Geological Survey topographical maps, or other maps acceptable to the commission, that show the entire proposed large energy infrastructure facility; new text end

new text begin (7) a document that identifies existing utility and public rights-of-way along or near the large energy infrastructure facility; new text end

new text begin (8) the engineering and operational design at each of the proposed sites for the proposed large energy infrastructure facility, and identify transportation, pipeline, and electrical transmission systems that are required to construct, maintain, and operate the facility; new text end

new text begin (9) a cost analysis of the proposed large energy infrastructure facility, including the costs to construct, operate, and maintain the facility; new text end

new text begin (10) a description of possible design options to accommodate the large energy infrastructure facility's future expansion; new text end

new text begin (11) the procedures and practices proposed to acquire, construct, maintain, and restore the large energy infrastructure facility's right-of-way or site; new text end

new text begin (12) a list and brief description of federal, state, and local permits that may be required for the proposed large energy infrastructure facility; new text end

new text begin (13) a discussion regarding whether a certificate of need application is required and, if a certificate of need application is required, whether the certificate of need application has been submitted; new text end

new text begin (14) a discussion regarding any other sites or routes that were considered and rejected by the applicant; new text end

new text begin (15) any information the commission requires pursuant to an administrative rule; and new text end

new text begin (16) a discussion regarding coordination with Minnesota Tribal governments, as defined under section 10.65, subdivision 2, by the applicant, including but not limited to the notice required under subdivision 5 of this section. new text end

new text begin Environmental information. new text end

new text begin (a) An applicant for a site or route permit must include in the application environmental information for each proposed site or route. The environmental information submitted must include: new text end

new text begin (1) a description of each site or route's environmental setting; new text end

new text begin (2) a description of the effects the facility's construction and operation has on human settlement, including but not limited to public health and safety, displacement, noise, aesthetics, socioeconomic impacts, environmental justice impacts, cultural values, recreation, and public services; new text end

new text begin (3) a description of the facility's effects on land-based economies, including but not limited to agriculture, forestry, tourism, and mining; new text end

new text begin (4) a description of the facility's effects on archaeological and historic resources; new text end

new text begin (5) a description of the facility's effects on the natural environment, including effects on air and water quality resources, flora, and fauna; new text end

new text begin (6) a description of the greenhouse gas emissions associated with constructing and operating the facility; new text end

new text begin (7) a description of the facility's climate change resilience; new text end

new text begin (8) a description of the facility's effects on rare and unique natural resources; new text end

new text begin (9) a list that identifies human and natural environmental effects that are unavoidable if the facility is approved at a specific site or route; and new text end

new text begin (10) a description of (i) measures that might be implemented to mitigate the potential human and environmental impacts identified in clauses (1) to (7), and (ii) the estimated costs of the potential mitigative measures. new text end

new text begin (b) An applicant that applies using the standard process under section 216I.06 may include the environmental information required under paragraph (a) in the applicant's environmental assessment. new text end

new text begin Preapplication coordination. new text end

new text begin At least 30 days before filing an application with the commission, an applicant must provide notice to: (1) each local unit of government within which a site or route may be proposed; (2) Minnesota Tribal governments, as defined under section 10.65, subdivision 2; and (3) the state technical resource agencies. The notice must describe the proposed project and provide the entities receiving the notice an opportunity for preapplication coordination or feedback. new text end

new text begin Preapplication review. new text end

new text begin (a) Before submitting an application under this chapter, an applicant must provide a draft application to commission staff for review. A draft application must not be filed electronically. new text end

new text begin (b) Commission staff's draft application review must focus on the application's completeness and clarifications that may assist the commission's review of the application. Upon completion of the preapplication review under this subdivision, commission staff must provide the applicant a summary of the completeness review. The applicant may include the completeness review summary with the applicant's application under subdivision 3. new text end

new text begin Complete applications. new text end

new text begin (a) The commission or the commission's designee must determine whether an application is complete and advise the applicant of any deficiencies within ten working days of the date an application is received. new text end

new text begin (b) An application is not incomplete if: (1) information that is not included in the application may be obtained from the applicant prior to the initial public meeting; and (2) the information that is not included in the application is not essential to provide adequate notice. new text end

new text begin Application notice. new text end

new text begin (a) Upon finding an application is complete, the commission must: new text end

new text begin (1) publish notice of the application in a legal newspaper of general circulation in each county in which the site or route is proposed; new text end

new text begin (2) provide notice of the application to any regional development commission, Minnesota Tribal government as defined under section 10.65, subdivision 2, county, incorporated municipality, and town in which any part of the site or route is proposed; new text end

new text begin (3) provide notice of the application and description of the proposed project to each owner whose property is within or adjacent to the proposed site or route for the large energy infrastructure facility; and new text end

new text begin (4) provide notice to persons who have requested to be placed on a list maintained by the commission to receive notice of proposed large energy infrastructure facilities. new text end

new text begin (b) The commission must identify a standard format and content for application notice. At a minimum, the notice must include: (1) a description of the proposed project, including a map displaying the general area of the proposed site or route; (2) a description detailing how a person may receive more information and future notices regarding the application; and (3) a location where a copy of the application may be reviewed. new text end

new text begin (c) The notice must also provide information regarding the date and location of the public meeting where the public may learn more about the proposed project and the commission's review process. new text end

new text begin (d) For the purposes of providing mailed notice under this subdivision, an owner is the person indicated in the records of the county auditor or, in a county where tax statements are mailed by the county treasurer, in the records of the county treasurer. If necessary, other appropriate records may be used for purposes of providing mailed notice. The failure to provide mailed notice to a property owner or defects in the notice do not invalidate the proceedings, provided a bona fide attempt to comply with this subdivision has been made. new text end

new text begin Public meeting. new text end

new text begin (a) The commission must hold at least one public meeting in a location near the proposed large energy infrastructure facility project's location to explain the permitting process, present major issues, accept public comments on the scope of the environmental impact statement prepared under section 216I.06 or the addendum prepared under section 216I.07, and respond to questions raised by the public. new text end

new text begin (b) At the public meeting and in written comments accepted for at least ten days following the date of the public meeting, the commission must accept comments on (1) potential impacts and alternative sites or routes to be considered in the environmental impact statement prepared under section 216I.06 or the addendum prepared under section 216I.07, and (2) permit conditions. new text end

new text begin Draft permit; additional considerations. new text end

new text begin Upon close of the public comment period following the public meeting in subdivision 9, the commission must: new text end

new text begin (1) prepare a draft site or route permit for the large energy infrastructure facility. The draft permit must identify the person or persons who are the permittee, describe the proposed project, and include proposed permit conditions. A draft site permit does not authorize a person to construct a large energy infrastructure facility. The commission may change the draft site permit in any respect before final issuance or may deny the permit; and new text end

new text begin (2) identify the scope of the environmental impact statement prepared under section 216I.06 or the addendum prepared under section 216I.07. A member of the commission is prohibited from giving direction to commission environmental review staff on the scope of an environmental assessment, environmental addendum, or environmental impact statement, except in a publicly noticed meeting or through a publicly available commission notice or order. new text end

new text begin Designating sites and routes; considerations. new text end

new text begin (a) The commission's site and route permit determinations must (1) be guided by the state's goals to conserve resources; (2) minimize environmental impacts, and minimize human settlement and other land use conflicts; (3) consider impacts to environmental justice areas, as defined in section 216B.1691, subdivision 1, paragraph (e), including cumulative impacts, as defined in section 116.065, to environmental justice areas; and (4) ensure the state's energy security through efficient, cost-effective energy supply and infrastructure. new text end

new text begin (b) When determining whether to issue a site permit for a large energy infrastructure facility, the commission must include but is not limited to: new text end

new text begin (1) evaluating research and investigations relating to: (i) large energy infrastructure facilities' effects on land, water, and air resources; and (ii) the effects water and air discharges and electric and magnetic fields resulting from large energy infrastructure facilities have on public health and welfare, vegetation, animals, materials, and aesthetic values, including baseline studies, predictive modeling, and evaluating new or improved methods to minimize adverse impacts of water and air discharges and other matters pertaining to large energy infrastructure facilities' effects on the water and air environment; new text end

new text begin (2) conducting environmental evaluation of sites and routes that are proposed for future development and expansion, and the relationship of proposed sites and routes for future development and expansion to Minnesota's land, water, air, and human resources; new text end

new text begin (3) evaluating the effects of measures designed to minimize adverse environmental effects; new text end

new text begin (4) evaluating the potential for beneficial uses of waste energy from proposed large electric power generating plants; new text end

new text begin (5) analyzing the direct and indirect economic impact of proposed sites and routes, including but not limited to productive agricultural land lost or impaired; new text end

new text begin (6) evaluating adverse direct and indirect environmental effects that are unavoidable should the proposed site and route be accepted; new text end

new text begin (7) evaluating alternatives to the applicant's proposed site or route, if applicable; new text end

new text begin (8) when appropriate, evaluating potential routes that would use or parallel existing railroad and highway rights-of-way; new text end

new text begin (9) evaluating governmental survey lines and other natural division lines of agricultural land to minimize interference with agricultural operations; new text end

new text begin (10) evaluating the future needs for large energy infrastructure facilities in the same general area as any proposed site or route; new text end

new text begin (11) evaluating irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources if the proposed site or route is approved; new text end

new text begin (12) when appropriate, considering the potential impacts raised by other state and federal agencies and local entities; new text end

new text begin (13) evaluating the benefits of the proposed facility with respect to (i) the protection and enhancement of environmental quality, and (ii) the reliability of state and regional energy supplies; new text end

new text begin (14) evaluating the proposed facility's impact on socioeconomic factors; and new text end

new text begin (15) evaluating the proposed facility's employment and economic impacts in the facility site's vicinity and throughout Minnesota, including the quantity, quality, and compensation level of construction and permanent jobs. The commission must consider a facility's local employment and economic impacts, and may reject or place conditions on a site or route permit based on the local employment and economic impacts. new text end

new text begin (c) If the commission's rules are substantially similar to existing federal agency regulations the utility is subject to, the commission must apply the federal regulations. new text end

new text begin (d) The commission is prohibited from designating a site or route that violates state agency rules. new text end

new text begin (e) When applicable, the commission must make a specific finding that the commission considered locating a route for a high-voltage transmission line on an existing high-voltage transmission route and using parallel existing highway right-of-way. To the extent an existing high-voltage transmission route or parallel existing right-of-way is not used for the route, the commission must state the reasons. new text end

new text begin Final decision. new text end

new text begin (a) The commission must issue a site or route permit that is demonstrated to be in the public interest pursuant to this chapter. The commission may require any reasonable conditions in the site or route permit that are necessary to protect the public interest. The commission maintains continuing jurisdiction over the route and site permits and any conditions contained in the route and site permits. new text end

new text begin (b) The commission is prohibited from issuing a site permit in violation of the site selection standards and criteria established under this section and in rules the commission adopts. When the commission designates a site, the commission must issue a site permit to the applicant with any appropriate conditions. The commission must publish a notice of the commission's decision in the Environmental Quality Board Monitor within 30 days of the date the commission issues the site permit. new text end

new text begin (c) The commission is prohibited from issuing a route permit in violation of the route selection standards and criteria established under this section and in rules the commission adopts. When the commission designates a route, the commission must issue a permit for the construction of a high-voltage transmission line that specifies the design, routing, right-of-way preparation, and facility construction the commission deems necessary, including any other appropriate conditions. The commission may order the construction of high-voltage transmission line facilities that are capable of expanding transmission capacity through multiple circuiting or design modifications. The commission must publish a notice of the commission's decision in the Environmental Quality Board Monitor within 30 days of the date the commission issues the route permit. new text end

new text begin (d) The commission must require as a condition of permit issuance, including the issuance of a modified permit for a repowering project, as defined in section 216B.243, subdivision 8, paragraph (b), that the recipient of a site or route permit to construct an energy infrastructure facility, including all of the permit recipient's construction contractors and subcontractors on the project: (1) must pay no less than the prevailing wage rate, as defined in section 177.42; and (2) is subject to the requirements and enforcement provisions under sections 177.27, 177.30, 177.32, 177.41 to 177.435, and 177.45. new text end

new text begin (e) Immediately following the commission's vote granting an applicant a site or route permit, and prior to issuance of a written commission order embodying the decision, the applicant may submit to commission staff for review preconstruction compliance filings specifying details of the applicant's proposed site or route operations. new text end

new text begin Commission; technical expertise and other assistance. new text end

new text begin (a) The commission must consult with other state agencies and obtain technical expertise and other assistance for activities and proceedings under this chapter. new text end

new text begin (b) Notwithstanding the requirements of section 216B.33, employees of the commission may take any action related to the requirements of this chapter immediately following a hearing and vote by the commission, prior to issuing a written order, finding, authorization, or certification. new text end

new text begin [216I.06] APPLICATIONS; MAJOR REVIEW. new text end

New text begin environmental review. new text end.

new text begin (a) The commission must prepare an environmental impact statement on each proposed large energy infrastructure facility for which a complete application has been submitted. An environmental impact statement means a detailed written statement that describes a large energy infrastructure facility and satisfies the requirements of section 116D.04. For the purposes of environmental review, the commission is prohibited from considering whether or not the project is needed. No other state environmental review documents are required. The commission must study and evaluate any site or route identified by the commission under section 216I.05, subdivision 10, clause (2). new text end

new text begin (b) For a cogeneration facility, as defined in section 216H.01, subdivision 1a, that is a large electric power generating plant and is not proposed by a utility, the commission must make a finding in the environmental impact statement whether the project is likely to result in a net reduction of carbon dioxide emissions, considering both the utility providing electric service to the proposed cogeneration facility and any reduction in carbon dioxide emissions resulting from increased efficiency from thermal energy production on the part of the customer that operates or owns the proposed cogeneration facility. new text end

new text begin (c) The commission must publish a draft environmental impact statement and a scoping document for the environmental impact statement under section 216I.05, subdivision 10. The public may provide comments on the draft environmental impact statement at the public hearing and comment period under subdivision 2. new text end

new text begin (d) The commission must publish a final environmental impact statement responding to the timely substantive comments on the draft environmental impact statement consistent with the scope approved by the commission under section 216I.05, subdivision 10, clause (2). The final environmental impact statement must discuss at appropriate points in the final environmental impact statement any reasonable opposing views relating to scoping issues that were not adequately discussed in the draft environmental impact statement and must indicate a response to the reasonable opposing views. When making the commission's final decision, the commission must consider the final environmental impact statement and the entirety of the record related to human and environmental impacts. new text end

new text begin (e) The commission must determine the adequacy of the final environmental impact statement. The commission must not decide the adequacy for at least ten days after the availability of the final environmental impact statement is announced in the EQB Monitor. The final environmental impact statement is adequate if the final environmental impact statement: new text end

new text begin (1) addresses the issues and alternatives raised in scoping; new text end

new text begin (2) provides responses to the timely substantive comments received during the draft environmental impact statement review process; and new text end

new text begin (3) was prepared in compliance with the procedures in sections 216I.05 and 216I.06. new text end

new text begin If the commission finds that the environmental impact statement is not adequate, the commission must direct staff to respond to the deficiencies and resubmit the revised environmental impact statement to the commission as soon as possible. new text end

new text begin Public hearing. new text end

new text begin (a) No sooner than 15 days after the date the draft environmental impact statement is published, the commission must hold a public hearing on an application for a large energy infrastructure facility site or route permit. A hearing held to designate a site or route must be conducted by an administrative law judge from the Office of Administrative Hearings. new text end

new text begin (b) The commission may designate a portion of the hearing to be conducted as a contested case proceeding under chapter 14. new text end

new text begin (c) The commission must provide notice of the hearing at least ten days before but no earlier than 45 days before the date the hearing commences. The commission must provide notice by (1) publishing in a legal newspaper of general circulation in the county in which the public hearing is to be held, (2) mailing to chief executives of the regional development commissions, counties, organized towns, townships, and incorporated municipalities in which a site or route is proposed, and (3) Tribal governments as defined by section 10.65, subdivision 2. new text end

new text begin (d) Any person may appear at the hearings and offer testimony and exhibits without the necessity of intervening as a formal party to the proceedings. The administrative law judge may allow any person to ask questions of other witnesses. new text end

new text begin (e) The administrative law judge must hold a portion of the hearing in the area where the large energy infrastructure facility's location is proposed. new text end

new text begin (f) The commission and administrative law judge must accept written comments for at least 20 days after the public hearing's date. new text end

new text begin Administrative law judge report. new text end

new text begin The administrative law judge must issue a report and recommendations after completion of post-hearing briefing or the date the public comment period under subdivision 2 closes, whichever is later. new text end

new text begin Timing. new text end

new text begin The commission must make a final decision on an application within 60 days of the date the administrative law judge's report is received. A final decision on the site or route permit request must be made within one year of the date the commission determines an application is complete. The commission may extend the time limit under this subdivision for up to three months for just cause or upon agreement with the applicant. new text end

new text begin [216I.07] APPLICATIONS; STANDARD REVIEW. new text end

New text begin standard review. new text end.

new text begin An applicant who seeks a site or route permit for which the applicant's proposal is one of the projects identified in this section may follow the procedures under this section in lieu of the procedures under section 216I.06. The applicant must notify the commission at the time the application is submitted which procedure the applicant has elected to follow. new text end

new text begin Applicable projects. new text end

new text begin The requirements and procedures under this section apply to projects for which the applicant's proposal is: new text end

new text begin (1) large electric power generating plants with a capacity of less than 80 megawatts; new text end

new text begin (2) large electric power generating plants that are fueled by natural gas; new text end

new text begin (3) high-voltage transmission lines with a capacity between 100 and 300 kilovolts; new text end

new text begin (4) high-voltage transmission lines with a capacity in excess of 300 kilovolts and less than 30 miles in length in Minnesota; new text end

new text begin (5) high-voltage transmission lines with a capacity in excess of 300 kilovolts, if at least 80 percent of the distance of the line in Minnesota, as proposed by the applicant, is located along existing high-voltage transmission line right-of-way; new text end

new text begin (6) solar energy systems; new text end

new text begin (7) energy storage systems; and new text end

new text begin (8) large wind energy conversion systems. new text end

new text begin (a) For the projects identified in subdivision 2 and following the procedures under this section, the applicant must prepare and submit an environmental assessment with the application. A draft of the environmental assessment must also be provided to commission staff as part of the preapplication review under section 216I.05, subdivision 6. The environmental assessment must (1) contain information regarding the proposed project's human and environmental impacts, and (2) address mitigating measures for identified impacts. The environmental assessment is the only state environmental review document that must be prepared for the proposed project. new text end

new text begin (b) If after the public meeting the commission identifies other sites or routes or potential impacts for review, the commission must prepare an addendum to the environmental assessment that evaluates (1) the human and environmental impacts of the alternative site or route, and (2) any additional mitigating measures related to the identified impacts consistent with the scoping decision made pursuant to section 216I.06, subdivision 10, clause (2). The public may provide comments on the environmental assessment and any addendum to the environmental assessment at the public hearing and comment period under subdivision 4. When making the commission's final decision, the commission must consider the environmental assessment, the environmental assessment addendum, if any, and the entirety of the record related to human and environmental impacts. new text end

new text begin (a) After the commission issues any environmental assessment addendum and a draft permit under section 216I.05, subdivision 10, the commission must hold a public hearing in the area where the facility's location is proposed. new text end

new text begin (b) The commission must provide notice of the public hearing in the same manner as required under section 216I.06, subdivision 2. new text end

new text begin (c) The commission must conduct the public hearing under procedures established by the commission and may request that an administrative law judge from the Office of Administrative Hearings conduct the hearing and prepare a report. new text end

new text begin (d) The applicant must be present at the hearing to present evidence and to answer questions. The commission must provide opportunity at the public hearing for any person to present comments and to ask questions of the applicant and commission staff. The commission must also provide interested persons an opportunity to submit written comments into the record after the public hearing. new text end

new text begin (a) The commission must make a final decision on an application within 60 days of the date the public comment period following completion of the public hearing closes, or the date the report is filed, whichever is later. A final decision on the request for a site or route permit under this section must be made within six months of the date the commission determines the application is complete. The commission may extend the time limit under this subdivision for up to three months for just cause or upon agreement with the applicant. new text end

new text begin (b) Immediately following the commission's vote granting an applicant a site or route permit, and prior to issuance of a written commission order embodying the decision, the applicant may submit to commission staff for review preconstruction compliance filings specifying details of the applicant's proposed site or route operations. new text end

new text begin [216I.08] APPLICATIONS; LOCAL REVIEW. new text end

New text begin local review authorized. new text end.

new text begin (a) Notwithstanding sections 216I.06 and 216I.07, an applicant who seeks a site or route permit for one of the projects identified in subdivision 2 may apply to the local units of government that have jurisdiction over the site or route for approval to build the project. If local approval is granted, a site or route permit is not required from the commission. If the applicant files an application with the commission, the applicant waives the applicant's right to seek local approval for the project. new text end

new text begin (b) A local unit of government with jurisdiction over a project identified in this section to whom an applicant has applied for approval to build the project may request that the commission assume jurisdiction and make a decision on a site or route permit pursuant to the applicable provisions under this chapter. A local unit of government must file the request with the commission within 60 days of the date an applicant files an application for the project with any one local unit of government. If one of the local units of government with jurisdiction over the project requests that the commission assume jurisdiction, jurisdiction over the project transfers to the commission. If the local units of government maintain jurisdiction over the project, the commission must select the appropriate local unit of government to be the responsible governmental unit to conduct the project's environmental review. new text end

new text begin An applicant may seek approval under this section from a local unit of government to construct: new text end

new text begin (1) large electric power generating plants and solar energy generating systems with a capacity of less than 80 megawatts; new text end

new text begin (2) large electric power generating plants of any size that burn natural gas and are intended to be a peaking plant; new text end

new text begin (3) high-voltage transmission lines with a capacity between 100 and 200 kilovolts; new text end

new text begin (4) substations with a voltage designed for and capable of operation at a nominal voltage of 100 kilovolts or more; new text end

new text begin (5) a high-voltage transmission line service extension to a single customer between 200 and 300 kilovolts and less than ten miles in length; new text end

new text begin (6) a high-voltage transmission line rerouting to serve the demand of a single customer, if at least 80 percent of the rerouted line is located on property owned or controlled by the customer or the owner of the transmission line; new text end

new text begin (8) large wind energy conversion systems with a capacity less than 25 megawatts. new text end

new text begin Notice of application. new text end

new text begin An applicant must notify the commission that the applicant has elected to seek local approval of the proposed project within ten days of the date the applicant submits an application to a local unit of government to approve an eligible project. new text end

new text begin (a) A local unit of government that maintains jurisdiction over a qualifying project must prepare or request that the applicant prepare an environmental assessment on the project. The local unit of government must afford the public an opportunity to participate in developing the scope of the environmental assessment before the environmental assessment is prepared. new text end

new text begin (b) Upon completing the environmental assessment, the local unit of government must publish notice in the EQB Monitor that indicates (1) the environmental assessment is available for review, (2) how a copy of the document may be reviewed, (3) that the public may comment on the document, and (4) the procedure for submitting comments to the local unit of government. Upon completion of the environmental assessment, the local unit of government must provide a copy of the environmental assessment to the commission. new text end

new text begin (c) The local unit of government is prohibited from making a final decision on the permit until at least ten days after the date the notice appears in the EQB Monitor. If more than one local unit of government has jurisdiction over a project and the local units of government cannot agree which local unit of government prepares the environmental assessment, any local unit of government or the applicant may request that the commission select the appropriate local unit of government to be the responsible governmental unit to conduct an environmental review of the project. new text end

new text begin [216I.09] PERMIT AMENDMENTS. new text end

new text begin This section applies to a request by the owner of the large energy infrastructure facility to modify any provision or condition of a site or route permit issued by the commission, including the following: new text end

new text begin (1) upgrades or rebuilds an existing electric line and associated facilities to a voltage capable of operating between 100 kilovolts and 300 kilovolts that does not result in significant changes in the human and environmental impact of the facility; or new text end

new text begin (2) repowers or refurbishes a large electric power generating plant, a large wind energy conversion system, a solar energy generating system, or an energy storage system that increases the efficiency of the system, provided the project does not increase the developed area within the permitted site or increase the nameplate capacity of the facility's most recent interconnection agreement. For a large electric power generating plant, an increase in efficiency is a reduction in the amount of British thermal units required to produce a kilowatt hour of electricity at the facility. new text end

new text begin A person that seeks authorization to amend a large energy infrastructure facility must apply to the commission. The application must be in writing and must (1) describe the alteration to be made or the amendment sought, and (2) explain why the request meets the eligibility criteria under subdivision 1. The application must describe any changes to the environmental impacts evaluated by the commission as part of the initial permit approval. If there are significant changes to the environmental impacts evaluated by the commission as part of the initial permit approval, environmental review must be conducted pursuant to the applicable requirements of Minnesota Rules, chapter 4410 and parts 7849.1000 to 7849.2100. new text end

new text begin Notice. new text end

new text begin The commission must mail notice that the application was received to the persons on the general list and to the persons on the project contact list, if a project list exists. new text end

new text begin Public comment. new text end

new text begin The commission must provide at least a ten-day period for interested persons to submit comments on the application or to request that the matter be brought to the commission for consideration. The applicant may respond to submitted comments within seven days of the date the comment period closes. new text end

new text begin Within 30 days of the date the applicant responds to submitted comments under subdivision 4, the commission must decide whether to authorize the permit amendment, bring the matter to the commission for consideration, or determine that the application requires a permitting decision under another section in this chapter. new text end

new text begin Decision. new text end

new text begin The commission may authorize an amendment but impose reasonable conditions on the approval. The commission must notify the applicant in writing of the commission's decision and send a copy of the decision to any person who requested notification or filed comments on the application. new text end

new text begin Local review. new text end

new text begin For a large electric power generating plant or high-voltage transmission line that was not issued a permit by the commission, the owner or operator of the nonpermitted facility may seek approval of a project listed under subdivision 1 from the local unit of government if the facility qualifies for standard review under section 216I.07 or local review under section 216I.08. new text end

new text begin [216I.10] EXEMPT PROJECTS. new text end

New text begin permit not required. new text end.

new text begin A permit issued by the commission is not required to construct: new text end

new text begin (1) a small wind energy conversion system; new text end

new text begin (2) a power plant or solar energy generating system with a capacity of less than 50 megawatts; new text end

new text begin (3) an energy storage system with a capacity of less than ten megawatts; new text end

new text begin (4) a transmission line that (i) has a capacity of 100 kilovolts or more, and (ii) is less than 1,500 feet in length; and new text end

new text begin (5) a transmission line that has a capacity of less than 100 kilovolts. new text end

new text begin Other approval. new text end

new text begin A person that proposes a facility listed in subdivision 1 must (1) obtain any approval required by local, state, or federal units of government with jurisdiction over the project, and (2) comply with the environmental review requirements under chapter 116D and Minnesota Rules, chapter 4410. new text end

new text begin [216I.11] PERMITTING REQUIREMENTS; EXCEPTIONS FOR CERTAIN FACILITIES. new text end

new text begin The following projects do not constitute the construction of a large energy infrastructure facility and may be constructed without a permit issued by the commission: new text end

new text begin (1) maintaining or repairing an existing large energy infrastructure facility within an existing site or right-of-way; new text end

new text begin (2) adding equipment at an existing substation that does not (i) require more than a one-acre expansion of the land needed for the substation, and (ii) involve an increase in the voltage or changes in the location of existing transmission lines, except that up to the first five transmission line structures outside the substation may be moved to accommodate the equipment additions, provided the structures are not moved more than 500 feet from the existing right-of-way; new text end

new text begin (3) reconductoring or reconstructing a high-voltage transmission line that does not result in a change to voltage or a change in right-of-way; new text end

new text begin (4) relocating a high-voltage transmission line that is required by a local or state agency as part of road, street, or highway construction; new text end

new text begin (5) converting the fuel source of a large electric power generating plant to natural gas, provided the plant is not expanded beyond the developed portion of the plant site; and new text end

new text begin (6) starting up an existing large electric power generating plant that has been closed for any period of time at no more than the large electric power generating plant's previous capacity rating and in a manner that does not involve changing the fuel or expanding the developed portion of the plant site. new text end

new text begin Amendment. new text end

new text begin If a modification or other change to an existing large energy infrastructure facility does not qualify for an exception under subdivision 1, the modification or change may qualify as an amendment under section 216I.09. new text end

new text begin A person that proposes to implement changes to a large energy infrastructure facility under subdivision 1, clauses (2) to (5), must notify the commission in writing at least 30 days before commencing construction of the modification or change. new text end

new text begin [216I.13] PERMIT TRANSFER. new text end

new text begin A permittee holding a large energy infrastructure facility site or route permit may request that the commission transfer the permittee's permit. The permittee must provide the name of the existing permittee, the name and description of the entity to which the permit is to be transferred, the reasons for the transfer, a description of the facilities affected, and the proposed effective date of the transfer. The person to whom the permit is to be transferred must provide the commission with information the commission requires to determine whether the new permittee is able to comply with the permit's conditions. The commission must mail notice of receipt of the application to the persons on the general list at least seven days in advance of the date the commission considers the matter. The commission must provide the same notice to persons on the project contact list if a project contact list exists. new text end

new text begin Approval of transfer. new text end

new text begin The commission must approve the transfer if the commission determines that the new permittee complies with the conditions of the permit. The commission, in approving the transfer of a permit, may impose reasonable additional conditions in the permit as part of the approval. The commission may decide to hold a public meeting to provide the public with an opportunity to comment on the request for the transfer prior to making a decision. new text end

new text begin [216I.14] PERMIT REVOCATION OR SUSPENSION. new text end

New text begin initiation of action to revoke or suspend. new text end.

new text begin The commission may initiate action to consider revoking or suspending a permit on the commission's own motion or upon the request of any person who has made a prima facie showing by affidavit and documentation that a violation of this act or the permit has occurred. new text end

new text begin Hearing. new text end

new text begin If the commission initiates action to consider revoking or suspending a permit, the commission must provide the permittee with an opportunity for a contested case hearing conducted by an administrative law judge from the Office of Administrative Hearings. new text end

new text begin Finding of violation. new text end

new text begin If the commission finds that a violation of this act or the permit has occurred, the commission may revoke or suspend the permit, require the permittee to undertake corrective or ameliorative measures as a condition to avoid revocation or suspension, or require corrective measures and suspend the permit. When determining the appropriate sanction, the commission must consider whether: new text end

new text begin (1) the violation results in any significant additional adverse environmental effects; new text end

new text begin (2) the results of the violation can be corrected or ameliorated; and new text end

new text begin (3) suspending or revoking a permit impairs the permittee's electrical power system reliability. new text end

new text begin REVISOR INSTRUCTION. new text end

new text begin The revisor shall renumber each section of Minnesota Statutes in Column A with the number in Column B. new text end

new text begin Minnesota Statutes, chapter 216E, repeals. new text end

new text begin (a) new text end new text begin Minnesota Statutes 2022, sections 216E.001; 216E.01, subdivisions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, and 10; 216E.02; 216E.021; 216E.03, subdivisions 2, 3a, 3b, 4, and 9; 216E.04, subdivisions 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9; 216E.05, subdivisions 1 and 3; 216E.08, subdivisions 1 and 4; and 216E.18, subdivisions 1 and 2, new text end new text begin are repealed. new text end

new text begin (b) new text end new text begin Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, sections 216E.01, subdivisions 3a, 6, and 9a; 216E.03, subdivisions 1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 10, and 11; 216E.04, subdivision 2; and 216E.05, subdivision 2, new text end new text begin are repealed. new text end

new text begin Minnesota Statutes, chapter 216F, repeals. new text end

new text begin (a) new text end new text begin Minnesota Statutes 2022, sections 216F.01; 216F.011; 216F.012; 216F.015; 216F.02; 216F.03; 216F.05; 216F.06; 216F.07; 216F.08; and 216F.081, new text end new text begin are repealed. new text end

new text begin (b) new text end new text begin Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 216F.04, new text end new text begin is repealed. new text end

new text begin Minnesota Rules, chapter 7854, repeals. new text end

new text begin Minnesota Rules, parts 7854.0100; 7854.0200; 7854.0300; 7854.0400; 7854.0500; 7854.0600; 7854.0700; 7854.0800; 7854.0900; 7854.1000; 7854.1100; 7854.1200; 7854.1300; 7854.1400; and 7854.1500, new text end new text begin are repealed. new text end

new text begin Minnesota Rules, chapter 7850, repeals. new text end

new text begin Minnesota Rules, parts 7850.1000; 7850.1100; 7850.1200; 7850.1300; 7850.1400; 7850.1500; 7850.1600; 7850.1700; 7850.1800; 7850.1900; 7850.2000; 7850.2100; 7850.2200; 7850.2300; 7850.2400; 7850.2500; 7850.2600; 7850.2700; 7850.2800; 7850.2900; 7850.3000; 7850.3100; 7850.3200; 7850.3300; 7850.3400; 7850.3500; 7850.3600; 7850.3700; 7850.3800; 7850.3900; 7850.4100; 7850.4200; 7850.4500; 7850.4600; 7850.4700; 7850.4800; 7850.4900; 7850.5000; 7850.5100; 7850.5200; 7850.5300; 7850.5400; 7850.5500; and 7850.5600, new text end new text begin are repealed. new text end

new text begin This article is effective July 1, 2025. new text end

CERTIFICATES OF NEED

Minnesota statutes 2022, section 216b.2421, subdivision 2, is amended to read:, large energy facility..

"Large energy facility" means:

(1) any electric power generating plant or combination of plants at a single site with a combined capacity of 50,000 kilowatts or more and transmission lines directly associated with the plant that are necessary to interconnect the plant to the transmission system;

(2) any high-voltage transmission line with a capacity of deleted text begin 200 deleted text end new text begin 300 new text end kilovolts or more and greater than deleted text begin 1,500 feet deleted text end new text begin one mile new text end in length new text begin in Minnesota new text end ;

(3) any high-voltage transmission line with a capacity of 100 kilovolts or more with more than ten miles of its length in Minnesota deleted text begin or that crosses a state line deleted text end ;

(4) any pipeline greater than six inches in diameter and having more than 50 miles of its length in Minnesota used for the transportation of coal, crude petroleum or petroleum fuels or oil, or their derivatives;

(5) any pipeline for transporting natural or synthetic gas at pressures in excess of 200 pounds per square inch with more than 50 miles of its length in Minnesota;

(6) any facility designed for or capable of storing on a single site more than 100,000 gallons of liquefied natural gas or synthetic gas;

(7) any underground gas storage facility requiring a permit pursuant to section 103I.681 ;

(8) any nuclear fuel processing or nuclear waste storage or disposal facility; and

(9) any facility intended to convert any material into any other combustible fuel and having the capacity to process in excess of 75 tons of the material per hour.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.243, subdivision 3, is amended to read:

Showing required for construction..

No proposed large energy facility shall be certified for construction unless the applicant can show that demand for electricity cannot be met more cost effectively through energy conservation and load-management measures and unless the applicant has otherwise justified its need. In assessing need, the commission shall evaluate:

(1) the accuracy of the long-range energy demand forecasts on which the necessity for the facility is based;

(2) the effect of existing or possible energy conservation programs under sections 216C.05 to 216C.30 and this section or other federal or state legislation on long-term energy demand;

(3) the relationship of the proposed facility to overall state energy needs, as described in the most recent state energy policy and conservation report prepared under section 216C.18 , or, in the case of a high-voltage transmission line, the relationship of the proposed line to regional energy needs, as presented in the transmission plan submitted under section 216B.2425 ;

(4) promotional activities that may have given rise to the demand for this facility;

(5) benefits of this facility, including its uses to protect or enhance environmental quality, and to increase reliability of energy supply in Minnesota and the region;

(6) possible alternatives for satisfying the energy demand or transmission needs including but not limited to potential for increased efficiency and upgrading of existing energy generation and transmission facilities, load-management programs, and distributed generation new text begin , except that the commission must not require evaluation of alternative end points for a high-voltage transmission line qualifying as a large energy facility unless the alternative end points are (i) consistent with end points identified in a federally registered planning authority transmission plan, or (ii) otherwise agreed to for further evaluation by the applicant new text end ;

(7) the policies, rules, and regulations of other state and federal agencies and local governments;

(8) any feasible combination of energy conservation improvements, required under section 216B.241 , that can (i) replace part or all of the energy to be provided by the proposed facility, and (ii) compete with it economically;

(9) with respect to a high-voltage transmission line, the benefits of enhanced regional reliability, access, or deliverability to the extent these factors improve the robustness of the transmission system or lower costs for electric consumers in Minnesota;

(10) whether the applicant or applicants are in compliance with applicable provisions of sections 216B.1691 and 216B.2425, subdivision 7 , and have filed or will file by a date certain an application for certificate of need under this section or for certification as a priority electric transmission project under section 216B.2425 for any transmission facilities or upgrades identified under section 216B.2425, subdivision 7 ;

(11) whether the applicant has made the demonstrations required under subdivision 3a; and

(12) if the applicant is proposing a nonrenewable generating plant, the applicant's assessment of the risk of environmental costs and regulation on that proposed facility over the expected useful life of the plant, including a proposed means of allocating costs associated with that risk.

new text begin This section is effective the day following final enactment and applies to all pending applications. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.243, subdivision 3a, is amended to read:

Use of renewable resource..

The commission may not issue a certificate of need under this section for a large energy facility that generates electric power deleted text begin by means of a nonrenewable energy source, or that transmits electric power generated deleted text end by means of a nonrenewable energy source, unless the applicant for the certificate has demonstrated to the commission's satisfaction that it has explored the possibility of generating power by means of renewable energy sources and has demonstrated that the alternative selected is less expensive deleted text begin ( deleted text end new text begin , new text end including environmental costs deleted text begin ) deleted text end new text begin , new text end than power generated by a renewable energy source. For purposes of this subdivision, "renewable energy source" includes hydro, wind, solar, and geothermal energy and the use of trees or other vegetation as fuel.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.243, subdivision 4, is amended to read:

Application for certificate; hearing..

Any person proposing to construct a large energy facility shall apply for a certificate of need and for a site or route permit under chapter deleted text begin 216E deleted text end new text begin 216I new text end prior to construction of the facility. The application shall be on forms and in a manner established by the commission. In reviewing each application the commission shall hold at least one public hearing pursuant to chapter 14. The public hearing shall be held at a location and hour reasonably calculated to be convenient for the public. An objective of the public hearing shall be to obtain public opinion on the necessity of granting a certificate of need and, if a joint hearing is held, a site or route permit. The commission shall designate a commission employee whose duty shall be to facilitate citizen participation in the hearing process. Unless the commission determines that a joint hearing on siting and need under this subdivision and deleted text begin section 216E.03, subdivision 6 deleted text end new text begin chapter 216I new text end deleted text begin , deleted text end is not feasible or more efficient, or otherwise not in the public interest, a joint hearing under deleted text begin those subdivisions shall deleted text end new text begin this subdivision and chapter 216I must new text end be held.

new text begin This section is effective July 1, 2025. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 216B.243, subdivision 8, is amended to read:

Exemptions..

(a) This section does not apply to:

(1) cogeneration or small power production facilities as defined in the Federal Power Act, United States Code, title 16, section 796, paragraph (17), subparagraph (A), and paragraph (18), subparagraph (A), and having a combined capacity at a single site of less than 80,000 kilowatts; plants or facilities for the production of ethanol or fuel alcohol; or any case where the commission has determined after being advised by the attorney general that its application has been preempted by federal law;

(2) a high-voltage transmission line proposed primarily to distribute electricity to serve the demand of a single customer at a single location, unless the applicant opts to request that the commission determine need under this section or section 216B.2425 ;

(3) the upgrade to a higher voltage of an existing transmission line that serves the demand of a single customer that primarily uses existing rights-of-way, unless the applicant opts to request that the commission determine need under this section or section 216B.2425 ;

(4) a high-voltage transmission line of one mile or less required to connect a new or upgraded substation to an existing, new, or upgraded high-voltage transmission line;

(5) conversion of the fuel source of an existing electric generating plant to using natural gas;

(6) the modification of an existing electric generating plant to increase efficiency, as long as the capacity of the plant is not increased more than ten percent or more than 100 megawatts, whichever is greater;

(7) a large wind energy conversion system, as defined in section deleted text begin 216F.01, subdivision 2 deleted text end new text begin 216I.02, subdivision 12 new text end , or a solar energy generating system, as defined in section deleted text begin 216E.01, subdivision 9a deleted text end new text begin 216I.02, subdivision 18 new text end , for which a site permit application is submitted by an independent power producer under chapter deleted text begin 216E or 216F deleted text end new text begin 216I new text end ; deleted text begin or deleted text end

(8) a large wind energy conversion system, as defined in section deleted text begin 216F.01, subdivision 2 deleted text end new text begin 216I.02, subdivision 12 new text end , or a solar energy generating system deleted text begin that is a large energy facility deleted text end , as defined in section deleted text begin 216B.2421 , subdivision 2 deleted text end new text begin 216I.02, subdivision 18 new text end , engaging in a repowering project that:

(i) will not result in the system exceeding the nameplate capacity under its most recent interconnection agreement; or

(ii) will result in the system exceeding the nameplate capacity under its most recent interconnection agreement, provided that the Midcontinent Independent System Operator has provided a signed generator interconnection agreement that reflects the expected net power increase deleted text begin . deleted text end new text begin ; new text end

new text begin (9) energy storage systems, as defined in section 216I.02, subdivision 7; new text end

new text begin (10) transmission lines that directly interconnect large wind energy conversion systems, solar energy generating systems, or energy storage systems to the transmission system; or new text end

new text begin (11) relocation of an existing high voltage transmission line to new right-of-way, provided that any new structures that are installed are not designed for and capable of operation at higher voltage. new text end

(b) For the purpose of this subdivision, "repowering project" means:

(1) modifying a large wind energy conversion system or a solar energy generating system that is a large energy facility to increase its efficiency without increasing its nameplate capacity;

(2) replacing turbines in a large wind energy conversion system without increasing the nameplate capacity of the system; or

(3) increasing the nameplate capacity of a large wind energy conversion system.

new text begin (a) The amendment to paragraph (a), clause (7), is effective July 1, 2025. new text end

new text begin (b) The amendments to paragraph (a), clauses (9), (10), and (11), are effective the day following final enactment, except that the reference to Minnesota Statutes, section 216I.02, subdivision 7, in paragraph (a), clause (9), is effective July 1, 2025. Prior to July 1, 2025, the definition of "energy storage system" in Minnesota Statutes, section 216E.01, subdivision 3a, applies. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.243, subdivision 9, is amended to read:

Renewable energy standard new text begin and carbon-free energy standard new text end facilities..

This section does not apply to a wind energy conversion system or a solar electric generation facility that is intended to be used to meet the obligations of section 216B.1691 new text begin , subdivision 2a or 2g new text end ; provided that, after notice and comment, the commission determines that the facility is a reasonable and prudent approach to meeting a utility's obligations under that section. When making this determination, the commission must consider:

(1) the size of the facility relative to a utility's total need for renewable resources;

(2) alternative approaches for supplying the renewable energy to be supplied by the proposed facility;

(3) the facility's ability to promote economic development, as required under section 216B.1691 , subdivision 9;

(4) the facility's ability to maintain electric system reliability;

(5) impacts on ratepayers; and

(6) other criteria as the commission may determine are relevant.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216B.246, subdivision 3, is amended to read:

Commission procedure..

(a) If an electric transmission line has been approved for construction in a federally registered planning authority transmission plan, the incumbent electric transmission owner, or owners if there is more than one owner, shall give notice to the commission, in writing, within deleted text begin 90 deleted text end new text begin 60 new text end days of approval, regarding its intent to construct, own, and maintain the electric transmission line. If an incumbent electric transmission owner gives notice of intent to build the electric transmission line then, unless exempt from the requirements of section 216B.243 , within deleted text begin 18 deleted text end new text begin 12 new text end months from the date of the notice described in this paragraph deleted text begin or such longer time approved by the commission deleted text end , the incumbent electric transmission owner shall file an application for a certificate of need under section 216B.243 or certification under section 216B.2425 .

(b) If the incumbent electric transmission owner indicates that it does not intend to build the transmission line, such notice shall fully explain the basis for that decision. If the incumbent electric transmission owner, or owners, gives notice of intent not to build the electric transmission line, then the commission may determine whether the incumbent electric transmission owner or other entity will build the electric transmission line, taking into consideration issues such as cost, efficiency, reliability, and other factors identified in this chapter.

new text begin This section is effective the day following final enactment and applies to any electric transmission line that has been approved for construction in a federally registered planning authority transmission plan on or after that date. new text end

CONFORMING CHANGES

Minnesota statutes 2023 supplement, section 10.65, subdivision 2, is amended to read:.

As used in this section, the following terms have the meanings given:

(1) "agency" means the Department of Administration; Department of Agriculture; Department of Children, Youth, and Families; Department of Commerce; Department of Corrections; Department of Education; Department of Employment and Economic Development; Department of Health; Office of Higher Education; Housing Finance Agency; Department of Human Rights; Department of Human Services; Department of Information Technology Services; Department of Iron Range Resources and Rehabilitation; Department of Labor and Industry; Minnesota Management and Budget; Bureau of Mediation Services; Department of Military Affairs; Metropolitan Council; Department of Natural Resources; Pollution Control Agency; Department of Public Safety; Department of Revenue; Department of Transportation; Department of Veterans Affairs; Gambling Control Board; Racing Commission; the Minnesota Lottery; the Animal Health Board; new text begin the Public Utilities Commission; new text end and the Board of Water and Soil Resources;

(2) "consultation" means the direct and interactive involvement of the Minnesota Tribal governments in the development of policy on matters that have Tribal implications. Consultation is the proactive, affirmative process of identifying and seeking input from appropriate Tribal governments and considering their interest as a necessary and integral part of the decision-making process. This definition adds to statutorily mandated notification procedures. During a consultation, the burden is on the agency to show that it has made a good faith effort to elicit feedback. Consultation is a formal engagement between agency officials and the governing body or bodies of an individual Minnesota Tribal government that the agency or an individual Tribal government may initiate. Formal meetings or communication between top agency officials and the governing body of a Minnesota Tribal government is a necessary element of consultation;

(3) "matters that have Tribal implications" means rules, legislative proposals, policy statements, or other actions that have substantial direct effects on one or more Minnesota Tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the state and Minnesota Tribal governments;

(4) "Minnesota Tribal governments" means the federally recognized Indian Tribes located in Minnesota including: Bois Forte Band; Fond Du Lac Band; Grand Portage Band; Leech Lake Band; Mille Lacs Band; White Earth Band; Red Lake Nation; Lower Sioux Indian Community; Prairie Island Indian Community; Shakopee Mdewakanton Sioux Community; and Upper Sioux Community; and

(5) "timely and meaningful" means done or occurring at a favorable or useful time that allows the result of consultation to be included in the agency's decision-making process for a matter that has Tribal implications.

new text begin This section is effective August 1, 2024. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 116C.83, subdivision 6, is amended to read:

Environmental review and protection..

(a) The siting, construction, and operation of an independent spent-fuel storage installation located on the site of a Minnesota generation facility for dry cask storage of spent nuclear fuel generated solely by that facility is subject to all environmental review and protection provisions of this chapter and chapters 115, 115B, 116, 116B, 116D, and 216B, and rules associated with those chapters, except those statutes and rules that apply specifically to a radioactive waste management facility as defined in section 116C.71, subdivision 7 .

(b) An environmental impact statement is required under chapter 116D for a proposal to construct and operate a new or expanded independent spent-fuel storage installation. The deleted text begin commissioner of the Department of Commerce shall be deleted text end new text begin Public Utilities Commission is new text end the responsible governmental unit for the environmental impact statement. Prior to finding the statement adequate, the deleted text begin commissioner deleted text end new text begin commission new text end must find that the applicant has demonstrated that the facility is designed to provide a reasonable expectation that the operation of the facility will not result in groundwater contamination in excess of the standards established in section 116C.76, subdivision 1 , clauses (1) to (3).

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216A.037, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

Ex parte communications prohibitions; rules..

(a) The commission shall adopt rules under chapter 14 prescribing permissible and impermissible ex parte communications. The ex parte rules may prohibit only ex parte communications, directly or indirectly, between a commissioner and a participant or party under the commission's rules of practice and procedure relating to:

(1) a material issue during a pending contested case proceeding;

(2) a material issue in a rulemaking proceeding after the beginning of commission deliberations;

(3) a material issue in a disputed formal petition; and

(4) any other communication impermissible by law.

(b) The commission may apply ex parte prohibitions, prospectively and after notice to affected parties, to other commission proceedings as the commission deems necessary.

(c) A contested case is pending from the time the commission refers the matter to the Office of Administrative Hearings until the commission has issued its final order, and the time to petition for reconsideration has expired or the commission has issued an order finally disposing an application for reconsideration, whichever is later.

new text begin (d) Commission staff and consultants that perform environmental review and other activities identified in chapters 216G and 216I are not parties, participants, or decision making personnel, as defined under Minnesota Rules, part 7845.7000. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216A.07, subdivision 3, is amended to read:

Intervention in commission proceeding..

new text begin (a) new text end The commissioner may intervene as a party in all proceedings before the commission. When intervening in gas or electric hearings, the commissioner shall prepare and defend testimony designed to new text begin : new text end

new text begin (1) new text end encourage energy conservation improvements as defined in section 216B.241 deleted text begin . deleted text end new text begin ; new text end

new text begin (2) ensure that the greenhouse gas reduction goals are attained on a schedule that keeps pace with the reduction timetable in section 216H.02, subdivision 1; new text end

new text begin (3) ensure that the renewable energy standards, solar energy goal, and carbon-free standards are achieved according to the schedules under section 216B.1691, subdivisions 2a, 2f, and 2g, respectively; and new text end

new text begin (4) ensure compliance with state environmental policy, as stated in section 116D.02. new text end

new text begin (b) new text end The attorney general shall act as counsel in the proceedings.

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 216E.06, is amended to read:

216e.06 emergency deleted text begin permit deleted text end new text begin permits new text end ., new text begin utility emergency action. new text end.

deleted text begin (a) deleted text end Any utility whose deleted text begin electric power deleted text end system requires the immediate construction of a large deleted text begin electric power deleted text end new text begin energy infrastructure new text end facility due to a major unforeseen event may apply to the commission for an emergency permit. The application deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end provide notice in writing of the major unforeseen event and the need for immediate construction. The permit must be issued in a timely manner, no later than 195 days after the commission's acceptance of the application and upon a finding by the commission that (1) a demonstrable emergency exists, (2) the emergency requires immediate construction, and (3) adherence to the procedures and time schedules specified deleted text begin in section 216E.03 would jeopardize deleted text end new text begin under this chapter jeopardizes new text end the utility's electric power system or deleted text begin would jeopardize deleted text end new text begin jeopardizes new text end the utility's ability to meet the electric needs of deleted text begin its deleted text end new text begin the utility's new text end customers in an orderly and timely manner.

new text begin Utility emergency procedures. new text end

deleted text begin (b) deleted text end A public hearing to determine if an emergency exists must be held within 90 days of the application. The commission, after notice and hearing, deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end adopt rules specifying the criteria for emergency certification.

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 216E.07, is amended to read:

216e.07 annual hearing..

The commission deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end hold an annual public hearing at a time and place prescribed by rule in order to afford interested persons an opportunity to be heard regarding any matters relating to the siting and routing of large deleted text begin electric power deleted text end new text begin energy infrastructure new text end facilities. At the meeting, the commission deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end advise the public of the permits issued by the commission in the past year. The commission deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end provide at least ten days but no more than 45 days' notice of the annual meeting by mailing or serving electronically, as provided in section 216.17 , a notice to those persons who have requested notice and by publication in the EQB Monitor and the commission's weekly calendar.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216E.08, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

Deleted text begin other deleted text end public participation..

The commission deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end adopt broad spectrum citizen participation as a principal of operation. The form of public participation deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end not be limited to public new text begin meetings and new text end hearings deleted text begin and advisory task forces deleted text end and deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end be consistent with the commission's rules and guidelines deleted text begin as provided for in deleted text end new text begin under new text end section deleted text begin 216E.16 deleted text end new text begin 216I.24 new text end .

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 216E.10, subdivision 1, is amended to read:

Site or route permit prevails over local provisions..

To assure the paramount and controlling effect of the provisions herein over other state agencies, regional, county, and local governments, and special purpose government districts, the issuance of a site permit or route permit and subsequent purchase and use of deleted text begin such deleted text end new text begin the new text end site or route locations for large deleted text begin electric power deleted text end new text begin energy infrastructure new text end facility purposes deleted text begin shall be deleted text end new text begin is new text end the sole site or route approval required to be obtained by the deleted text begin utility deleted text end new text begin permittee new text end . deleted text begin Such deleted text end new text begin The new text end permit deleted text begin shall supersede deleted text end new text begin supersedes new text end and deleted text begin preempt deleted text end new text begin preempts new text end all zoning, building, or land use rules, regulations, or ordinances promulgated by regional, county, local and special purpose government.

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 216E.10, subdivision 2, is amended to read:

Other state permits..

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, deleted text begin utilities shall deleted text end new text begin a permittee must new text end obtain state permits that may be required to construct and operate large deleted text begin electric power deleted text end new text begin energy infrastructure new text end facilities. A state agency in processing a deleted text begin utility's deleted text end new text begin permittee's new text end facility permit application deleted text begin shall be deleted text end new text begin is new text end bound to the decisions of the commission deleted text begin , deleted text end with respect to new text begin (1) new text end the site or route designation, and deleted text begin with respect to deleted text end new text begin (2) new text end other matters for which authority has been granted to the commission by this chapter.

Minnesota Statutes 2023 Supplement, section 216E.10, subdivision 3, is amended to read:

State agency participation..

(a) new text begin A new text end state deleted text begin agencies deleted text end new text begin agency new text end authorized to issue permits required deleted text begin for construction or operation of deleted text end new text begin to construct or operate a new text end large deleted text begin electric power facilities shall deleted text end new text begin energy infrastructure facility must new text end participate during routing and siting at public hearings and all other activities of the commission on specific site or route designations and design considerations of the commission, and deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end clearly state whether the site or route being considered for designation or permit and other design matters under consideration for approval deleted text begin will be in compliance deleted text end new text begin complies new text end with state agency standards, rules, or policies.

(b) An applicant for a permit under this section or under chapter 216G deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end notify the commissioner of agriculture if the proposed project deleted text begin will impact deleted text end new text begin impacts new text end cultivated agricultural land deleted text begin , as that term is defined in section 216G.01, subdivision 4 deleted text end . The commissioner may participate and advise the commission as to whether to grant a permit for the project and the best options for mitigating adverse impacts to agricultural lands if the permit is granted. The Department of Agriculture deleted text begin shall be deleted text end new text begin is new text end the lead agency on the development of any agricultural mitigation plan required for the project.

new text begin (c) The Minnesota State Historic Preservation Office must participate in the commission's siting and routing activities described in this section. The commission's consideration and resolution of Minnesota State Historic Preservation Office's comments satisfies the requirements of section 138.665, when applicable. new text end

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216E.11, is amended to read:

216e.11 improvement of sites and routes..

deleted text begin Utilities that have acquired deleted text end new text begin A permittee that acquires new text end a site or route in accordance with this chapter may proceed to construct or improve the site or route for the intended purposes at any time, subject to section deleted text begin 216E.10, subdivision 2 deleted text end new text begin 216I.16, subdivision 2 new text end , provided that if the construction and improvement has not commenced within four years after a permit for the site or route has been issued, deleted text begin then deleted text end the deleted text begin utility deleted text end new text begin permittee new text end must certify to the commission that the site or route continues to meet the conditions upon which the site or route permit was issued.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216E.13, is amended to read:

216e.13 failure to act..

If the commission fails to act within the times specified deleted text begin in section 216E.03 deleted text end new text begin under this chapter new text end , the applicant or any affected person may seek an order of the district court requiring the commission to designate or refuse to designate a site or route.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216E.14, is amended to read:

216e.14 revocation or suspension..

A site or route permit may be revoked or suspended by the commission after adequate notice of the alleged grounds for revocation or suspension and a full and fair hearing in which the affected deleted text begin utility deleted text end new text begin permittee new text end has an opportunity to confront any witness and respond to any evidence against deleted text begin it deleted text end new text begin the permittee new text end and to present rebuttal or mitigating evidence upon a finding by the commission of:

(1) any false statement knowingly made in the application or in accompanying statements or studies required of the applicant, if a true statement would have warranted a change in the commission's findings;

(2) failure to comply with material conditions of the site certificate or construction permit, or failure to maintain health and safety standards; or

(3) any material violation of the provisions of this chapter, any rule promulgated pursuant thereto, or any order of the commission.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216E.15, is amended to read:

216e.15 judicial review..

Any applicant, party or person aggrieved by the issuance of a site or route permit new text begin , minor alteration, amendment, new text end or emergency permit from the commission or a certification of continuing suitability filed by a deleted text begin utility deleted text end new text begin permittee new text end with the commission or by a final order in accordance with any rules promulgated by the commission, may appeal to the court of appeals in accordance with chapter 14. The appeal deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end be filed within 30 days after the deleted text begin publication in the State Register of deleted text end new text begin date the new text end notice of the deleted text begin issuance of the permit by the commission or deleted text end new text begin commission's permit issuance is published in the EQB Monitor, new text end certification new text begin is new text end filed with the commission new text begin , new text end or the deleted text begin filing of deleted text end any final order new text begin is filed new text end by the commission.

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216E.16, is amended to read:

216e.16 rules., new text begin commission rules. new text end.

The commission, in order to give effect to the purposes of this chapter, may adopt rules consistent with this chapter, including promulgation of site and route designation criteria, the description of the information to be furnished by the utilities, establishment of minimum guidelines for public participation in the development, revision, and enforcement of any rule, plan, or program established by the commission, procedures for the revocation or suspension of a site or route permit, and the procedure and timeliness for proposing alternative routes and sites. deleted text begin No deleted text end new text begin A new text end rule adopted by the commission deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must not new text end grant priority to state-owned wildlife management areas over agricultural lands in the designation of route avoidance areas. deleted text begin The provisions of deleted text end Chapter 14 deleted text begin shall apply deleted text end new text begin applies new text end to the appeal of rules adopted by the commission to the same extent as it applies to review of rules adopted by any other agency of state government.

new text begin Office of Administrative Hearings rules. new text end

The chief administrative law judge deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end adopt procedural rules for public hearings relating to the site and route permit process. The rules deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end attempt to maximize citizen participation in these processes consistent with the time limits for commission decision established deleted text begin in sections 216E.03, subdivision 10 , and 216E.04, subdivision 7 deleted text end new text begin under this chapter new text end .

Minnesota Statutes 2022, section 216E.18, subdivision 2a, is amended to read:

Deleted text begin route deleted text end application fee; appropriation..

deleted text begin Every deleted text end new text begin An new text end applicant for a deleted text begin transmission line deleted text end new text begin site or new text end route permit deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end pay to the deleted text begin commissioner of commerce deleted text end new text begin commission new text end a fee to cover the necessary and reasonable costs incurred by the commission deleted text begin in acting deleted text end new text begin to act new text end on the permit application and deleted text begin carrying deleted text end new text begin carry new text end out the requirements of this chapter. The commission may adopt rules providing for deleted text begin the deleted text end new text begin fee new text end payment deleted text begin of the fee deleted text end . Section 16A.1283 does not apply to deleted text begin the deleted text end establishment of deleted text begin this deleted text end new text begin the new text end fee new text begin under this subdivision new text end . All money received deleted text begin pursuant to deleted text end new text begin under new text end this subdivision deleted text begin shall deleted text end new text begin must new text end be deposited in a special account. Money in the account is appropriated to the deleted text begin commissioner of commerce deleted text end new text begin commission new text end to pay expenses incurred deleted text begin in processing deleted text end new text begin to process new text end applications for new text begin site and new text end route permits in accordance with this chapter and new text begin , new text end in the event deleted text begin the deleted text end expenses are less than the fee paid, to refund the excess new text begin fee paid new text end to the applicant.

new text begin [216G.025] ROUTING PERMIT; ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW; CARBON DIOXIDE PIPELINES. new text end

new text begin (b) "Carbon dioxide pipeline" means a pipeline located in Minnesota that transports carbon dioxide in a liquid, gaseous, or supercritical state. new text end

new text begin (c) "Commission" means the Public Utilities Commission. new text end

new text begin (d) "Supercritical" means a physical state in which a substance is more dense than a gas but less dense than a liquid. new text end

new text begin Routing permit required. new text end

new text begin (a) A person is prohibited from constructing or operating a carbon dioxide pipeline without a route permit issued by the commission under this chapter. new text end

new text begin (b) A person seeking to construct or operate a carbon dioxide pipeline is prohibited from applying to the commission for a conditional exclusion or partial exemption from pipeline route selection procedures under Minnesota Rules, chapter 7852. new text end

new text begin Carbon dioxide pipeline; environmental review. new text end

new text begin Notwithstanding any other law or rule, an environmental impact statement must be prepared under Minnesota Rules, chapter 4410, prior to issuing a route permit under this section for a carbon dioxide pipeline. The commission is the governmental unit responsible for preparing an environmental impact statement under this subdivision. new text end

new text begin TRANSFER OF DUTIES; ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS OF LARGE ENERGY INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES. new text end

new text begin (a) The responsibility for administering the environmental analysis of large energy infrastructure facilities, as described in this act, is transferred from the Department of Commerce to the Public Utilities Commission on July 1, 2025. new text end

new text begin (b) Minnesota Statutes, section 15.039, applies to the transfer of duties required under this section. Assessments are considered appropriations under Minnesota Statutes, section 15.039, subdivision 6, for the purposes of the transfer under this section. new text end

new text begin ADMINISTRATIVE RULEMAKING. new text end

new text begin (a) The Public Utilities Commission must adopt rules, using the expedited process under Minnesota Statutes, section 14.389, that amend Minnesota Rules, chapters 7849 and 7850, to conform with the changes made in this act. new text end

new text begin (b) The Environmental Quality Board must adopt rules, using the expedited process under Minnesota Statutes, section 14.389, that amend Minnesota Rules, chapter 4410, to conform with the changes made in this act. new text end

new text begin (c) The Public Utilities Commission must amend Minnesota Rules, chapter 7850, to authorize applicants for site and route permits to begin submitting preconstruction compliance filings to commission staff for review immediately following the commission's vote to grant the applicant a site or route permit, but prior to issuing a written commission order. new text end

new text begin APPROPRIATION; PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION. new text end

new text begin $5,000 in fiscal year 2025 is appropriated from the general fund to the Public Utilities Commission for the administrative costs of rulemaking in this article. This is a onetime appropriation and is available until June 30, 2026. new text end

new text begin APPROPRIATION; DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE. new text end

new text begin $1,200,000 in fiscal year 2025 is appropriated from the general fund to the commissioner of commerce to facilitate timely actions in nonenvironmental review, routing and siting proceedings, and to intervene as a party in Public Utilities Commission permitting proceedings. The base in fiscal year 2026 and later is $2,400,000. new text end

new text begin Sections 3 and 5 to 16 are effective July 1, 2025. new text end

Presented to the governor May 22, 2024

Signed by the governor May 24, 2024, 9:08 a.m.

Official Publication of the State of Minnesota Revisor of Statutes

IMAGES

  1. How To Write Market Analysis In Business Plan

    industry analysis of business plan

  2. Industry Analysis

    industry analysis of business plan

  3. 39 Free Industry Analysis Examples & Templates ᐅ TemplateLab

    industry analysis of business plan

  4. How to Write Market Analysis for a Business Plan (2022)

    industry analysis of business plan

  5. Strategic Guide on How to Conduct an Industry Analysis

    industry analysis of business plan

  6. 9 Free Sample Industry Analysis Sheet Templates

    industry analysis of business plan

VIDEO

  1. What is Industry Analysis in Business Valuation?

  2. Business Plan Writing: Industry Analysis

  3. Market analysis video #banknifty #nifty50

  4. Banknifty Near Important Trendline

  5. What is a Business Case?

  6. ΚΑΙΝΟΤΟΜΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΕΠΙΧΕΙΡΗΜΑΤΙΚΟΤΗΤΑ

COMMENTS

  1. Industry Analysis in a Business Plan

    An example of the industry analysis in a business plan of an Indian soap company: Market overview: The market is estimated to be at INR 195 billion in 2020 and is expected to grow at 7% annually ...

  2. How to Conduct an Industry Analysis? Steps, Template, Examples

    Importance of Industry Analysis in Business. Industry analysis holds immense importance in the business world for several reasons: Strategic Planning: It forms the foundation for strategic planning by providing a comprehensive view of the industry's landscape. Businesses can align their goals, objectives, and strategies with industry trends and ...

  3. How to Conduct an Industry Analysis

    Although all business owners need to know their industry, the documented details and explanations are mainly for when you're writing a business plan you need to show to outsiders, like bank lenders or investors. You'll need to do some industry analysis so you're able to explain the general state of your industry, its growth potential, and ...

  4. WHAT is Market Analysis?

    Note that market analysis and marketing plan are two different things, with two distinct chapters in a business plan. As the name suggests, market analysis examines where you fit in within your desired industry and market. As you work thorugh this section, jot down your ideas for the marketing and strategy section of your business plan.

  5. Industry Analysis In A Business Plan

    Industry analysis in a business plan is a tool that enables a company to understand its position relative to other companies that produce similar products or services like it. While considering the strategic planning process, a company must understand the overall industry's forces. Thus, industry analysis techniques in a business plan enable ...

  6. How to Conduct an Industry Analysis

    An industry analysis is a fundamental component of any business plan, offering insights into the market dynamics, competitive landscape, and future market trends.This analysis helps businesses understand their industry's environment, make informed strategic decisions, and identify potential opportunities and threats.

  7. The Ultimate Guide to Market Analysis for Your Business Plan

    When creating a business plan, conducting a thorough market analysis is essential to understand your target market, industry trends, and the competitive landscape.A well-executed market analysis for a business plan provides the foundation for informed decision-making, helping you develop strategies that capitalize on opportunities and mitigate potential risks.

  8. How to Write a Business Plan Industry Analysis

    How to Conduct Industry Analysis for a Business Plan. 1. Analyze the competition. Of the three factors listed above, the competition may prove the most difficult to analyze, especially if you are new to the industry. But there are ways to simplify the task. You can start by looking at your direct competitors.

  9. How to do a market analysis for your business plan

    The industry analysis is the section of your business plan where you demonstrate your knowledge about the general characteristics of the type of business you're in. You should be able to present statistics about the size of the industry, such as total U.S. sales in the last year and industry growth rate over the last few years.

  10. How to Write the Market Analysis Section of a Business Plan

    Business Plan Market Analysis Example #2 - Nailed It!, a family-owned restaurant in Omaha, NE. According to the Nebraska Restaurant Association, last year total restaurant sales in Nebraska grew by 4.3%, reaching a record high of $2.8 billion. Sales at full-service restaurants were particularly strong, growing 7% over 2012 figures.

  11. Industry Analysis

    Industry analysis is a market assessment tool used by businesses and analysts to understand the complexity of an industry. There are three commonly used and. ... It is very important when planning a small business. Analysis helps to identify which stage an industry is currently in; whether it is still growing and there is scope to reap benefits ...

  12. What Is an Industry Analysis and Trends Business Plan?

    An industry analysis and trends business plan is a component of a business plan that provides a comprehensive insight into industry conditions and trends that can impact a company's success and growth. A thorough analysis of your industry and its trends can give you and other people a clearer idea of the feasibility and relevance of your ...

  13. How to Write the Market Analysis in a Business Plan

    The market analysis section of your small business plan should include the following: Industry Description and Outlook: Describe your industry both qualitatively and quantitatively by laying out the factors that make your industry an attractive place to start and grow a business. Be sure to include detailed statistics that define the industry ...

  14. Industry Analysis: Why It's Important & How to Analyze an Industry

    Performing an industry analysis is important to better understand your niche. Essentially, industry analysis is a look into your market to see how your business compares to your competition. An industry analysis looks into every element of your business and how it lines up with others. It's important to fully understand your strengths and ...

  15. Business Plan Market Analysis

    The business plan market analysis section is the heart and soul of your strategy, impacting everything from marketing to operations to the financial forecast. The market analysis helps you understand your position within the industry, the potential size of your market, the competitive landscape, and most importantly, it assists in identifying ...

  16. How to Write a Market Analysis for a Business Plan

    Step 4: Calculate market value. You can use either top-down analysis or bottom-up analysis to calculate an estimate of your market value. A top-down analysis tends to be the easier option of the ...

  17. Demystifying the Market: The Importance of Industry Analysis in

    Key Elements of Market Analysis. When developing a business plan, conducting a comprehensive market analysis is essential for understanding the industry landscape and making informed decisions. This section focuses on four key elements of market analysis: competitive analysis, market segmentation, customer demographics, and regulatory challenges.

  18. Industry Analysis

    Types. Let us study the various types of industry analysis for business plan conducted in companies.. Analysis of competition - This is of utmost importance since this provides an idea about the operational level and quality of products and services that the entity should give to its customers so as to continue operating smoothly. For this, they need to understand the competitor's profile ...

  19. Industry Analysis

    What is an Industry Analysis? An industry analysis is a marketing process that provides statistics about the market potential of your business products and services. This section of your plan needs to have specific information about the current state of the industry, and its target markets. An industry analysis may contain reference materials such as spreadsheets, pie charts, and bar graphs in ...

  20. Industry Analysis

    Reasons to Perform an Industry Analysis. Industry analysis allows you to have an insight into the competitive business environment. The weaknesses of your competitors would be your strong suits. You can integrate such information to make the marketing plan to grow your business. The result of industry analysis provides you an insight into the ...

  21. How to Write The Industry Section of a Business Plan

    When you're writing a business plan and looking for information on Canadian industries, Industry Canada is your logical first stop. Their Find Statistics by Industry page lets you see key economic indicators for different sectors of the Canadian economy, access industry profiles, and analysis and research small businesses in Canada generally.

  22. How to Write a Business Plan: Guide + Examples

    Most business plans also include financial forecasts for the future. These set sales goals, budget for expenses, and predict profits and cash flow. A good business plan is much more than just a document that you write once and forget about. It's also a guide that helps you outline and achieve your goals. After completing your plan, you can ...

  23. Industry analysis

    An industry analysis can tell you a lot about how your company fits into the broader industry. ... it's time to educate potential investors on the industry. This part of your business plan will be ...

  24. How to Write a Business Plan: Beginner's Guide (& Templates)

    Step #3: Conduct Your Market Analysis. Step #4: Research Your Competition. Step #5: Outline Your Products or Services. Step #6: Summarize Your Financial Plan. Step #7: Determine Your Marketing Strategy. Step #8: Showcase Your Organizational Chart. 14 Business Plan Templates to Help You Get Started.

  25. How To Start A Business In 11 Steps (2024 Guide)

    Market analysis: This section of the business plan analyzes how well a company is positioned against its competitors. The market analysis should include target market, segmentation analysis ...

  26. Craft a Winning Manufacturing Business Plan

    Here's how you can develop a successful business plan in the manufacturing industry. Powered by AI and the LinkedIn community. 1. Market Analysis. Be the first to add your personal experience. 2 ...

  27. Dell Stock Falls On Mixed Q1 Earnings Report

    For the current quarter, Dell predicted adjusted earnings of $1.65 a share on sales of $24 billion. Analysts were looking for earnings of $1.88 a share on sales of $23.35 billion in the fiscal ...

  28. General election latest: 'You don't deliver energy security with a logo

    We spoke a short while ago to Kate Forbes, MSP and deputy first minister of Scotland, and we asked why the SNP thinks Labour's plan to create GB Energy - a publicly owned energy company ...

  29. Analysis: Willis sticks to tax cut plans, but makes last-minute Budget

    Willis committed an additional $3.2 billion to covering day-to-day operating costs in Budget 2024, the lowest amount since Budget 2018. She had planned to increase operational expenditure by $3.5b ...

  30. Chapter 126

    (a) $10,702,000 the first year and $10,702,000 the second year are for the agriculture research, education, extension, and technology transfer program under Minnesota Statutes, section 41A.14.Except as provided below, the appropriation each year is for transfer to the agriculture research, education, extension, and technology transfer account under Minnesota Statutes, section 41A.14 ...